mm ■ Ai'lf " Hi ■ v 569*95 St 35 Steinhaus. Edward A, Catalog of Bacteria Associated Extracellularly with Insects and Ticks . 1942 Catalogue of Bacteria Associated Extracellularly With Insects and Ticks by EDWARD A. STEINHAUS, Ph. D. Associate Bacteriologist, U. S. Public Health Service Rocky Mountain Laboratory Hamilton, Montana Copyright 1942 by Edward A. Steinhaus BURGESS PUBLISHING CO. 426 SO. SIXTH ST. MINNEAPOLIS, MINN. FOREWORD This volume represents the first attempt toward bringing together in readily available form the essen- tial data on the microbiology of insects and closely related arthropods. Research workers and others interested in this field have long been hampered not only by the widely scattered literature, much of it not easily accessible, but also by the varied termin- ology employed. The phases of microbiology involved include the bacteria, rickettsiae, viruses, fungi and protozoa. The present publication covers only the extracellular bacteria, which is the largest group concerned.- It is hoped that the author will be able to cover the intra- cellular bacteria and the other groups of microorganisms in future publications. This catalogue will be of value as a reference work for entomologists, bacteriologists, and parasitologists generally and of particular value to research workers and others interested in more specialized fields such as those relating to the bacterial diseases of insects and the bacterial diseases transmissible directly or indirectly by insects and ticks to man, animals, and plants. R. R. PARKER Director Rocky Mountain Laboratory Hamilton, Montana April, 191*2 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Introduction 1 Resume of Pertinent Literature on Certain Relation- ships "between Extracellular Bacteria and Insects and Ticks k External "bacterial flora of insects. Bacterial flora of alimentary tract proper. Cecal "bacteria. Fate of "bacteria during metamorphosis. Transmis- sion of "bacteria from generation to generation. Bacteria and insect eggs. Variation of entomophy- tic "bacteria. Bacteria as food for insects. Bacteria and the physiology of insect digestion. Fermentation chambers. Bacteria as a source of vitamins. Bactericidal principles associated with ticks and insects. Surgical maggots. Method of Using Catalogue 32 Class : Schizomycetes 33 Order : Ac t inomycetales 33 Family: Actinomycetaceae 33 Genus : Leptotrichia 33 Family: Mycohacteriaceae 33 Genus : Corynehacter ium 33 Genus : Mycobacterium 36 Order: Eubacteriales 39 Family: Bacillaceae 39 Genus : Bacillus 39 Genus: Clostridium 90 Family : Bacter iaceae 92 Genus: Achromohacter 92 Genus : Bacterium 9^ Genus : Flavohacter ium 115 Genus : Fusohacterium 117 Family : Enterohacter iaceae 118 Trihe: Erwineae 118 Genus : Erwinea 118 Trihe : Eschericheae _ 122 Genus : Aerohac ter 122 Genus: Escherichia 12k Genus : Klebs iella 125 Trihe: Proteae 126 Genus : Proteus 126 Trihe: Salmonelleae _ 128 Genus : Eher the 11a : 128 Genus : Salmonella I30 Genus: Shigella l^l Tr ihe : Serrateae 132 Genus : Serra t ia 1^2 ii Page Family: LacWbacteriaceae 136 Tri"be: Streptococceae 136 Genus : Diplococcus 136 Genus : Streptococcus 158 Family: Micrococcaceae 1^ Genus : Micrococcus 1^ Genus: Sarcina 153 Genus : Staphylococcus 15^ Family: Neisseriaceae 157 Genus : Neisseria 157 Genus: Veillonella 158 Family: Parvohacteriaceae 158 Tribe: Brucelleae 158 Genus: Brucella 158 Tribe: Hemophileae 159 Genus : Hemophilus 159 Tr ihe : Pas teur elleae 159 Genus : Pas teur ella 159 Family: Pseudomonadaceae 168 Tri"be : Pseudomonadeae 168 Genus : Phytomonas 168 Genus : Pseudomonas 172 Tribe: Spirilleae 17^ Genus: Vibrio 17^ Family : Rhizob iaceae 176 Genus : Alcaligenes 176 Genus : Chromo"bac ter ium 177 Miscellaneous genera 178 Genus : Asco"bacterium 178 Genus : Coccohacillus 178 Genus: Diplobacillus 18^ Genus : Entero"bacillus 185 Genus : Enterococcus 185 Genus : Gyrococcus 185 Genus : Lepto tr ix 186 Index to Authors Index to Insects and Ticks Index to Bacteria - 58353 iii CATALOGUE OF BACTERIA ASSOCIATED EXIRACELLULARLY WITH INSECTS AND TICKS INTRODUCTION There has long "been a need for an inventory and a systematic cataloguing of the "bacteria associated with insects and ticks. Much of the confusion which today prevents a thorough understanding of the "biologic rela- tionships existing "between "bacteria and these arthropods might "be avoided if investigators were furnished with a comprehensive list of the entomophytic "bacteria and a statement concerning their arthropod relationships. To do this has "been the chief objective of the present mono- graph. A survey of the literature on "bacteriologic-entomologic relationships indicates that there is an utter lack of conformity "between the names given to certain "bacteria "by "bacteriologists and those used "by entomologists for the same bacterium. Entomologic literature is filled with names given to "bacteria, references to which are not found anywhere in "bacteriologic literature. Furthermore, there are numerous examples of the same "bacterium "being cited with different names "by different authors. To add to the confusion, many investigators have not attempted to identify or to classify properly the "bacteria they ' have isolated or found associated with insects. This has resulted in many taxonomic "ghosts" and ambiguities. It would not "be appropriate to discuss here all sys- tematic inconsistencies which appear in the literature on this subject. On the other hand, it is perhaps ad- visable to point out a few of the more serious causes of confusion in the hope that "by focusing attention upon them now they may "be avoided in the future. One of the principle inconsistencies has "been in the choice of the generic names. Although taxonomic pro- cedures were not very definite during the early days of "bacteriology, nevertheless, the errors made were out of all proportion to what they excusably might have been. Today, the rules of bacterial nomenclature have been fairly well established and are worthy of the attention of all those about to indulge in the naming of micro- organisms. The indiscriminate use of the generic names Bacillus and Bacterium should definitely be discouraged. Present-day "bacterial nomenclature reserves the genus Bacillus chiefly for the gram-positive, aerobic, spore - forming "bacteria. In reviewing entomologic literature in particular , one repeatedly sees gram-negative, non- spore-forming short rods, and occasionally even cocci referred to "by the generic name "Bacillus. " Similarly, the generic name Bacterium has "been used in referring to spore -forming "bacilli. The use of abbreviations, especially by early writers, also has been annoying. In many cases the only reference made to a generic name throughout an entire paper has been a single letter "B. ", not indicating whether Bacterium or Bacillus is meant. Similarly, with the abbreviation "Bac. " which one finds all too frequently, Equally con- fusing is the abbreviation "S. " for Staphylococcus , Streptococcus, Sarcina, Serratia, Salmonella, and Spirillum. Although the use of trinomials is being largely dis- couraged by modern taxonomists, early workers even went so far as to use quadrinomials. Such names, given to bacteria remain of little taxonomic value except from an historic viewpoint. It is especially unfortunate that the literature con- tains the names of so many microorganisms for which no adequate description has been published. In most instances this is due to the neglect, on the part of the discoverers, to make adequate morphologic, cultural and physiologic studies. It is not enough merely to observe that a micro- organism is a short rod and then to give it a new specific name in the genus Bacterium. If an organism is worthy of a name it certainly should be worthy of an accurate, fairly complete description. Of course, some of the blame for this no doubt lies in the confusion still remaining in present-day bacterial taxonomy. As stated by DeBach and McOmie . "The investigator sometimes does not know which ^DeBach, P. H. , and McOmie, W. A. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. , 1939, 32, 137-1^6. of the characters studied is the more important. Often a valuable test is not performed because its importance is not realized, while a number of quite insignificant ob- servations are laboriously made." On the other hand, if the investigator adheres to one or another of the more generally accepted methods of bacterial identification and classification, such as Bergey ' s Manual of Determina- tive Bacteriology, he is not likely to go far wrong. In using this catalogue, the reader will find a large number of strange "bacterial names which are not listed in the latest (5th) edition of Bergey's Manual. It is un- fortunate that so many undescribed species of "bacteria exist. Regardless of the limitations of the available descriptions of the "bacteria themselves, the importance of the role of these "bacteria in the "biologic relation- ships "between them and insects should not "be disregarded and overlooked. It is hoped that many of these "bacteria will "be re isolated and restudied so as to secure for them a place in the accepted list of "bacterial species. Per- haps the "bringing of these obscure names together in one publication along with the names of tie well-known spe- cies isolated from insects and ticks, will lead to a uniformity, an enlargement, and an acceleration of study and publication in this field, and will make for a more thorough coverage of the literature of this subject. Since many of the interesting biologic relationships between arthropods and bacterid in general could not be handled satisfactorily in catalogue form, they have been briefly discussed in the following section which summar- izes the pertinent literature on these relationships. RESUME OF PERTINENT LITERATURE ON CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN EXTRACELLULAR BACTERIA AND INSECTS AED TICKS. There are approximately 250 known species of "bacteria which have "been found associated, in one way or another, with insects and ticks. This does not include the intra- cellular forms such as the rickettsiae and intracellular "symbiotes. " A large number of the "bacteria associated with these arthropods have never "been completely described nor correctly classified. In general, however, the "bac- teria found in insects are not characteristically differ- ent from most "bacteria. Limited studies have shown that the "bacteria isolated from insects consist roughly of ko to 50 per cent gram- negative short rods, 15 to 25 per cent gram-positive spore-forming rods, 15 to 25 per cent gram- positive cocci, 10 to 12 per cent gram-positive short rods, and lower percentages of spirilla, "coccohacilli," and • other forms. Bacteria isolated from ticks appear to "be predominantly cocci (50 per cent or more), with smaller numbers of non-spore -forming and spore -forming rods. Percentages such as the above will prohahly have to "be modified as more complete studies on the flora of insects are made. External "bacterial flora of insects. The "bacteria found on the external surface of insects are, for the most part, adventitious. This is especially the case with such insects as the housefly and cockroach which frequent areas of filth and decomposing organic matter. Such in- sects acquire a great and ever-changing variety of bacteria, many of which are of public health importance. Due to peculiarities in "body structure, such as the housefly with its "bristles and sticky pads, many insects carry enormous numbers of microorganisms. Even in these cases many more "bacteria are usually found inside than on the outside of the fly. For example, Yao, Yuan and Huie (1929) found an average of 3,683,000 "bacteria (externally) per fly from the slum. district of Peiping, China, and 1,9^1,000 per fly from the cleanest district. They found the inside of the flies to harbor from eight to ten times as many "bacteria as the outside. Similarly, Torrey (1912) found the "bacteria in the intestine of the housefly to he 8.6 times as numerous as those occurring on the external surface of the insect. Other insects, whose external "body structure is not so complex, carry relatively few "bacteria of any kind on their "body surfaces. It is interesting to • note that "bees, whose "body structures are so well adapted for carrying pollen, have relatively few "bacteria on their external surface. White (1906) found only three species (Bacillus A, Bacterium cyaneus , and Micrococcus C) on adult "bees from normal apiaries. Bacterial flora of alimentary tract proper. There is extreme variation in the size and structure of the ali- mentary tract of the different species of insects. In some species it is merely a tube extending from one end of the "body to the other. In other species it is a highly complex structure with various pouches, ceca, and diver- ticula. In most insects the tract is longer than the hody and possesses three chief divisions: the fore-intes- tine, the mid- intestine, and the hind- intestine. The fere- and hind-intestine are invaginations of the "body wall and their chitinous lining is continuous with the "body wall cuticula. The mid- intestine develops from an entodermal tube, the mesenteron. Although very little comparative work has "been done on the "bacterial flora of main divisions of the digestive tract of insects, Steinhaus (19^-1) reported that the milkweed "bug, Oncopeltus fasciatus Say, has a different flora in its pylorum and rectum from that in the four stomachs which precede them. The predominant "bacterium found in the pylorum and rectum was named Proteus recti- colens, while in the four stomachs the flora consisted mainly of Proteus insecticolens. Eberthella insecticola and occasionally Streptococcus faecalis were found throughout the entire tract. The "bacterial flora of the digestive tract may vary quantitatively as well as qualitatively. While the tracts of some insects are packed with organisms others have "been found to "be sterile. In the honey "bee, Hertig (1923) found the greater number of "bacteria in the hind- intestine, particularly the rectum, while very few "both in numbers and variety were found in the ventriculus, except at times of food accumulation. Occasionally, when small sections of the wall and contents were inoculated into media, no growth at all resulted. Hertig explains the low "bacterial content of the ventriculus as perhaps due to the fact that solid particles pass rapidly to the hind-intestine, and also to the fact that the contents of the ventriculus are at times rather acid. This might inhibit the multiplication of the "bacteria. In the larvae of the olive fly, Dacus oleae, large numbers of "bacteria are found in the mid- intestine, few in the hind- intestine, and none in the fore -intestine. In Tephritis conura, besides occur ing in the intestinal lumen, "bacteria are regularly found in the oesophagus as far as the region of the mouth opening and even in the proboscis. Stammer, in a study of 37 species of trypetids, showed the presence of "bacteria in all cases, "but their manner of distribution varied with the stage and genus of the host. In the larvae and young adults the "bacteria occurred diffusely or in clumps in the intestinal contents. In old adults they were always present in enormous numbers in the lumen of the intestine. In the case of Agriotes mancus, Melampy and MacLeod (1938) found the greatest number of "bacteria in the hind-intestine. A similar condition in the petroleum fly, Psilopa petroli, has "been reported by Thorpe (1930). The digestive tract of some arthropods, such as certain members of the blood-sucking group, is sterile. In other cases this sterility was localized to certain parts of the tract. An example of this regional sterility is found in blow-fly maggots used in the treatment of slow-healing lesions such as those in osteomyelitis. In the larvae of Luc ilia sericata, for instance, the bacteria taken in with the food are destroyed in passing through the long, tubu- lar- stomach of the maggot. Bacteria may be found abundantly in the fore -stomach and occasionally in the intermediate area and the hind- stomach; none survive as far as the intestine (Robinson and Norwood, 193*0 • Duncan (1926) found the gut contents of Cimex lectular- ius, Argas persicus, and Ornithodoros moubata to be con- sistently sterile. He quotes Breinl as finding the gut contents of lice to be invariably free of bacteria. Chap- man (192*+) examined the digestive tract of the confused flour beetle, Tribolium confusum Duv. , and found no living organisms. Nut tall (Herms, 1939) found that the anthrax bacillus died in the stomach of the bedbug in ^8 to 96 hours at 13° to 17° C. and in 2k to 28 hours at 37° C. , although the feces of the bugs contained living bacilli during the first 2k hours after feeding. During the years following 1906 considerable interest was aroused in regard to the bacterial flora of the house- fly (Musca domes tica) as well as that of several species of cockroaches (Longfellow, 1913; Barber, 191*0- Jackson (1907) found as many as 100,000 human fecal bacteria in a single fly, and recognized the fact that these bacteria might easily survive passage through the intestinal canal of the insect. Graham-Smith (1909) examined ikS flies caught in various parts of London and Cambridge, and 35 (2U$>) possessed externally or internally, or "both, hacteria "belonging to the colon group. Later (1913); he reported that Serratia marcescens could "be cultivated from the con- tents of the crop and intestine of the housefly in large numbers up to k or 5 days after inoculation and survived in the intestine up to 18 days. Graham-Smith also states that although it seems to have "been proven that the spores of Bacillus anthracis may survive after "being ingested "by fly larvae, most observers agree that such non-spore- forming pathogenic organisms as Eberthella tvphosa, Salmonella enteritidis, and Shigella dys enter iae derived from cultures and added to the food of the larvae are not present in the flies which emerge, except under very special and highly artificial conditions. However, as stated elsewhere, Bacot (1911) reported that when the food of newly hatched larvae of Musca domestica was inoculated with a culture of Pseudomonas aeruginosa, viable "bacteria remained in the gut during metamorphosis. Torrey (1912) observed that flies examined up to the latter part of June were free from fecal "bacteria of human origin and carried a homogeneous flora of coccal forms. During July and August, periods occurred when the flies examined possessed several millions of "bacteria, alternating with periods in which the number of "bacteria was reduced to hundreds. Bacteria of the colon type was first encountered in abundance during the early part of July. Another example of seasonal incidence has "been observed in the case of the "bacteria producing soft rot of potatoes. In this case the "bacteria pass the winter in the digestive tract of the puparia of Hylemyia cili- crura (Leach, 1933). Nicoll (1911), and Cox, Lewis, and Blynn (1912) also studied .the numbers and varieties of "bacteria associated with the housefly, finding large numbers of the coliform type. (See also Hewitt, 191^)* Cecal Bacteria. In certain insects of the order Hemiptera peculiar sac -like appendages are found opening into the posterior end of the mid-intestine. These structures, called ceca or bacterial crypts, are of var- ious shapes and sizes and always harbor enormous numbers of bacteria morphologically characteristic for the par- ticular species of insect harboring them. > This bacteriologic-entomologic relationship was first studied in 1888 "by Forbes (1892) during his investigations on contagious diseases of insects. He noted that certain appendages to the alimentary canal in members of the families Scutelleridae, Pentatomidae, and in some Lygaeidae and Coreidae contained large numbers of "bacteria. In the Coreidae and Lygaeidae the cecal structures are present in one genus and ah sent in another. While th^ higher Hemiptera (Pentatomidae, Scutelleridae, etc. ) invariably possess them, they are always ah sent in the lower Hemiptera. According to Forbes, the gastric pouches of grasshoppers, cockroaches, and carahid "beetles do not commonly contain "bacteria. Earlier (1857) Leydig had apparently observed microorgan- isms in these ceca "but he was not aware of their true nature. It was not until 191^ that Glasgow undertook a detailed study of this relationship and brought out many interesting facts concerning it. Among other things, he observed that the bacteria from the different hosts vary a great deal in their morphology though they are constant for each individ- ual species of insect; that they range from minute coccus- like bacilli to hugh spirochete-like forms; and that these bacteria are apparently passed from generation to generation through the egg since they appear early in the alimentary tract of the developing embryo. This is one of the earliest recorded instances of the hereditary transmission of bac- teria in insects. To study the constancy of the presence of bacteria in the ceca, Glasgow examined specimens of the harlequin cabbage bug, Murgantia histrionica, secured from widely separated points in the United States. In comparing the flora of these specimens he found that the peculiar large, spirochete-like forms were constantly present in the ceca regardless of whether the specimen examined "was from California or Maryland. " ' Few of the cecal bacteria could be grown on ordinary culture media, although those from Anas a tristis were cultured in nutrient broth. The mid-intestine of these ceca -possessing insects is usually free of invading bacteria and protozoa commonly present in many related insects. It appears that the normal ceca- inhabiting bacteria inhibit the development or exclude these foreign organisms altogether. Glasgow believes that this is the chief function performed by the cecal bacteria in the life processes of the host. He assumes that the ceca merely provide a safe place for the multiplication of normal bacteria. Kuskop (192*0 lists 23 insects of the family Penta- tomidae, 7 of the family Coreidae, and k of the family Lygaeidae which, she says, undoubtedly carry "bacteria in their cecal appendages. She found the ceca to "be as well filled with "bacteria after the long period of winter rest as they were during the active summer season. Kuskop "believes the "bacteria play a symbiotic role in "being essential in the physiology of the insect's digestion. Fate of Bacteria During Metamorphos is . The fate of the "bacteria harbored "by the larva during the process of metamorphosis to the adult stage has not "been studied thoroughly. Such knowledge would "be particularly valuable from the standpoint of public health. For example, house- fly larvae may "become a reservoir for "bacteria pathogenic to man. Should these "bacteria survive metamorphosis and "be disseminated "by the adult, the chances of spreading disease are great. Also, in deciding what is the normal flora of an adult insect, one would have to consider adventitious "bacteria that have "been acquired not only "by the imago itself, hut "by the larva as well. Bacot (1911) found that pupae and imagines of Musca domestica "bred from larvae infected with Pseudomonas aeruginosa under conditions which excluded the chance of re -infection in the pupal or imaginal period, remained infected with the "bacterium. Other authorities, however, are agreed that such non- spore -forming organisms as Eberthella typhosa, Salmonella enteritidis and Shigella dysenteriae added to the food of fly larvae usually do not survive metamorphosis (Graham-Smith, 1913)- Later, Bacot (191*0 studied the "bacteria of the alimentary canal of the flea during its metamorphosis and found that the alimentary canal of the flea larva may "become "infected" with the following "bacteria if they are mixed with its food: Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Salmonella enteritidis, Staphylococcus aureus, and S. albus . These organisms may persist in the larval gut until the resting period of the larva in the cocoon, "but there appears to "be no satis- factory evidence that they can survive the pupal stage. An interesting example of the survival of "bacteria in an insect during metamorphosis has "been shown "by the work of Leach (1931, 1933) in the case of the "bacter- ium causing potato "blackleg, Erwinia carotovora, and the seed corn maggot, Hylemyia c ill crura. The maggots pick up .the "bacteria from their contaminated egg shells, from the soil, and prohahly from the surface of con- taminated potato seed pieces. After 2 or 3 weeks' 10 development in the seed pieces the maggots leave this abode, enter the soil, and pupate. In this manner the "bacteria survive the winter in the digestive tract of the puparia. Besides Erwinia carotovora, other "bacteria regularly pass uninjured through the intestinal tract of- "both larvae and flies and over -winter in the puparia and emerge with the adult fly. The most common of these are: Pseudomonas fluoresence and Ps. nonliquefaciens. Leach (1933) found the "bacteria survive in the puparium in three different locations : in the cast-out linings of the hind- intestine, and in the lumen of the mid- intestine of the pupa. The "bacteria found surviving in the fore- and hind- intestines may "be of several varieties since they are the ones that happen to be in these organs at the time of pupation. In the mid- intestine, on the other hand, the "bacteria appear to be of one species resembling, "but not identical to, Pseudomonas fluoresence. These "bacteria "become reduced to relatively small numbers during meta- morphic histolysis "but just "before the fly emerges from the puparium they appear to increase rap idly . According to Leach, there appears to "be a selective action on the "bacteria surviving in the mid-intestine that is not operative on those surviving in the cast-off linings of the fore- and hind-intestines. Eelationships similar to those just described exist "between Erwinia caratovora and the cabbage maggot, riylemyia brassicae. Phytomonas savastonoi, the cause of olive knot, is also known to survive in the puparium of the olive fly, Dae us oleae (Petri, 1910). Transmission of Bacteria from Generation to Generation, Along with the discussion of the fate of bacteria during metamorphosis should be mentioned the phenomenon of trans- mission of bacteria from one generation to the next» Many instances of this process are known to occur with intra- cellular microorganisms. An outstanding example of the perpetuation of extra- cellular bacteria through successive generation has been described by Petri (1909, 1910) in the case of Phytomonas savastonoi, the cause of olive knot, and the non-patho- genic bacterium, Ascobacterium luteum in the olive fly, Dacus oleae. These bacteria occur in the intestinal tract during all stages of the insect's development. If one were to make a longitudinal section of the ovipositor of the olive fly, he would observe that the 11 vagina and the anal tract unite at their posterior end forming a common opening. Peculiar sac-like evaginations, filled with "bacteria, occur in the wall of the anal tract near the point of union and open into the lumen. A longitudinal slit in the membrane which separates the anal tract from the oviduct lies immediately opposite the opening of the evaginations. As the eggs pass along the vagina, the surface of each egg is pressed through this slit, against the openings. The "bacteria contained within the evaginations are smeared over the surface of each egg from where they find their way through the micropyle into the egg. The bacteria are then incorporated into the embryoiogic development of the insect. The larvae which hatch from the eggs possess four spherical ceca near the fore-part of the mid-intestine. These ceca contain the "bacteria which may also "be found throughout the lumen of the alimentary tract. During the pupal stage a bulo-like diverticulum tranches off the esophagus just in front of the "brain. (A similar struc- ture has "been observed "by Dean (1933; 1935) in the apple maggot, Rhagoletis pomonella , "but its possible relation to "bacteria has not "been determined. ) The "bacteria accumulate in this structure from which they later (in the adult fly) spread throughout the alimentary tract, including the anal sac-like evaginations. From this location the "bacteria . are transmitted to the next generation of eggs and thus they are perpetuated. According to Stammer (1929) and Allen and Eiker (1932), similar "bacterium- insect relation- ships exist in other species of Trypetidae. In Tephritis heiseri a similar aperture exists "between the vagina and hind- intestine "but the latter does not' possess the clavi- form protrusions as does Dacus oleae. Instead, this area of the hind- intestine is differentiated into long drawn- out channels which are narrowed in the direction of the opening. These are filled with "bacteria which are applied to the eggs during oviposition. The freshly laid egg is covered with a layer of mucus in which the bacteria multiply until they enter the egg through the micropyle. Among the ticks instances of generation to generation transmission of "bacteria are not so well known. One im- portant case in this regard, however, is the generation to generation and stage to stage transmission of Pasteurella tularensis in the Rocky Mountain wood tick, Dermacentor andersoni. This discovery was made "by Parker and Spencer (192*0. 12 Bacteria and Insect Eggs. Atkin and Bacot (1917) and Bacot (1917) found that the greatest stimulus to the hatching of mosquito eggs (Stegomyia faciata) was the introduction into their environment of living yeasts or "bacteria. The stimulus produced "by killed cultures of "bacteria and sterile watery extracts of brewer's yeast was more feeble, many of the eggs failing to hatch. Sterile filtrates of "bacteria were less effective than killed cultures. The methods of experimentation were simple. Different species of living "bacteria were intro- duced into tubes of sterile media, such as peptone water, in which the eggs had "been lying dormant for 11 to 15, and in some cases, 39 days. Upon inoculation with the "bacteria all eggs hatched within 18 hours. Atkin and Bacot explain this phenomenon "by supposing that the stimulus is of the nature of a "scent" which penetrates to the larvae lying dormant within the egg shells, causing them to make vigorous movements which result in the un- capping of the egg. On the other hand, Barter (1928) found "there was no indication that "bacteria promoted hatching in either C. [CuLex] quinquefasciatus or A. [Aedes 1 aegypti. Eggs hatched out in water or in clear sterile media as promptly as in contaminated cultures. In a few cases bacteria seemed to encourage the hatching of eggs of A. [Aedes] sollicitans, "but they were surely not a necessary stimulus." Similarly, Hinman (1930 obtained results which were in direct opposition to those of Atkin and Bacot. Hinman "repeatedly found that eggs of this mosquito [Aedes aegypti] (and also other species) hatched apparently as rapidly in sterile as in contaminated media. " Some of the differences of opinion on this phenomenon were reconciled by Rozeboom (193*0, who found that a great deal depends on the age and condition of the egg. Of 2^0 old, dry eggs (Aedes aegypti) only four hatched in sterile media, whereas 20^ hatched within two days following inoculation of the media with bacteria. Of fresh, moist eggs, 35 per cent hatched in distilled water, and 82 per cent in water contaminated with "bacteria. More recently Gjullin, Yates, and Stage (1939) founa that tap-water infusions of dry cottonwood leaves, willow leaves and grass gave consistently larger hatches of Aedes vexans and Aedes aldrichi eggs than either tap or river water alone. They concluded that the amino acids and proteins present in vegetation may "be the stimulants which cause the eggs to hatch when flooded in nature. 13 In this connection an interesting observation of Hin- man's (1932) should "be mentioned. This worker found viable "bacteria within the eggs of Aedes ae&ypti and other mosquitoes. By "both cultural and microscopic ex- aminations he found cocci, "bacilli, and yeast within the mosquito ova. The most common type of "bacteria found in sections was the coccus, with "bacilli rarely "being en- countered. As Hinman points out, probably only a rela- tively small percentage of eggs actually contain micro- organisms. Variation of Entomophytic Bacteria., It is well known that "bacterial cells may change in shape, size, and structure. Some of these changes are due to changes in environment and are not inherited. In other cases the changes are more stable and are the result of artificial selection, and in still other instances distinct mutation- like changes occur. Into which of these categories fall the various in- stances of variation among entomophytic "bacteria is diffi- cult to say. Besides the occurrence of "bacterial varia- tion within the insect host itself, this phenomenon has also "been observed in artificial cultures isolated from the host and in other insects artificially inoculated with the "bacterium concerned. As in the early history of "bacteriology, variation of "bacterial species in insects has caused considerable trouble and controversy among investigators. Typical of this is the case of Bacillus alvei, the cause of European fouTbrood of "bees. Cheshire and Cheyne (1885) were the first to isolate this organism as the etidlogic agent of this disease. Maassen (1907) "believed that either Bacillus alvei or Streptococcus apis was the cause. White (1912, 1920a, 1920b) was unable to produce typical Euro- pean foulbrood with Bacillus alvei, Streptococcus apis, or Bacterium ( Achromobacter ) eurydice and concluded that a new species, Bacillus pluton, was the real cause. Burnside (192^) attempted to "bring some order out of this confusion "by suggesting that Bacillus pluton, Streptococcus apis, and Achromobacter eurydice are variants or stages in the life history of Bacillus alvei. He found that "Bacillus alvei is capable of morphological, cultural, and "biological transformation and is also capable of stabili- zation, at least temporarily, as a sporogenic rod, an asporogenic rod resembling Bacterium eurydice, or as a ■coccoid form resembling Bacillus pluton. " Ik Paillot (1933) has found that the majority of cocco- bacilli isolated from insects change their form more or less according to the insect into which they are inoculated. The "bacteria may undergo such minor changes as a slight elongation of the cell or the changes may "be of a more striking nature. Such variations have "been observed with Bacterium pieris liquefaciens alpha , Bacterium melolonthae liquefaciens gamma, and Bacterium lymantricola adiposus. For instance Bacterium pieris liquefaciens alpha is in the form of coccohacilli in the "blood of the larvae of the cabbage butterly, Pieris brassicae. In the "blood of the larvae of Vanessa urticae, there is no appreciable differ- ence. In the larvae of Vanessa polychloros and Euproctis chrysorrhoea the cells are considerably longer than in the first two species. In the "blood of Lymantria dispar, however, the elongation is so great that the "bacteria lose all aspects of coccobacilli and are transformed into sinuous filaments which may attain the length of ^0 or 50 microns. When inoculated "back into the general cavity of the Pieris "brass icae larvae the cells return to their normal form. Bacterium melolonthae liquefaciens gamma, which usually appears in the form of a cocco"bacillus, "becomes elongated and thicker when inoculated into the larvae of the gypsy moth, Porthetria dispar. As the infection advances, a certain number of the "bacteria show one or two median or polar swellings. According to Paillot, these swellings later "become detached from the "bacterial elongations and float freely in the "blood though they are not actively motile like the "bacilli from which they originated. These forms resemble small true cells, possessing a central portion which may "be taken for a true nucleus since it takes nuclear stains. When the insect dies these forms gradually disappear. Similar "growth forms" have "been observed in certain strains of Bacterium lymantricola adiposus inoculated into Porthetria dispar. In this case they originate from an enlargement of the central portion of the "bacterium. These enlargements continue to elongate and often give rise to secondary elongations, the whole thing resembling a kind of mycelium. In old strains the "bacteria and "growth forms" may "be seen to possess a large central vacuole which disappears when the elongations re -absorb themselves into new rounded forms which float freely in the "blood. Similar forms of this "bacterium have "been described as developing in the "blood of the larvae of Agrotis segetum. 15 Such forms of variation have also "been observed in the case of Bacterium pieris liquefaciens alpha. Paillot theorizes that these "growth forms" probably represent a degenerate stage of the "bacteria. The in- creased ability of the organisms to give rise to these forms corresponded to a diminution in their original cirulence for the insects. This hypothesis is similar to that which, according to some workers, characterizes the symbiotes of aphids. In the absence of detailed work in this field, one wonders what types of variation might occur by the passage through insects of some of the "better known "bacteria not usually found in association with in- sects. One indication of such interesting possibilities is that afforded by the work of Lai, Ghosal, and Mukherji (1939) who found that certain morphologic, metabolic and chemical changes occurred in strains of Vibrio comma passed through house flies (Musca domestica) . Involution forms occurring on artificial media frequently arise in cultures of bacteria isolated from insects. Bacillus liparis is normally a slightly elongated, straight, or slightly bent rod, but when cultivated on carbohydrate media such as levulose agar, huge forms, swollen in clubs at one or both of their extremities, may be observed. These forms resemble very closely certain involution forms of the diphtheria bacillus. Bacterium neurotomae, isolated from Neurotoma ne moral is, appears in the blood of various insects in the form of elongated but rarely filamentous rods. However, in young cultures on agar some of the cells swell greatly and become more or less rounded. In the central part of these rounded cells is consolidated the chromatophilic substance and the whole aspect is one of true nucleated cells. According to Paillot, however, they are without vitality and rapidly degenerate. From the lyreman cicada, Tibicen linnei, Steinhaus (19^-1) isolated a gram-positive bacterium (Bacterium mutabile) which normally has the form of a short rod. In fluid media, such as tryptophane broth, bizarre, slightly branched forms appear. The Role of Bacteria in the Nutrition of Insects Inasmuch as most insects harbor large numbers of bacteria within their digestive tracts, it is apparent that these microorganisms may exert a profound effect 16 upon insect physiology and nutrition. Despite this obvious possibility, very little investigation has -been made on the actual function of bacteria and other micro- organisms in such processes. Bacteria as food. Besides the possibility of being related to the food habits of an insect and aiding in its digestive functions, bacteria may serve as food. Mitchell (1907) ™as one of the first to express the belief that the "wriggler" of Stegomyia fasciata is pre- eminently a bacteria-feeder, because the larvae develop rapidly in water contaminated with sewage. In later years her belief was supported by the work of Bacot (1916), Atkin and Bacot (1917), Barber (I928), Rozeboom (1935) and others. In Bacot' s report the suggestion that the bacteria served as food for the mosquito larvae was based on the clearing action the latter displayed in water, originally turbid from, its enormous bacterial content, in conjunction with the fact that the gut contents of larvae taken from this water showed relatively few bacteria. He attributed the scarcity of bacteria to their being rapidly digestedo Barber (1927, 1928) found that algae alone, bacteria alone, or infusoria alone may serve as a sufficient source of food for Anopheles larvae but that a combination of bacteria with infusoria or with algae appeared to afford the best conditions for the growth of Culex quinquefasciatuE and of Aedes aegypti. From the intestinal examination of over 600 mosquito larvae, Hinman (1930) concluded that the larvae ingest any material small enough to be taken in through the mouth. A considerable amount of this material appears to pass un- changed through the alimentary canal. Whereas larvae failed to develop in sterile, synthetic media or in auto- claved water taken from normal breeding places, the addi- tion of certain types of bacteria to such water made it a suitable medium for complete larval development. Hinman (1933) later demonstrated the existence of a factor in bacteria which stimulated the growth of mosquito larvae, but he was unable to extract this vitamin-like substance from the bacteria with any regularity. Filtrates from these cultures failed to stimulate development. In 1935; Rozeboom studied the problem and concluded .that bacteria, to a certain extent, can be utilized as food by mosquito larvae though all kinds of bacteria are not equally suita- ble as food 'for mosquito larvae. "Environmental m bacteria, " associated with the natural breeding places of mosquitoes, IT proved to support the "best development of the larvae when "bacteria were the only source of food. Sarclna lutea was of little value, while Escherichia coli, Bacillus subtilis. Bacillus mycoides, Aerobacter aerogenes , and Pseudomonas fluorescens were of equal value. In media inoculated with Pseudomonas (pyocyaneus) aeruginosa the toxic products of this organism rapidly killed the larvae. Rozeboom's attempts to grow mosquito larvae in the absence of "bacteria were unsuccessful. Trager (l935a); "b) obtained normal development of the larvae of Aedes aegypti in the absence of living microorganisms. He used a medium consisting of a standard autoclaved protein-free liver extract with autoclaved yeast. He demonstrated that the la.rvae require two accessory food substances. One is present in yeast and aqueous yeast extracts, egg white, and wheat. It is heat- and alkali -stable and is not adsorbed "by fuller's earth. The other is present in large amounts in purified, liver extracts rich in the anti -pernicious anemia principle. It is heat-stable hut cannot withstand the action of alkalis. In a slightly acid solution it is almost com- pletely adsorbed "by fuller's earth. Interestingly enough, it has "been found (Trager, Miller, and Khoads, 1938) that a substance, possibly flavine or a flavine compound, occurs in extracts prepared from urine of normal persons or patients with aplastic anemia or leukemia which en- hances the growth of larvae of Aedes aegypti. A relationship similar to that -of the mosquito larvae in contaiminated water is suggested "by von Wolzogen Kuhr (1932) with the larvae of Chironomus plumosus which fre- quents sandfilters in the summer. This was attributed to the presence in the filters of Pseudomonas fermentans upon which the larvae supposedly fed. A similar situation was described "by Dyson and Lloyd (1933) in sewage "beds. One of the first to advance the idea that "bacteria are indispensable to the growth of certain insects was Bogdanow (1906) who found that the larvae -of Calliphora vomitoria fail to develop in the absence of microorganisms. Later (1908) he stated that the larvae require a definite and fairly simple bacterial flora. Sterile larvae on sterile food never developed normally ,t although some of them reached the pupal stage. Weinland (1907), however, showed that the larvae of Calliphora are able to digest meat with- out the assistance of bacteria. Bogdanow also found that larvae of the house fly, Musca domes tica, can be bred on starch paste or gelatin, but only in the presence of molds and bacteria. Wollman (1921) reported that microbe-free cultures of flies can be maintained indefinitely, as can 18 also -similar cultures of the moth Galleria melonella. The work of Glaser (1921+) showed that the growing larvae of flies were dependent on certain accessory growth factors which may "be obtained from "bacteria and yeasts, hut that microorganisms and their^ activities are not absolutely essential to the normal growth, development and longevity of flies. Later (1938) he developed a method whereby house flies could be raised in sterile culture, free from microorganisms. Baumberger (1919) reported that the larvae of the fly Desmometopam-nigrum Zett. are probably dependent on microorganisms and that the larvae of the house fly very probably feed on microorganisms. Trypetidae larvae can develop only when microorganisms are present, accord- ing to Stammer (1929). Bacteria and the physiology of insect digestion. Con- siderable evidence has been advanced that bacteria may play a greater role in the nutrition of insects than merely serving as food. Bacteria are capable of producing pro- teolytic, lipolytic, saccharolytic, amylitic and other enzymes which no doubt exert considerable influence on the digestive processes of the insect harboring them. The best known examples of such a relationship are those concerned with the intestinal flagellates which take an active part in the digestion of cellulose in the gut of the termite and in the wood-feeding roach Cryptocercus. However, we shall limit ourselves here to a brief discus- sion of the bacteria which maintain similar relationships. Petri (1905) was one of the earliest to assign to the bacteria a definite digestive role. The bacteria constant- ly present in the ceca of the olive fruit fly (Dacus oleae) were found to produce lipase. It was suggested that the activity of the bacteria in the digestion of fats must be very important for the larva which feeds on the olive, «a fruit rich in fats. In a later paper (19IO), he asserts that partial digestion of the oil might be possible without the aid of bacteria, since many larvae living on seeds rich in oil do not possess intestinal bacteria. Bogdanow (1906) believed that the formation of ammonia during larval de- velopment of Calliphora vomitoria is not a characteristic of protein digestion by the larvae but probably a result of bacterial activity. Weinland (1907), on the other hand, insisted that the ammonia is the result of larval metabol- ism. Wollman (1911, 1921) indicates that Weinland was mistaken as no ammonia is produced by sterile larvae and its production, therefore, must be due to microorganisms. 19 Weinland (1908) observed further that' "bacteria take no part in the process of fat formation in the larvae. Guyenot (1906, 1907) found that muse id larvae (mostly those of Lucilia) are unable to produce any digestive ferments which liquefy meat. He "believed that this is accomplished by "bacteria. On the other hand, Wollman (1921) claims that aseptically bred larvae liquefy gela- tin, which indicates that they produce some proteolytic ferments . One may expect to find almost any saccharolytic enzyme in the digestive tracts of insects if one considers the variety which may arise from the "bacteria they harbor. The fermentative ability of bacteria isolated from the alimentary tracts of insects and ticks varies from almost none to at least 25 or 30 carbohydrates. It is evident that in the insect the bacteria would not be called upon to produce most of these enzymes unless the appropriate substrates were included in the arthropod's food, In the case of the cattle grub, Hypoderma lineatum, Simmons (1939) found the following enzymes to be present: Lactase, maltase, invertase, glycogenase, lipase, trypsin a'nd erepsin. He believed the lactase, maltase, invertase, and renin to be products of bacteria in the intestine of the larva. Brown (1928) believes that most of the enzymes found in the honeybee are produced by microorganisms. It would seem that in most of the studies on the sacchro- lytic enzymes of insects too little attention has been given to the large amounts of these enzymes which bacteria are capable of producing. Portier (1911) claims that leaf -mining larvae of Nepticula malella and G-racilaria syringella live under sterile conditions and do not harbor any microorganisms in their bodies. On the other hand, the normal leaf- feeding larva of the silkworm, Bombyx mori, has its digestive tube populated with bacteria, some of which destroy the wall of the leaf cell, while other bacteria thrive on its contents which is used directly as food. G-laser (1925), however, reared large numbers of silkworms and rarely found many bacteria in the digestive system of normal worms. When bacteria became numerically high, the worms ailed and died. Hering (1926) criticizes some of the views of Portier, stating that up to that time no true "symbionts" were known in leaf -miners. Werner (1926) found the digestive tract of the larva of Potosia cuprea to have a very rich microflora able to cause the fermen- tation of cellulose 0 A specific bacterium was isolated 20 md named Bacillus cellulosam f ermentans . Schutte (1921) found that cellulose is digested "by the larva of Hydromyza livens, "but apparently without the aid of "bacteria. It should "be remembered, when one is considering the role of cellulose- fermenting "bacteria in the nutrition of insects, that in most phytophagous insects the food passes through the gut so rapidly that no great amount of fermen- tation is likely to take place. The "breakdown of cellulose "by "bacteria is usually too slow a process to "be initiated and completed in the few hours during which food remains in the gut. On the other hand, cellulose-splitting "bacteria are often associated with the food ingested "by insects and for this reason cannot "be completely ignored. Furthermore, certain insects, such as the Lamellicorn larva, possess "fermentation chambers" which are probably used for such purposes. In 1919 Roubaud asserted that adult tsetse flies were exclusively hemophagous. The "blood ingested "by the flies was digested only in the middle section of the intestine where the epithelial cells include symbiotic organisms. According to Roubaud, these organisms play an important part in the digestion of the "blood. Wigglesworth (1929) states, however, that there is no evidence that these organisms play any part in the digestion of the "blood. Fermentation chambers . As has already "been mentioned, the gut of certain insects, notably Lamellicorn larvae, possess special sacs or chambers containing "bacteria which are probably responsible for "breaking down the cellulose ingested by the insect. Cuticular areas "bearing "branched spines occur on the walls of the chamber. The thin cuticle "between these areas is pierced "by fine canals. It appears that most of the digestion and absorption takes place within this chamber since the tiny particles of cellulose and wood are retained here for ldng periods of time and are acted upon "by the cellulose -fermenting "bacteria therein. According to Werner (1926), larvae of Potosia (Cetonia), which feed on the decaying pine needles found in ant heaps, thrive only at those temperatures optimum for the cellulose - fermenting "bacteria. Similar fermentation chambers are also possessed by certain Lipulids. There are some in- sects, such as the larvae of Dorcus and Osmoderma, which possess "fermentation chambers" filled with "bacteria which apparently do not "break down the cellulose they ingest. 21 Bacteria as a source of vitamins and growth-accessory substances. Portier (1919) vas one of the first to suggest that the source of vitamins for the individual insect is the intracellular organisms it possesses. "Wollman (1926) probably overlooked this possibility when he claimed that cockroaches (Blattella germanica) may dispense with vita- mins and generalized that perhaps vitamins are not essen- tial to insects. Though others (Frost, Herms, and Hoskins, 1936; Bowers and McCay, 19*10) have shown that mosquitoes, cockroaches, and other insects can apparently do without certain vitamins, it has "been definitely demonstrated that by and large insects need the essential growth substances as do higher animals. Some writers (imms, 1937) have speculated that the chief functions of bacteria in insects are to supply growth promoting substances and to liquefy the food. Hobson (1933) found that the larvae of the blow fly, Lucilia sericata, were unable to develop aseptically on sterile blood owing to the lack of growth factors of the vitamin B type. The presence of "bacteria improved growth, and yeast autolysate allowed the larvae to grow at a normal rate. Later (1935) > he reported that the natural flora must supply the necessary vitamins and that larvae grow readily on blood inoculated with pure cultures of various bacilli isolated from the intestine and from blown meat. Escherichia coli proved equally effective. in these experiments. Observations of Wig'glesworth (1936) on Rhodnius prolixus support the view that symbiotic organisms in exclusively blood-sucking insects provide an endogenous source of vitamins. At this point we may conclude that insect larvae can be reared on sterile media if they are supplied with all the necessary food factors. As stated by Wigglesworth (1939), "If these are deficient, infection with micro- organisms (in the case of Drosophila, particularly the introduction of yeasts ) improves the rate of growth. Sterile Lucilia larvae will grow on beef muscle; they fail to grow on guinea pig muscle; but if this is infected with Bacillus coli or if a yeast extract is added to it, normal growth takes place. *-**In these cases there is little doubt that the microorganisms are synthesizing the necessary vitamins of the 'B' group." In connection with a discussion of growth accessory substances might he mentioned the interesting discovery by Tatum (1939) that certain bacteria synthesize a 22 "hormone" which can change the eye color from white to "brown in Drosophila flies "being reared on tryptophane. Neither the "bacteria nor tryptophane separately have any influence on the production of eye pigment. In the presence of "both the "bacteria and tryptophane , however, eye pigmentation is greatly increased. According to Tatum, this shows that tryptophane is able to modify eye -color only through the intermediation of microorganisms. Bactericidal principle associated with ticks and in- sects. Through the work of Hindle and Duncan (1925) and Duncan (1926) it is known that certain arthropods possess a "bactericidal principle in their alimentary tracts. These workers found that while Bacillus anthracis, Bacillus subtil is , and Streptococcus faecalis were able to survive in the alimentary canal of the fowl tick, Argas persicus, others, such as Staphylococcus aureus died quickly after ingestion "by the tick and when tested in vitro the stomach contents were found to "be definitely "bactericidal to Staphylococcus aureus , Bacillus anthracis, and Bacillus my co ides. The results with Pasteurella pestis and Bacillus subtilis were inconclusive. Eberthella typhosa, Serratia marcescens, Brucella abortus , and Streptococcus faecalis were not affected. The inhibitory principle, the potency of which varied with the individual tick, was not inactivated "by exposure to a temperature of 58° C. for thirty minutes. Duncan (1926) investigated further the nature of the "bactericidal action and its occurrence or non-occurrence in the following arthropods : Stomoxys calci trans, Musca domestica, Anopheles bifurcatus, Aedes cinereus, Cimex lectularius, Rhodnius prolixus , Argas persicus, and Orni- thodoros moubata. He demonstrated a "bactericidal principle in the gut contents of all of these, and with the exception of the last two (ticks), in the feces as well. Staphylococci and the spore -forming aerobes were the "bacteria most affected "by this "bactericidal principle. These included S t aphy lo co c cus aureus , Staphyloccus albus, Bacillus anthracis, Bacillus subtilis, Bacillus me s enter i cus, and Bacillus vulgatus . Also inhibited by the gut contents of Argas persicus were Neisseria catarrhal is and Streptococcus hemolyticus. Apparently there is only one active principle in any given species of arthropod but different groups of bacteria possess varying degrees of susceptibility to it. The widest range of action, in Duncan's tests, was exhibited by the gut contents of Argas persicus and Stomoxys calci- trans and the narrowest by those of the bugs. The spore- 23 forming "bacilli were the most susceptible to the gut con- tents of S. calci trans while the staphylococci were more affected by the material from A. persicus. As to the properties of the active principle, Duncan states: n**-*bactericidal action is greater and more rapid at 37° C. than at room temperature. This action is not accompanied by any visible bacteriolysis. The bactericidal principle retains its activity unimpaired for at least six months when kept in the dry state. It is very thermostable, resisting temperatures as high as 120° C. It is not destroyed by tryptic digestion. It is precipitated from solution with proteins by alcohol or acetone, but is not itself affected by these reagents, It is not soluble in the common fat-solvents, ether, chloroform, alcohol, or acetone. By allowing it to act upon repeated small doses of bacteria, it rapidly becomes exhausted and it can be inactivated, possibly through adsorption, by large doses of killed bacteria; even those species which are not destroyed by it. It may also be adsorbed in small amount by bibulous paper. It exhibits none of the properties of bacteriophage, and it differs from lysozyme. "Regarding the source of the active principle, there is no doubt that it is formed in the stomach, but whether as a secretion of the gastric cells or as a result of the processes of digestion is not clear. (Nuttall, 1908), showed that the destruction of Spirochaeta duttoni in the gut of the bedbug was definitely related to digestion. ) " Surgical maggots. According to Livingston and Prince (1932), as early as the sixteenth century Pare observed that suppurating wounds in which blow flies had deposited their eggs healed with unusual rapidity. Larrey, the famous surgeon of Napoleon, observed that during the Syrian campaign the presence of larvae in the soldiers ' wounds enhanced the healing processes. Other early phy- sicians noticed the relationship between maggots and the healing of wounds. The real impetus to the study of this relationship came with the observations of Baer (1929, 1931) who, during the first World War, noticed that men wounded in battle and left unattended on the battlefield for as long as 7 days before being taken to the dressing stations frequently had their wounds infested with maggots, These men had no fevers and did not develop infections nearly as often as did those who had received early treat- ment. He observed that after cleaning their wounds, in- stead of pus and debris, they were filled with healthy, pink granulation tissue. Baer concluded: 2ih "Maggots have "been found to "be a tremendously useful adjunct to thorough surgical treatment of chronic osteomyelitis. . . "Maggots, "by their digestive action, clear away the minute fragments of hone and tissue sloughs caused "by operative trauma in a way not accomplished "by any other means. This is a tre- mendously valuable asset in the healing of a wound. "Maggots cause wounds to "become alkaline and in this way diminish growth of pathogenic "bac- teria. "Maggots seem to have other more subtle "biochemical effects within the wound itself and perhaps cause also a constitutional reaction inimical to "bacterial growth. " Though Baer did not live to fully investigate the "more subtle "biochemical effects/1 subsequent investigation has shed more light on this phenomenon. The following species of fly larvae were used in the early treatment of osteomyelitis : Luc ilia sericata Meig. , L. caesar Linn. , Phormia regina, and Wohlfahrtia nuba Wied. Lucilia sericata was used most commonly. After working with this species, Stewart (193*0 concluded "L. sericata larvae are "beneficial in osteo- myelitis wounds "because they injest, by means of macerating mouth -hooks and excreted tryptase, acid forming and bacterial -growth-supporting necrotic tissue; because, most, if not all, of the bacteria ingested with the necrotic tissue and pus are killed by the acid in the middle portion of the mid- intestine; because they alka- lize the wounds by means of excreted ammonia and calcium carbonate, and thereby reduce swell- ing, consequently increasing drainage and de- creasing bone destruction and protect tissue cells from autolysis; because the exuded calcium carbonate stimulates phagocytosis; because the bacterial exotoxin is probably rendered inert by the acid condition of the middle region of the mid-gut; and because they promote the growth of healthy granulation tissue apparently by either raising the pH of the wound or by the activity of the exuded calcium ions, or both." 2<5 In 1935 Simmons obtained, from the excretions of the maggots, a thermostable "bactericidal substance which would kill such "bacteria as S taphylo co c cus aureus , hemolytic streptococci, and Clostridium welchi. In the same year Robinson (1935) isolated allantoin from maggot excretions. Allantoin occurs naturally in animal and plant tissues as a metabolic product from the "break down of cell nuclei. The amount of allantoin in the excretions of maggots is too small and the process of extraction too involved to "be practical (Robinson, 1937)- Other methods of preparing the chemical were devised and it was soon generally avail- able. Upon hydrolysis, one of the side chains of allan- toin is split off and goes to form urea. Though, accord- ing to Robinson (1937) > it has not been shown that the effect of allantoin is due to this hydrolysis, it was soon found that urea (also present in the excretions of maggots) likewise has definite healing properties. Thus, through the careful observation of maggots in human wounds the healing properties of allantoin and urea were rediscovered. 1 -kl?he original but forgotten discovery of the healing properties of allantoin was made by Macalister (1912). References Allen, T. C. and Riker, A. J. 1932 A rot of apple fruit caused by Phytomonas melophthora , n. sp. , following in- vasion of the apple maggot. Phytopath. 22, 557-571. Atkin, E. E. , and Bacot, A. 1917 The relation between the hatching of the eggs and the development of the larvae of Stegomyia fasciata (Aedes calopus ) , and the presence of bacteria and yeasts. Parasitol. , 9, ^82-536. Bacot, A. 1911 On the persistence of bacilli in the gut of an insect during metamorphosis. Trans. Entomol. Soc. London, ^97-500. Bacot, A. 191^ On the survival of bacteria in the ali- mentary canal of fleas during metamorphosis from larva to adult. J. Hyg. (Plague Supplement III), (Jan. Ik) 655-66>+. Bacot, A. 1916 Reports on questions connected with the investigation of nonmalarial fevers in West Africa. Yellow Fever Commission to West Africa. III. 1-191. Bacot, A. 1917 The effect of the presence of bacteria or yeasts on the hatching of the eggs of Stegomyia fasciata (the yellow fever mosquito). J. Royal Micro- scop. Soc, Part I., 173-17^. 26 Baer, W. S. 1929 The use of a viable antiseptic in the treatment of osteomyelitis. South. Med. J., 22, 582-583. Baer, W. S. 1951 The treatment of chronic osteomyelitis with the maggot (larva of the "blow fly). J. Bone & Joint Surg., 15, ^38. Barter, M. A. 191*1- Cockroaches and ants as carriers of the vibrios of Asiatic cholera. Philippine J. Sci. , Sec. B., 9, l-h. Barber, M. A. 1927 The food of anopheline larvae. Food organisms in pure culture. U. S. Pud. Health Repts. , kg, 1^-1510. Barber, M. A. I928 The food of culicine larvae. Food organisms in pure culture. U. S. Pub. Health Repts. , ]£, 11-17. Baumberger, J. P. 1919 A nutritional study of insects, with special reference to microorganisms and their sub- strata. J. Exptl. Zool. , 28, l-8l. Bogdanow, E. A. 1906 Uber das Zuchten der Larven der gewohnlichen Fleischfliege (Calliphora vomitoria) in sterlisierten. Nahrmitteln. Pflugers Arch. ges. Physiol., 113, 97-105. Bogdanow, E. A. 1908 fiber die Abh&ngigkeit des Wachstums der Fliegenlarven von Bakterien and Fermenten und ii"ber Variability und Vererbung bei den Fleischfliegen. Arch. Anat. Physiol. Anat. Abt. , 173-200. Bowers, R. E. and McCay, C. M. 19^0 Insect life without vitamin A. Science, 92, 291. Brown, F. M. 1928 Enzymes and "bacteria in the honey-"bee. Am. Museum Novitates, No. 30*+, 5 PP- Burnside, C. E. 193^ Studies on the "bacteria associated with European fouTbrood. J. Econ. Entomol. , 27, 656-668. Chapman, R. N. 192^ Nutritional studies on the confused flour "beetle, Tribolium confusum Duval. J. Gen. Physiol., 6, 565-585. Cheshire, F. R. and Cheyne, W. W. 1885 The pathogenic history and the history under cultivation of a new bacillus t(B. alvei ) , the cause of a disease of the hive "bee hitherto known as foul "brood. J. Roy. Micros cop. Soc. , series 2, 5, 58I-6OI. Cox, G. L. , Lewis, F. C. , and Glynn, E. E. 1912 The num- bers and varieties of bacteria carried by the common house-fly in sanitary and insanitary city areas. J. Hyg. , 12, 290-319. Dean, R. W. 1933 Morphology of the digestive tract of the apple maggot fly, Rhagoletis pomonella Walsh. New York (Geneva) Agri. Exp. Stat. Tech. Bull. 215- Dean, R. W. 1935 Anatomy and postpupal development of the female reproductive system in the apple maggot fly, Rhagoletis pomonella Walsh. New York (Geneva) Agri. Exp. Stat. Tech. Bull. 229. 27 Duncan, J. T. I926 On a bactericidal principle present in the alimentary canal of insects and Arachnids. Parasitol. 18, 238. Dyson, J. E. B. and Lloyd, L. 1933 Remarks on the flies "breeding in the bacteria beds at the Knostrop Sewage Works, Leeds. Surveyor, Qk, 335~337' Forbes, S. A. I892 Bacteria normal to digestive organs of Hemiptera. Bull. 111. State Lao. Natural Hist,, Art I. , V. k. Frost, F. M. , Herms, W. B. , and Hoskins, W. M, 1936 The nutritional requirements of the larva of the mos- quito, Theobaldia incidens (Thorn.)- J- Exp, Zool. , 73, I+6I-U79. Gjullin, C. M. , Yates, W. ¥. , and Stage, H. H. 1939 The effect of certain chemicals on the hatching of mosquito - eggs. Science, 89, 539"5^0, Glaser, R. W. I92U The relation of microorganisms to the development and longevity of flies. Am. J, Trop, Med. , k, 85-IO7. Glaser, R. W. 1925 Specificity in bacterial diseases with special reference to silkworms and tent cater- pillars, J. Econ. Entomol. , 18, 769~771> Glaser, R. W. 1938 A method for the sterile culture of houseflies. J. Parasitol., 2k, 177-179, Glasgow, H. 191^ The gastric caeca and the caecal "bacteria of the Heteroptera. Biol. Bull. Marine Bio.. Lab. , 26, 101-170. Graham-Smith, G. S. 1909 Preliminary note on examina- tions of flies for the presence of colon bacilli . Gt. Brit. Local Govt. Bd. , Rpts. Pub. Health and Med. Subjs. New Series, No. l6, 9-13, Graham-Smith, G. S. 1913 Flies in relation to disease. Cambridge Univ. Press, London, 292 pp. Guyenot, E. I906 Sur le mode de nutrition de quelques larves de mouches. Compt. rend. soc. biol. , 6l, 63^-635. Guyenot, E. 1907 L'appareil digestive de quelques larves des mouches. _ Bull. sci. France Belg. , hi, 353-370. Hering, M. I926 Die Oekologie der blattminierenden Insektenlarven. Chapt. 10 (pp. 100-1M+), Berlin. Hertig, M. 1923 The normal and pathological histology of the ventriculus of the honey-bee, with special reference to infection with Nosema apis. J, Parasitol. , 9, 109-l]+0. Hewitt, C. G. 191^ The house-fly. Cambridge Univ, Press, London. 382 pp, Hindle, E. and Duncan, J. T. 1925 The viability of bac- teria in Argas persicus. Parasitol. , 17, h^h-hk6. 28 Hinman, E. H. 1930 A study of the food of mosquito larvae. (Cullcidae). Am. J. Hyg. , 12, 238-270, Hinman, E* H. 1932 The presence of bacteria within the eggs of mosquitoes. Science, j6_, 106-107 • Hinman, E. H. 1933 The role of bacteria in the nutrition of mosquito larvae. The growth- stimulating factor. Am, J. Hyg., 18, 22^-236. Hobson, R. P. 1933 Growth of blow-fly larvae en blood serum. I. Response of aseptic larvae to vitamin B. Biochem. J., 27, 1899-1909- Hobson, R. P. 1935 Growth of blow-fly larvae en blood and serum. II Growth in association with bacteria, Biochem. J., 2£, 1286-1291, Turns, A. D. 1937 Recent advances in entomology. London, J. & A. Churchill Ltd. Ind. ed. kjl pp. Jackson, D. D. 1907 Report to committee on pollution of the Merchant's Association of New York, (Cited by Graham-Smith, 1913)- Kuskop, M. 192^- Bakteriensymbiosen bei Wanzen. Arch. Protistenk. , hj_, 350-385- Lai, R. B. , Ghosal, S. C. , and Mukherji, B. 1939 Investi- gations on the variation of vibrios in the house fly. Indian J. Med. Res., 26, 597-609. Leach, J. G. 1931 Further studies on the seed-corn maggot and bacteria with special reference to potato blackleg, Phytopath. 21, 387-^06. Leach, J. G. 1933 Methods of survival of bacteria in puparia of the seed corn maggot (Hylemyia cili crura Rond. ). Z. angew. Entomol. , 20, 150-l6l. Leydig, F. 1857 Lehrbuch der Histologic des Menschen und der Thiere. Frankfurt a. M. , p, 337 » Livington, S. K. and Prince, L. H. 1932 The treatment of chronic osteomyelitis. With special reference to the use of maggot active principle. J. Am. Med. Ass., 98, 11*4-3. Longfellow, R. C. 1913 The common house roach as a car- rier of disease. Am. J. Pub. Health, 3, 58-61, Maassen, A. I908 Zur Etiologie der sogenannten Faulbrut der Honigbienen. Arbeiten K. Biol. Anst. Land. u. Forstev. , 6, 53~70. Macalister, C. J. 1912 A new cell proliferant. Its clinical application in the treatment of ulcers. Brit, Med. J., 1, 10-12. Melampy, R. M. and MacLeod, G. F, 1938 Bacteria isolated from the gut of the larval Agriotes mancus (Say). J. Econ. Entomol. , 31, 320. Mitchell, E. 1907 Mosquito life. G. P, Putnam and Sons, New York. 1^5 pp. 29 Nicoll, W. 1911 On the varieties of Bacillus coli associated with the house-fly (Musca domestica) . J. Hyg., 11, 381-389. Paillot, A. 1933 L' infection chez insectes. Imprimerie de Trevous. 535 PP- Parker, R. R. and Spencer, R. R. 192^ Tularaemia. XI. Tularaemia infection in ticks of the species Dermacentor andersoni Stiles in the Bitterroot Valley, Mont. Pub. Health Rpts. , 3£, 1057-1073- Petri, L. 1905 Ulteriori richerche sopra i batteri che si trovano nell' intestino della larva della Mosca olearia. Atti. acad. Lincei, lk_, 399-^0^- Petri, L. 1909 Ricerche sopra i "batteri intestinali della Mosca olearia. Memorie R. Staz. Patol. Veg, Roma, k, 1-130. Petri, L. 1910 Utersuchungen liber die Darm-hakterien der Olivenfliege. Zentr. Bakt. Paras itenk. , II. Abt. , 26, 357-367. Portier, P. 1911 Passage de l'asepsie a l'envahissement symbiotique humoral et tissularire par les microorganisms dans la serie des larves des insectes. Compt. rend. soc> biol.,( 70, 91^-917. Portier, P. 1919 Developpement complet des larves de Tenehrio molitor, obtenu au moyen d'une nourriture sterilisee a haute temperature (I3O0). Compt. rend. soc. hiol. , 82, 59-60. Robinson, W. 1935 Stimulation of healing in nonhealing wounds by allantoin occurring in maggot secretions and of wide biological distribution. J. Bone and Joint Surg., 17; 267-271. Robinson, W. 1937 The healing properties of allantoin and urea discovered through the use of maggots in human wounds. Smithsonian Rpts. , ^51-^6l. Rohinson, W. and Norwood, V. H. 193^ Destruction of pyogenic bacteria in the alimentary tract of surgical maggots implanted in infected wounds. J. Lab. Clin. Med. , 19, 581-586. Roubaud, E. 1919 les parti cularites de la nutrition et la vie symhiotique chez les mouches tsetses. Ann. inst. Pasteur, 33, ^89-536. Rozeboom, L. E. 193^ The effect of bacteria on the hatching of mosquito eggs. Am. J. Hyg. , 20, U96-5OI. Rozeboom, L. E. 1935 The relation of bacteria and bacterial filtrates to the development of mosquito larvae. Am. J. Hyg., 21, 167-179- Schutte, L. 1921 Das Tcnnchen der Musciden. Zoo. Anz., 53, ^9-51. Simmons, S. V. 1935 A bactericidal principle in excre- tions of surgical maggots which destroys important etiological agents of pyogenic infections. J. Bact. , 30, 253-267. 30 Simmons,, S. ¥. 1939 Digestive enzymes of the larva of the cattle grub Hypoderma lineatum (De Villiers). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. , 32, 621-627- Stammer, H. J. 1929 Die Bakteriensymbiose der Trypetiden (Diptera). Z. , Morphol. 5kol. Tiere (Abt. A. Z. wiss Biol. ) 15, U81-523. Steinhaus, E. A. 19^-0 The microbiology of insects , Bact, Rev., k, 17-57. Steinhaus, E. A. 19^+1 A study of the bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , k2, 757-790, Steinhaus, E. A. 19^2 The microbial flora of the Rocky Mountain wood tick, Dermacentor andersom Stiles. J. Bact. , in press. Steinhaus, E= A. 19^-2 A bacterium associated with the louse fly, Lipoptena depressa. J. Parasitol. , In press. Tatum, E. L. 1939 Development of eye -colors in Drosophila Bacterial synthesis of V"*" hormone. Proc. Natl, Acad. Sci. U. S., 25, ^86-490. Thorpe, W. A. 1930 The biology of the petroleum fly (Psilopa petrolii, Coq. ), Trans, Entomol, Soc. London, 78, 331-3^. Torrey, J. C, 1912 Numbers and types of bacteria carried by city flies. J. Infect. Diseases, 10, l66-l67o Trager, W. 1935a The culture of the mosquito larvae free from living microorganisms. Am. J. Hyg. , 22, 18-25. Trager, ¥. 1935b On the nutritional requirements of mosquito larvae (Aedes aegypti) . Am. J. Hyg., 22, 1+75-^93. Trager, ¥. , Miller, D. K. , and Rhoads, C. P. 1938 The absence from the urine of pernicious anemia patients of a mosquito growth factor present in normal urine. J. Expt. Med. 67, k69-kSO. We inland, E. 1907 Weitere Beobachtungen an Calliphora, IV. "Ober chemische Momente bei der Metamorphose (und Entwicklung). Z. Biol., k%, ^+86-^95. Weinland, E. 1908 Uber die Bildung von Fett aus eiweis- sartiger Substanz im Brei der Calliphoralarven, Z, Biol., 51, 197-278. Werner, E. I926 Die Ernahrung der Larve von Potosia cuprea, Frb. (Cetonia floricola Hbst. ) Ein Beitrag zum Problem der Celluloseverdauung bei Insectenlarven. Z. Morphol. Okol. Tiere (Abt. A. Z. wiss Biol, ) 6, 150-206. White, G. F. I906 The bacteria of the apiary with special reference to bee diseases. U. S. Dept. Agr. , Bur. Entomol., Tech. Bull., No. lb, 50 pp. White, G. F. 1912 The cause of European foulbrood. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Ent, Cir. 157, 15 pp. 31 European foulhrood. U. S. Dept. Agr, Some observations on European foul' , 60, 225-227; 266-268. 1929 Digestion in the tsetse-fly: Paras itol. , SI, White, Or. F. 1920a Bui. 810, 39 PP. White, G. F. 1920b "brood. Am. Bee J, Wigglesworth, V. B. a study of structure and function. 288-321. Wigglesworth, V. B. 1936 Symbiotic "bacteria in a "blood- sucking insect, Rhodnius prolixus Stal. (Hemiptera, Triatomidae). Paras itol. , 28, 28^-289. Wiggles worth, V. B. 1939 The principles of insect physiology. E. P. Dutton and Co. , Inc. , New York, kjk pp. Wollman, E. 19II Sur l'elevage des mouches steriles. Contribution a la connaissance du role des microbes dans les voies digestives. Ann. inst. Pasteur, 25, 79-88. Wollman, E. 1921 La methode des elevages aseptiques en physiologie. Arch, intern, physiol. , 18, 19^-199- Wollman, E. 1926 Observations sur une lignee aseptique de Blattes (Blattella germanica) datant de cinq ans. Compt. rend. soc. "biol. , 95, 16^-165. Von Wolzogen Kuhr, C. A. H. 1931-32 fiber eine Garungs- mikrobe in F&kalien von Miickenlarven. Zentr. Bakt. Parasitenk. , II. Abt. 85, 223-250. Yao, H. Y. , Yuan, I. C. , and Huie, D. 1929 The relation of flies, "beverages and well water to gas tro- intestinal diseases in Peiping. Nation. Med. J. China, 15, ^10-^1^ 32 PLAN AND METHOD OF USING CATALOGUE The orders, families, tribes, genera, and species of the bacteria here catalogued are listed in alphabetical order as shown by the Table of Contents. More than 300 specific names of the bacteria which have in some way or other been associated with insects or ticks are listed. The system of bacterial classification followed is that used in Bergey's Manual of Determinative Bacteriology (1939, 5th edition). Under the appropriate order, family, tribe, and genus, the scientific name for each species of bacterium is given as a heading. When known, the specific name is followed by the authority. On the next line, in parenthesis, are given the important synonyms or names of bacteria similar or identical to the species given in the heading. This is followed by the names of the arthropods with which the bacterium in question is associated. Next is a short abstract or synopsis of the nature of its arthropod rela- tionship. The references cited in the discussion are listed after each cataloguing. Those references which are marked with an asterisk are the references to the papers in which the original description or mention of the bacterium was made. This catalogue should not be considered bibliographic. The references listed are those which will give the reader the most readily available, complete, and pertinent citations on the bacterium in question. The indices should be used to find any particular bacterium or insect. The bacteria are indexed separately from the insects and ticks. The author has attempted to use the more recent names of the insects and ticks listed, but may not have done so in all cases. For the bacteria we have listed the name of the bacterium as designated in the original reference and its present name, according to Bergey's Manual. Cross references to bacterial synonyms have been kept to a mini- mum in the text. For the most part these have been shown in the index. 33 Class : SCHIZOMYCETES Order : ACTINOMYCETALES Family: ACT I NOMYCETACEAE Genus : Leptotrlchla Leptotrichia "buccalis (Rohin) Trevisan (See Leptotrlx "buccalis) Family: MYCOBACTER I ACEAE Genus : Corynehacterium CORYNEBACTER I UM BLATELLAE Glaser Insect concerned: The German roach, Blattella germanica. In the fat "body of the cockroach are found hacteriocytes, the cytoplasms of which are filled with microorganisms. Glaser (1930b) claims to have cultivated these organisms from the German roach on artificial media, and gave the name Corynehacterium "blattellae to the diphtheroidal forms he isolated. Earlier (1930a), he reported on a similar organism which he isolated from the American roach, ' Periplaneta americana (see Corynehacterium periplanetae var. americana) . Gier (1936) obtained only negative results in his attempts to cultivate the ""bacteroids" from roaches. For a "brief description of this organism see Bergey's Manual (5th ed. , page 798). Gier, H. T. 193^ The morphology and "behavior of the intracellular "bacteroids of roaches. Biol. Bull. , 71, ^33-^52. Glaser, R. W. 1930a On^the isolation, cultivation and classification of the so-called intracellular "symbiont" or "rickettsia" of Periplaneta americana. J. Exptl. Med., 51, 59-82. *Glaser, R. W. 1930"b Cultivation and classification of ""bacteroids," "symbionts," or "rickettsiae" of Blattella germanica, J. Exptl. Med., 51, 903-907- CORYNEBACTER I um D 1 phther 1 AE (Flugge) Lehman and Neumann Insects concerned: The "bee moth, Galleria mellonella; the house fly, Musca domestica; the roach, Periplaneta orien- talis. 34 Metalnikov (1920) carried out a number of experiments to determine the susceptibility of the larvae of the "bee moth to infection with Corynebacterium dlphtheriae, and found them to he completely immune. However, according to Huff (19^0), Chorine made a series of experiments and found diphtheria toxin to he toxic for the caterpillars of Galleria me 11 one 11a. He also was ahle to produce an immunity in the larvae "by use of an "anatoxin. " The house fly has "been suggested as a possible vector of diphtheria "bacilli. Graham-Smith (1910) made a series of experiments which seemed to indicate that Corynebacter- ium diphtheriae does not remain alive for more than a few hours on the legs and wings of house flies, hut may live for 2k hours or longer in the intestinal tract. He states ( 1913 ) , "There is no evidence that under natural conditions flies are concerned in the spread of this disease. . .hut, under suitahle conditions, it is possible that the disease may he occasionally conveyed "by them. " Longfellow (1913) cultivated the Westbrook type of diphtheria "bacillus from the feces of roaches. Graham-Smith, G. S. 1910 Ohservations on the ways in which artificially infected flies (Musca domestica and Calliphora erythrocephala ) carry and distrihute patho- genic and other "bacteria. Reports to the Local Gov. Bd. Public Health and Medical Subjects, No. 53, 3-1^8. Graham-Smith, G. ¥. 1913 Flies in relation to disease. 292 pp. University press, Cambridge. (See p. 186. ) Huff, Clay G. 19^0 Immunity in invert eh rates. Physiol. Reviews, 20, 68-88. Longfellow, R. C. 1913 The common house roach as a car- rier of disease. Am. J. Pud. Health, 3, 58-61. Metalnikov, S. 1920 Immunite de la chenille contre divers microhes. Compt. rend. soc. hiol. , 83, 119-121. CORYNEBACTER 1 U M P A U R 0 M E T A B 0 LU M Steinhaus Insect concerned: The "bedbug, Cimex lectularius. While attempting to cultivate an intracellular "sym- biote" from the ovaries and mycetome of the "bedbug, Steinhaus (19^1) isolated a diphtheroid which he named Corynehacterium paurometaholum. The cultivated organism appeared very similar to the slender rod-shaped "bacterium observed in the tissues of the insect. At first, efforts to cultivate the organism from the tissue were unsuccess- ful when routine hacteriologic media were used though it 35 did grow in a special semi -solid medium. In subsequent attempts, however, the same organism was isolated directly on glucose agar. Coryne"bacterium paurometaholum appeared to "be constantly associated with the "bedhug. During the same investigation an unidentified diphther- oid was isolated from the alimentary tract of the larvae of the bagworm, Thyridopteryx ephemeraef ormis . The two diphtheroids were similar in many respects, differing in a -few minor characteristics. *Steinhaus, E. A. 19^1 A study of the "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , k2, 757-790. CORYN EB ACTER I UM PER 1 PLAN ETA V A R . AMER I CAN A G-laser Insect concerned: The American roach, Periplaneta ameri- cana. From the fat "body of the American roach, Periplaneta americana, Glaser (1950a) isolated and cultivated a diphtheroid hacterium which he named Corynebacterium peri- planetae var. americana. Soon after this he (1930b) cul- tivated a similar bacterium, Corynehacterium blattelae, from the German roach Blattella germanica. Gier (1936) has reported negative results in his attempts to cultivate the microorganisms found in the "bacteriocytes of the roach fat tissue. Glaser explains the failure of other workers to duplicate his results as pro"ba"bly due to faulty tech- nique (see Steinhaus, 19^0, p. ho) . For a "brief description of this organism see Bergey's Manual, 5th edition, p. 798. Gier, H. T. 193& The morphology and "behavior of the intracellular "bacteroids of roaches. Biol. Bull., Jl, k33-k52. *Glaser, R. W. 1930a On* the isolation, cultivation and classification of the so-called intracellular "symbiont" or "rickettsia" of Periplaneta americana. J. Exptl. Med., 51, 59-82. Glaser-, R. W. 1930b Cultivation and classification of ""bacteroids," "symbionts," or "rickettsiae" of Blattella germanica. J. Exptl. Med. , 51, 903-907. Steinhaus, E. A. I9U0 The microhiology of insects with special reference to the "biologic relationships between bacteria and insects. Bact. Revs., k, 17-57* Genus : Mycobacterium Mycobacterium leprae (G. A. Hansen) Lehman and Neumann Insects concerned: Chlorops (Musca) leprae; Chlorops vomitoria; the house fly, Mu3ca domes tica; Sarcoptes scabei; Sarcophaga pallinervis, Sarcophaga barbata; Yolucella o"besa; Luc ilia sp. ; Stomoxys calci trans; the mosquito, Aedes aegypti; and probably the "bedbug, Cimex lectularius; the mite, Demodex; and the cockroach, Peri- planeta americana. Mycobacterium leprae is the causative organism of lepro- sy. As early as 1872, Hansen observed small rodshaped bacilli lying within the "lepra cells." The leprosy bacil- lus has never with certainty been cultivated on artificial media. Furthermore, very little is known concerning the method of its transmission. It is conceivable, however, that in some instances the bacilli may be transferred from one person to another by insects. Rosenau (1927) writes concerning the role of insects in the transmission of leprosy: "The evidence is reviewed by Nuttall, who says: 'It appears that Linnaeus and Rolander considered that Chlorops (Musca) leprae was able to cause leprosy by its bite. ■ Blanchard and Corrodor tell of flies in connection with leprosy. Flies frequently gather in great numbers on the leprous ulcers and then visit and bite other persons. An observation by Boek of the presence of Sarcoptes s cabe i in a case of cutaneous leprosy led Joly to conclude that these parasites might at times serve as carriers of the infection . . . Carrasquillo of Bogota found the bacillus of Hansen in the intesti- nal contents of flies. The British Leprosy Com- mission investigated the possible role played by insects with entirely negative results. "Wherry . . . found that the fly Chlorops vomitoria took up enormous numbers of lepra bacilli from the carcass of a leper rat and deposited them with their feces, but the bacilli apparently do not multiply in flies, as the latter are clear of bacilli in less than kS hours. Larvae of Chlorops vomitoria hatched out in the carcass of a leper rat become heavily infested with lepra bacilli. If such larvae are removed and fed on uninfected meat they soon rid themselves of most of the lepra bacilli. A fly, Musca domestica, caught on 37 the face of a human leper was found to "be infected with lepra-like "bacilli . . . Lepra-like bacilli have "been found in bedbugs and these insects have long been associated with the spread of the disease." Currie (1910), in experiments with mosquitoes, found little reason to believe that they were transmitters of the infection. However, Vedder (Riley and Johannsen, 1938) found acid-fast bacilli in kl per cent of the mosqui- toes (Aedes aegypti) which he fed on lesions of leprosy. Currie also found that Musca domestica, Sarcophaga palli- nervis, Sarcophaga barbata, Volencella obesa, and Luc ilia sp. , may contain leprosy bacilli in their intestinal tracts and feces for several days after feeding on leprous fluids. The leprosy bacillus was found by St. John, Sim- mons, and Reynolds, (1930) to survive in the gut of Aedes aegypti for at least 2k hours but they could not be demon- strated after an interval of seven or more days. Honeij and Parker (191*0 concluded from their experiments that Stomoxys calci trans potentially plays an important role as a carrier of the acid-fast bacilli of leprosy. They also found acid-fast bacilli in Musca domestica. Macfie (Riley and Johannsen, 1932) found that M. leprae passed through the cockroach intestine unharmed. Many other insects than those discussed above have been thought to be associated with Mycobacterium leprae , but most of the evidence is unconvincing. For a description of Mycobacterium leprae , see Bergey's Manual (5th ed. , page QlS). Currie, D. G. 19IO Mosquitoes in relation to the trans- mission of leprosy. Flies in relation to the trans- mission of leprosy. U. S. Pub. Health Rept. Bull. 39, k2 pp. Hansen, G. A. 1872 Norsk. Mag. f . Laegevidensk. , 2, 1. Honeij. J. A. , and Parker, R. R. 191^ Leprosy: flies in relation to the transmission of the disease. J. Med. Research, 30, 127-130. Rosenau, M. J. 1927 Preventive medicine and- hygiene. 5th ed. , 1^58 pp. D. Appleton and Company, New York. (See page if 20. ) Riley, W. A. and Johannsen, 0. A. 1932 Medical Entomology. 1st ed. , V76 pp. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York. (See p. 121.) Riley, W. A., and Johannsen, 0. A. 1938 Medical entomol- ogy. Ind. ed. , ^83 pp. McGraw-Hill Book Co. , New York. (See page 260. ) 38 St. John, J. H. , Simmons, J. S. , Reynolds, F. H. K. 1930 The survival of various microorganisms within the gastro- intestinal tract of Aed.es aegypti. Amer. J. Trop. Med. ? 10, 237-2^1. MYCOBACTER I UM TUBERCULOS I s Lehmann and Neumann Insects concerned: The "bee moth, Galleria mellonella; the house fly, Muse a domestica; Achraca grissella; and the cockroach, Periplaneta americana. Metalnikov (191*0 found that the larvae of Achraca grissella, when kept at room temperature, were susceptible to infection with piscine strains of Mycobacterium tuber- culosis. In 1920 he showed also that the larvae of the bee moth were susceptible. Spielman and Haushalter (I887) appear to have been the first to express belief that house flies that have fed on tubercular sputum may serve as carriers. They found Mycobacterium tuberculosis in the intestinal contents and feces of flies fed on tubercular sputum. Others (Hofmann, 1885; Celli, 1888; Andre, I908; Graham-Smith, 1913) have made similar observations. Riley and Johannsen (1938) express the opinion that laboratory and epidemiological evidence indicates that house flies play a role in the dissemination of tuberculosis. Macfie (Riley and Johannsen, 1932) fed cockroaches on tubercular sputum and normal tubercle bacilli were iso- lated from the feces on the second to fifth day. To prove their virulence, guinea pigs were injected, which subse- quently became infected. Tejera (1926) also reported that the tubercle bacillus passes through the cockroach intes- tine unharmed. Celli, A. 1888 Trasmissibilita dei germi patogeni mediante le dejectione delle mosche. Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. ospedali di Roma, 1.1. (Quoted by Nuttall and Jepson, 1909, 27). Graham- Smith, G. S. 1913 Flies in relation to disease, 292 pp. University Press, Cambridge. (See pp. 175-179- ) Hofmann, E. 1888 Ueber die Verbreitung der Tuberculose durch Stubenfliegen. Correspondenzbl. d. arztl. Kreis-u. Bezirksvereine im Konigr. Sachsen, kk_, 130-133* Metalnikov, S. 191^ De la tuberculose chez les insectes. Compt. rend. soc. biol. , J§_, 95-9^. Metalnikov, S. 1920 Sur la digestion des bacilles tuber- culeux dans le corps des chenilles des mites des abeilles (Galleria mellonella). Compt. rend. soc. biol., 83, 211+-215. 39 Riley, W. A. and Johannsen, 0. A. 1932 Medical Entomology. 1st ed. , U76 pp. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York. (See p. 121.) Riley, W. A. and Johannsen, 0. A. 1938 Medical Entomology, ^83 pp. , McGraw-Hill Book Co. , Inc. , New York and London. (See p. 336.) Spielman and Haushalter 1887 Dissemination du "bacilli de la tuber culose par la mouche. compt. rend. acad. sci. , 103, 352-353. Tejera, E. I926 Les "blattes envisagees comme agentes de dissemination des germes pathogenes. Compt. rend. soc. biol., 95, I382-I38J1. Order : EUBACTER TALES Family: BAC I LLACEAE Genus : Ba c i llus Bac I LLU s A Ledingham Insect concerned: The house fly, Musca domestica. A non- lactose fermenting "bacillus isolated from the feces of children has "been found "by Tebbutt (1913) to "be normal to the house fly (Musca domestica) . It was present on the ova and in the larvae and adults. When the "bacillus was fed to the larvae, it survived through the metamor- phosis to the adult fly. Tebbutt, H. 1913 Jour. Hyg. 12, 516-526. Pierce, W. D. 1921 Sanitary entomology, 518 pp. Gorham Press, Boston. (See p. 109. ) BAC ILLUS A White Insect concerned: The adult honey bee, Aphis mellifera. White (1906) isolated Bacillus A from the "body of a healthy "bee and from the combs. He indicates that the organism may he the same as B. mesentericus, and gives a complete description of the organism. *White, G. F. 1906 The "bacteria of the apiary with spe- cial reference to "bee diseases. U. S. Dept. Agr. , Bur. Entomol. , Tech. Bull. No. ±k, 50 pp. ko Bac 1 LLUS aegypt I us Trevisan (See Bacterium conjunctivitides ) BAC i LLUS AER I FAC 1 ENS Steinhaus Insect concerned: The cabbage "butterfly, Pieris rapae. Steinhaus (19^-1) isolated this "bacillus from triturated specimens of the white cabbage "butterfly. It probably "belongs to the aerobacillus group of the genus Bacillus since the original cultures produced large amounts of gas in glucose, sucrose, and maltose. *Steinhaus, E. A. 19^-1 A study of the bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , kQ, 757-790* Bac i llus ag i l i s Insect concerned: Ephestia kiihniella. Mattes (1927) described Bacillus agilis as a very motile, short bacillus with pointed ends, resembling Bacillus lanceolatus and causing a mild form of foul"brood in "bees. He found it to "be pathogenic for Ephestia kiihniella under certain conditions. This is probably the same "bacillus as Bacillus agilis Hauduroy (see Bergey's Manual, 5th edition, p. 7^0) since "both are found in foulbrood of bees. Mattes, 0. 1927 Paras itare Krankheiten der Mehlmotten- larven und Versuche liber ihre Verwendbarkeit als biologisches Bekampfungsmittel. Sitzungsberichte der G-esellschaft zur Bedforderung der gesamten Naturwissen- schaften zu Marburg, 62, 38I-I+17. BAC I LLUS AGROT I D I S TYPHO 1 PES Pospelov Insect concerned: Euxoa (Agrotis) segetum. In Russia the larvae of Euxoa segetum were found to be killed by a bacterial disease due to a mixed flora which included this bacillus. * Pospelov, V. P. 1927 Flacherie (septicaemia) of the larvae of Agrotis segetum, Schiff. C In Russiari7| Kept. Bur. Appl. Ent. , 3, 1-23. (English summary.) in BAC 1 LLUS ALACER Insect concerned: The nun moth, Lymantria monacha. Eckstein (189*0 found this organism, associated with the eggs of the nun moth. *Eckstein, K. 189^ Untersuchungen uber die in Raupen vorkommenden Bakterien. Z. f . Forst-und Jagdwesen, 26, 3-20, 228-214-1, 285-298, klj-kzk. BAC I LLUS ALBOLACT \ S Migula Insect concerned: The American roach, Periplaneta ameri- cana. This organism was first isolated from "boiled milk. Hatcher (1939) isolated it from the feces of the American cockroach, Periplaneta americana. According to Bergey's Manual (5th ed. , p. 667) this organism agrees in its morphologic and cultural charac- teristics with Bacillus cereus and is considered to he a variety of the latter. It differs from Bacillus cereus "by the acid fermentation of milk. Hatcher, E. 1939 The consortes of certain North Carolina "blattids. J. Elisha Mitchell Sc. Soc. , 55, 329-35^. BAC I LLU s ALV E I Cheshire and Cheyne (See Bacillus pluton, Achromobacter eurydice, and Streptococcus apis. ) Insects concerned: The honey "bee, Apis mellifera, and Polia oleracea. Cheshire and Cheyne (1885) first described Bacillus alvei as the cause of the "brood disease now known as European fouTbrood. The etiology of this disease, which is of great economic importance, has "been the subject of considerable controversy. Maassen (1907) "believed that it is caused "by either Streptococcus apis or Bacillus alvei. White (1912, 1920a, 1920b) was unable to produce typical European fouTbrood with Bacillus alvei, Strepto- coccus apis or Bacterium (now Achromobacter) eurydice and concluded that a new species, Bacillus pluton, was the real cause. Burns ide (192*0 attempted to bring some order out of the confusion. He found that "Bacillus alvei is k2 capable of morphological, cultural, and biological trans- formation and is also capable of stabilization, at least temporarily, as a sporogenic rod, an asporogenic rod resembling Bacterium [ Achromobacter] eurydice, or as a coccoid form resembling Bacillus pluton. " Burnside sug- gests that Bacillus pluton, Streptococcus apis, and Achromobacter (Bacterium) eurydice are variants, or stages in the life history, of Bacillus alvei. (See also Tarr, 1935; and Clark, 1939). Serbinow (1912) described a disease somewhat unlike foulbrood which he called "blackbrood in "bees." Appar- ently, however, both diseases are caused "by Bacillus alvei. Besides "bees, other insects, of which Polia oleracea is an example, have been found susceptible to Bacillus alvei. The pupae of Polia oleracea were found "by Zorin and Zorina (1928) to be killed by this bacillus. A complete description of Bacillus alvei may be found in the 5th edition of Bergey's Manual, pages 661-662. Burnside, C. E. 193^ Studies on the bacteria associated with European foulbrood. J. Econ. Entomol. , 27, 656-668. ^Cheshire, F. R. and Cheyne, W. W. I885 The pathogenic history and history under cultivation of a new bacillus (B. alvei), the cause of a disease of the hive bee hitherto known as foul brood. J. Roy. Micros cop. Soc. , series 2, 5, 581-601. Clark, F. E. 1959 Nonmotile variants of Bacillus alvei. J. Bact., 58, U91-1+97. Maassen, A. 1907 Zur atiologie der sogenannten Faulbrut der Honigbienen. Arbeiten K. Biol. Anst. Land u. Forstw. , 6, 55-70. Serbinow, I. L. 1912 Chernaia cherva. Blackbrood in bees. Vestnik Russkava obstschestva pehelovodstva, No. 11, k26-k29. Tarr, H. L. A. 1935 Studies on European foul brood of bees. I. A. description of strains of Bacillus alvei obtained from different sources, and of another species occurring in larvae affected with this disease. Ann. Applied Biol. , 22, 709-718. White, G-. F. 1912 The cause of European foulbrood. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Ent. Cir. 157, 15 pp. White, G. F. 1920a European foulbrood. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bui. 810, 39 PP- White, G-. F. 1920b Some observations on European foul- brood. Amer. Bee J., 60, 225-227; 266-268. Zorin, P. V. , and Zorina, L. M. I928 Contributions a la biologie de la Polia oleracea. Defense des Plantes, No. 5-6, 5, ^75-^86. k3 BAC I LLUS ALVEOLAR I S Insect concerned: The honey "bee, Apis mellifera. Ksenjoposky, (1916) states that "bees suffer from a disease caused "by Bacillus alveolaris. Ksenjoposky, A. V. 1916 Review of the pests of Volhynia and report of the work of Volhynia Entomological Bureau for 1915 (Translation. ) Published by the Zemstvo of Volhynia, Jitomir, 19l6, 2k pp. BAC I LLUS ANTHRAC I S Cohn emend. Koch Insects and ticks concerned: The "biting stable fly, Stomoxys calci trans; the horsefly, Tabanus striatus; Tabanus rub idus ; the horn fly, Haematobia irritans; Tabanus sp. , near nigroyittatus ; the mosquitoes, Psorophora (Jan- thinosoma) sayi and Aedes sylvestris; the bedbug, Cimex lectularius; the blow-fly, Calliphora ery thro cephala ; the ticks, Argas persicus and Boophilus decoloratus; the hide beetle, Dermestes vulpinus; Attagenus pellio; Anthrenus museorum; and Ptinus sp. The beginning of modern bacteriology was marked by Robert Koch's demonstration, in I876, of the causal re- lationship of Bacillus anthracis to anthrax. Earlier, in I869, Raimbert had shown experimentally that anthrax could be disseminated by flies. According to Herms (1959) > Bollinger (187*0 is cited by Nuttall as having captured horseflies on a cow dead from anthrax and as having seen the bacilli in preparations made from the stomachs and intestines of the insects. Two rabbits inoculated with this material died of anthrax. In 1912 Schuberg and Kuhn found that Stomoxys calci trans fed on the cadaver of an animal dead from anthrax would transmit the infection. They also found viable anthrax bacilli in the guts and feces of the flies for considerable periods after an infective feeding. Mitzmain (191*0, work- ing with Tabanus striatus and Stomoxys calci trans , showed that anthrax could be mechanically transmitted to guinea pigs by the bites of both species. In 1918, Morris found that the horn fly, Haematob ia irritans, the horsefly, Tabanus sp. , and the mosquitoes, Peorophora ( Janthinosoma) sayi and Aedes sylvestris are capable of transmitting anthrax after biting an infected animal. Nieschulz (1935) has reported experimental transmission of anthrax by the bedbug, Cimex lectularius. Duncan (1926) says the anthrax kk bacillus to "be very susceptible to a "bactericidal principle in the gut- contents of Stomoxys calci trans. As quoted by Herms (1939, P- 80), Proust in 189^ found virulent anthrax "bacilli in the excrements of the hide "beetle, Dermestes vulpinus, taken from goatskins, as well as in the eggs and larvae. Similarly, in 189^, Helm found larvae of Attagenus pellio, Anthrenus museorum, and Ptinus to harbor virulent anthrax spores on their surfaces and in their excreta. In the case of ticks, Martinaglia (1932) found anthrax "bacilli to "be still via"ble 2^ hours after ingestion "by the "blue tick, Boophilus decoloratus, "but the "bacilli eventual- ly disappeared. Hindle and Duncan (1925) found that Bacillus anthracis not only persists in Argas persicus indefinitely "but is also passed in the feces at least up to the hundredth day after an infective feeding. An in- stance of the actual transmission of anthrax to man through the "bite of Argas persicus has "been .recorded (Delpy and Kaweh, 1937). For descriptions of other experiments on the role of insects in the transmission of anthrax see Graham-Smith (1913) and Nieschulz (1929). A complete description of Bacillus anthracis may "be found in Bergey's Manual (5th ed. , page 697). Delpy, L. , and Kaweh, M. 1937 Transmission de Bacillus anthracis a l'home par Argus persicus Oken l8l8. Rev. de path, compared, ^7, 1229-123^7" Duncan, J. T. 1926 On a "bactericidal principle present in the alimentary canal of insects and arachnids. Parasitol., 18, 238-252. Graham-Smith, G. S. 1913 Flies in relation to disease. 292 pp. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Herms, W. B. 1939 Medical entomology. 3rd ed. , 582 pp. The MacMillan Co. , New York. Hindle, E. , and Duncan, J. T. 1925 The viability of "bacteria in Argas persicus. Parasitol. , 17, k^k-kk6. Martinaglia, G. 1932 The fate of anthrax "bacilli in ticks from an anthrax carcass. J. Amer. Vet. Med. Assoc, 80, 805-806. Mitzmain, M. B. 19±h Summary of experiments in the transmission of anthrax "by "biting flies. Hyg. La"b. Bull. No. 9h, pp. kl-h8. Morris, H. 1918 Blood-sucking insects as transmitters of anthrax or chart) on. Louisiana Agric. Expt. Sta. Bull. No. I63, 15 PP. m Nieschulz, 0. 1929 Uber die mechanische Ubertragung von einigen Bakterienkra.nkheiten durch "blutsaugende Insekten. Arch. Schiffs- u. Tropen- Hyg., ^3, 282-287. 45 Nieschulz, 0. 1935 Vehertragungsversuche rait Milz"brand und Bettwanzen (Cimex lectularius) . Zent. f. Bakt. (Abt. 1. ), 135, 228-229. Schuberg, A. , and Kuhn, P. 1912 Veher die Vehertragung von Krankheiten durch einheimische stechende Insekten. Arh. a. d. kais. Gesundheitsamte, ko, 209-23^. BAC I LL'J S AP I SEPT I CUS Insect concerned: The honey "bee, Apis me 11 if era. Sweetman (1936) includes Bacillus apisepticus in a par- tial list of "bacteria known to cause bacterial diseases of insects and indicates that it is pathogenic to the honey "bee. Sweetman, H. L. 193^ The "biological control of insects. k6± pp. Coras tock Publishing Co. , Ithaca, N. Y. (See P. 56.) BAC 1 LLUS AUREUS Insect concerned: Vanessa polychloruo; Vanessa urticae; Liparis salicis; and Liparis auriflua. While studying the infectivity Of certain "bacteria for various larvae, Eckstein (I89M found that he was able to infect Vanessa polychlorus with Bacillus aureus and that he was unable to infect Vanes sa urticae, Liparis salicis, and Liparis auriflua. Two organisms are mentioned "by the name Bacillus aureus in Bergey's Manual (5"th ed. , pp. 629 and 66l). Both were described "before 189^ so it is difficult to know with which of these, if either, Eckstein worked. Eckstein, K. 189^ Untersuchungen -fiber die in Raupen vorkommenden Bakterien. Z. F. forst- und Jagdwesen, 26, 3-20, 228-2^1, 285-298, kl^-kzk. BAC I LLUS B Hofmann (See Bacterium monachae) Insect concerned: The nun moth, Lymantria monacha. This "bacillus was isolated in I89I "by Hofmann and thought to "be the cause of a polyhedral "wilt" disease k6 (Wipfelkrankheir) of the nun moth. '' Later experiments have proven the disease is due to a virus. Eckstein (189*0 considered Bacillus B and Bacterium monachae of von Tubeuf (1892a & "b) to he the same. Eckstein, K. 189^ Untersuchungen jlher die in Raupen vorkommenden Bakterien. Z. Forst- u. Jagdwesen, 26, 3-20, 228-2^1, 285-298, ^13-^2^. *Hofmann, 0. I89I Die Schlaffsucht (Flacherie) der Nonne (Liparis monacha) Nehst einem Anhang. Ins ektento" tend e Pilze mit "besonderlr Berucksichtigung der Nonne, 31 PP- P. Weher, Frankfurt a. M. v. Tubeuf , C. 1892a. Die Krankheiten der Nonne (Liparis monacha ) . Forstl. Naturwissensch. Z. , 1, 3^_^7, and 62-79. v. Tubeuf, C. 1892b Weitere Beobachtungen ilber die Krankheiten der Nonne. Forstl, Naturwissensch. Z. , 1, 277-279- Bac I LLUS B White Insect concerned: The honey bee, Apis melliferaa White (1906) found that there occurred very constantly in the pollen and intestines of adult honey tees a species of "bacteria he referred to as "Bacillus B. " He gives a full description of the organism. *White, G. F. 1906 The "bacteria of the apiary with spe- cial reference to "bee diseases. U. S. Dept. Agr. , Bur, Entomol. , Tech. Bull. No. Ik, 50 pp. Bac 1 llus barb itistes statelov Insect concerned: Isophya (Barbitistes) amplipennis. This "bacillus was isolated from the above tettigonid. An outbreak of an infectious disease due to this organism occurred for the first time in Bulgaria in the spring of 1930. Statelov (1932) has described its cultural charac- teristics. *Statelov, N. 1932 Ein pathogenischer Bazillus auf den Larven der Barbitistes amplipennis. Mitt. bulg. ent. G-es. , 7, 56-61. k7 BAC I LLUS BOMBYC I S Chatton Insects concerned: The silkworm, Bombyx mori; Bothynoderes punctiventris. Chatton (1913) originally isolated this "bacillus from diseased silkworms. It produced a daily mortality of from 5 to 10 in a generation of 2000 silkworms from septicaemia. Paillot (1933) warns that this organism should not "be con- fused with a spore -forming "bacillus of the same name isolated "by Pasteur. He "believes that the "coccobacillus" isolated from the silkworm "by Chatton should "be given the name Bacterium bombycis and that the name Bacillus bombycis should "be reserved for the spore-forming "bacillus studied "by Pasteur. Paillot (1928) also refers to a Bacillus bombycis of Macchiate as the cause of dysenteriae of silk- worms. Pospelov (1913) isolated Bacillus "bombycis from the larvae of Bothynoderes punctiventris , a pest of sugar "beets. The number of larvae suffering from this disease was considerable in the wet summer of 1903 (in Russia). *Chatton, E. 1913 Septicemies spontanees a coccobacilles chez le Hanneton et le Yer-a-soie. C. R. Acad. Sci. , 156, 1707-1709. Paillot, A. 1928 Les maladies du ver a soie Grasserie et dipenteries, 328 pp. Editions du Service Photo- graphique, De l'Universite. , Lyon. (See p. 215). Paillot, A. 1933 L' infections chez les insectes, 535 p. Imprimerie de Trevoux, Paris. (See p. 125. ) Pospelov, V. P. 1913 Bothynoderes punctiventris , G-erm. and methods of fighting it. An Agr. monograph published by Central Board of Land Administration and Agriculture, Dept. of Agr. , St. Petersburg. 2nd ed. , ll6 pp. BAC I LLUS BOMBYC I S ^NON- L 1 QUEFAC I ENS Paillot. Insect concerned: The gypsy moth, Lymantria dispar. Paillot (1933) mentions Bacillus bombycis nonlique- faciens and the immunity of the larva of Lymantria dispar to this organism. Paillot, A. 1933 L' infection chez les insectes, 535 pp. Imprimerie de Trevoux, Paris. (See pp. 288-289.) k8 BAC I LLUS BOMBYSEPT I CUS Insect concerned: The silkworm, Bombyx mori. Sweetman (1936) lists this "bacillus as causing a bac- terial disease of the silkworm. Sweetman, H. L. 1936 The "biological control of insects k6l pp. Comstock Publishing Co., Ithaca, N. Y. (See p. 570 BAC 1 LLUS BRANDENBURG I ENS I S (Bacillus burri and Bacillus larvae) Insect concerned: The honey "bee, Apis melliferao Serbinow (1913) referred to Bacillus brandenburgiens is as the cause of European. foulhrood and stated that a large number of experiments proved that it produced the typical form of foulhrood on sealed as well as unsealed "brood. Engelhardt (191*0 states that Bacillus brandenburgiens is , when the cause of foulhrood, attacks only the fatty tissues, White (1920) states that Bacillus larvae, the cause of American foulhrood among "bees, has "been referred to "by Maasen as Bacillus "branderiburgiensis and by Cowan as Bacillus burri. Engelhardt, V. M. 191^ New work on foulhrood. Russian Beekeeping Gazette, Nos. 1-6, Jan. -June, 191^, PP« 12-16, ^6-1+9, 8^-86, 126-130, 162-165, and 195-200. Serbinow, I. L. 1913 On the etiology of foulhrood in bees TEconomie rurale et forestiereD . Selisk. choz. i. lesovodstvo, 2^2, 367-382. White, G. F. 1920 American Foulhrood. U. S. Dept. Agri. Bull. 809. Bureau of Entomol. , ^6 pp. BAC I LLUS BURR I Insect concerned: The honey bee, Apis me 11 if era. White (1920) makes the following statement: "Burri in Switzerland, working on the disease American foulhrood entirely independently, also recognized the fact that the spores present in such large numbers in the scales repre- sented a new species that was difficult of cultivation. Maasen has referred to the species as Bacillus branden- burgiensis burri. " kg Burri, P. 190U Bacteriologische Forschungen liber die Faulbrut. Schweizerische. Bienenzeitung, No. 10, pp. 335-3^2, Oct., and No. 11, pp. 360-365, Nov. Cowan, T. W. 1911 British "bee-keeper's guide "book. 20 ed. , 8, 226 pp. London. White, G. F. 1920 American foulbrood. U. S. Dept. Agric. , Bur. Entomol. Bull. No. 809, h6 pp. Bac I LLUS butlerov l I Serbinow Insect concerned: The honey "bee, Apis mellifera. Serbinow (1912) was not content to think that the only cause of foul"brood was Bacillus alvei, and in 1911 he isolated Bacillus butlerovii, not only from the diseased "brood "but also from "contaminated water. " A year later, SerMnow (1913) isolated "both B. alvei and B.' "butlerovii from the digestive tract of the queens of diseased hives, and also from their ovaries and eggs. *Serbinow, I. L. 1912 A new epizootic of bees in North European Russia. Vest. Obsc. pceloved. CMessager de la Societe russe d'api culture]] , No. 3> 1912. Serbinow, I. L. 19^3 On the etiology of foulbrood in bees. Selisk. choz. i. lesovodstvo, CEconomie rurale et forestiere] . 2^2, 367-382. Bac 1 LLUS BUTSCHL 1 I Schaudinn Insect concerned: The Oriental cockroach, Blatta (Peri- planeta) oriental is. Schaudinn (1902) used this giant bacillus, isolated from the Oriental roach, in making extensive cytologic studies of bacteria. ^Schaudinn, F. 1902 Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Bakterien und verwandter Organismen. I. Bacillus butschlii n. sp. Arch. Protistenk. , I. , 306-3^3. Bac 1 llu s cacticidus (See Erwinia cacticida) Bac 1 llus caj ae (See Coccobacillus cajae) 50 BAC l LLUS CAMPESTR I S Paramel (See Phytomonas campestris) BAC I LLUS CANADENS I S (See Bacterium canadensis) Insect concerned: The corn "borer, Pyrausta nubilalis. Paillot (1933) refers to this organism as "being a pathogenic spore -former isolated "by Chorine from the corn "borer, Pyrausta nubilalis. Chorine (1929a, "b) and other workers, however, refer to it as "Bacterium canadensis. " Paillot gives the size of the spores so it would appear that the generic name Bacillus is preferable. *Chorine, V. 1929a New "bacteria pathogenic to the larvae of Pyrausta nubilalis Hb. Internat. Corn Borer Invest., Sci. Repts., 2, 39-53- *Chorine, Y. 1929b Rouveaux microbes pathogenes pour les chenilles de la Pyrale du Mais. Ann. Instit. Past. k£, 1657-1678. Paillot, A. 1933 LT infections chez les insectes. Imprimerie de Trevoux. y 535 PP« (See page 13^.) BAC 1 LLUS CANUS Insect concerned: The nun moth, Lymantria monacha. Eckstein (189*0 cultivated this organism from larvae of the nun moth during his studies on the bacteria asso- ciated with this insect. Eckstein, K. 189^ Untersuchungen uber die in Raupen vorkommenden Bakterien. Z. f . Forst- und Jagdwesen, 26, 3-20, 228-2^1, 285-298, klj-kzh. BAC I LLUS CAR0T0V0RUS (See Erwinia carotovoraj BAC I LLUS CELLULOSAM FERMENTANS Werner (See Clostridium werneri Werner) 51 Bac I LLu s cereu s Frankland and Frankland (See Bacillus ellenhachi) Insect concerned: Prodenia eridania. Bacillus cereus was found hy Bayers (1938) to "be the cause of a septicemia in seemingly normal larvae of the southern armyworm. It is described in Bergey's Manual (5th ed. , p. 666). Bahers, F. H. 1938 A septicemia of the southern army worm caused hy Bacillus cereus . Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. ; 31, 371-573. Bac 1 llu s c holerae su i s Insect concerned: The honey "bee, Apis mellifera. White (1906) isolated Bacillus cholerae suis from the intestine of the honey "bee. The organism is described. This organism, no doubt, is Salmonella choleraesuis Weldin (Bergey's Manual, 5th ed, , p. kko) . White, G-. F. I906 The "bacteria of the apiary with special reference to "bee diseases, U. S. Dept. Agr. , Bur. Entomol., Tech. Bull. No. 1^, 50 pp. Bac 1 llus circulans "Group" ■ Insect concerned: The cecropia moth larva, Platysamia cecropia. Steinhaus (19^1) isolated a spore-forming "bacillus which prohahly belongs to the Bacillus circulans group (see Bergey's Manual, 5th ed. , page 678) from the caterpillar of the cecropia moth. Steinhaus, E. A. 19^1 A study of the "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , ^+2, 757-790, Bac 1 llus cleon i Pi card Insects concerned: Temnorrhinus (Cleonus) mendicus; Conor - rhynchus mendicus. While conducting his investigations on "coccohacilli" as insect parasites, Picard (1913) found a hacterium, which he provisionally named Bacillus cleoni, in the diseased 52 3 arvae of Temnorrhinus mendicus. He was not certain whether it was different from Bacillus (Coccobacillus) cajae ( isolated from Arctia caja by Picard and Blanc (1913) or not. A year later Picard (191^) stated that Bacillus cleoni resembled Escherichia coli "but that it differed in its power to liquefy gelatin. *Picard, F. 1913 L© Cleonus mendicus et le Lixus sca- "bricollis charancons nuisibles a la Betterave dans le midi de la France . Bull, Soc. d' Etude et de Vulgarisa- tion zool. Agric. , 12, 129-137. Picard, F. 191^ Les insectes nuisible a la Betterave dans la midi de la France. La Vie Agric. et Rur. , J, 390-391. Picard, F. and Blanc, G, R. 1913 Sur une septicemie "bacillaire des chenilles d' Arctia caja L. Compt. rend, acad. sci., 156, 133^-1336. Bac I LLUS CLOACAE Jordan (See Aerohacter cloacae) Bac 1 llus coeruleus Insect concerned: The nun moth, Lymantria monacha, Eckstein (I89M cultivated this organism from larvae of the nun moth. The 5th edition of Bergey's Manual (pages 9^ and 630) mentions two organisms oy this name as members of groups of organisms which have not received sufficient comparative study to justify definite classi- fication, Inasmuch as these "bacteria were described hefore 189^, Eckstein could very prohably have considered his organism to he either one of these. Eckstein, K. 189^ Untersuchungen uher die in Raupen vorkommenden Bakterien. Z» F. Forst- und Jagdwesen, 26, 3-20, 228-2*0., 285-298, hl^-h2h. Bac 1 llus col i Migula (See Escherichia coli) BAC I LLUS COL 1 commun I S Sternberg (See Escherichia coli) 53 Bac 1 LLU S CUBON I ANUS Cuboni and Garhini Insect concerned: The silkworm, Bombyx mori. Cuboni and Garhini (189O) thought this "bacillus was the cause of flacherie in silkworms. However, Paillot (1928) points out that it is pdssible to artificially infect .silkworms with the "bacillus and .that the symptoms charac- teristic of flacherie are not present. * Cuboni, C. and Garbini, A. 1890 Sopra una malattia del gelso in rapporto Colla flaccidezza. R. acad. del Lincei, 2, Serie k. Paillot, A. I928 Les maladies due ver a soie-Gras serie et dysenteries, 328 pp. Editions due Service Photo - graphique de l'Uhiversite Lyon. (See pp. 170-171. ) Bac 1 llus cuenot I Mercier Insect concerned: The oriental roach, Periplaneta orien- talis. Mercier (1907) studied in considerable detail the ""bacteroids" found in the adipose tissues of the cockroach. He isolated a spore -forming rod which he thought was an intracellular microorganism and named it Bacillus cuenoti. More recent work, however, has shown .that this "bacillus is prohahly a contaminant and not identical with the intracellular microorganism found in the fat "body of the cockroach. (See Hertig, 1921; Glaser, 1930, and Gier (quoted "by Steinhaus, 19^-0)). Hertig, M. 1921 Attempts to cultivate the "bacteroides of the Blattidae. Biol. Bull. Marine Biol. La"b. , kl, 181-187. Glaser, R. W. 1930 On the isolation, cultivation, and classification of the so-called intracellular "symbiont" or "Rickettsia" of Periplaneta americana. J. Expt. Med. , 51, 59-82. *Mercier, L. 1907 Recherches sur les "bacteroides des Blattides. Arch. Protistenk. , % 3^6-358. Steinhaus, E. A. 19^0 The microbiology of insects with special reference to the "biologic relationships "between "bacteria and insects. Bact. Revs., k, 17-57- Bac 1 llus cun i cul i c i da Flugge (See Pasteurella cuniculicida) 5^ BAC I LLUS DECOLOR Insect concerned: Vanessa urticae. While studying the "bacteria associated with the nun moth, Lymantria monacha, Eckstein (189*0 found this "bacillus in the larva of Vanessa urticae. Eckstein, K. 189^ Untersuchungen liber die in Raupen vorkooimenden Bakterien. Z. F. Forst- und Jagdwesen, 26, 3-20, 228-2U1, 285-298, hl^-h2k. BAC I LLU S DO B E L L l Duboscq and Grass e Insect concerned: The termite, Glyptotermes iridipennis. According to Dougherty (19^2), Duhoscq, and Grasse (1927) recorded three hacteria from Calotermes (Glypto- termes) iridipennis : Fusiformis termitidis , Fusiformis hilli and Bacillus (Flexilis) dohelli. Dougherty states that for this last hacterium Duhoscq and Grasse "proposed the group name (subgenus?) Flexilis to include certain "bacilli characterized hy a considerable length (up to 250 microns) . " Dougherty, E. C. 19^2 Unpublished manuscript. *Duboscq_, 0. , and Grasse, P. 1927 Flagelles et schizo- phytes de Calotermes (Glyptotermes) iridipennis Froggo Arch. Zool. Exp. Gen. , 66, k^l-k<^6. Bac I LLUS E White Insect concerned: The honey "bee, Apis mellifera. White (1906) isolated Bacillus E from the honey "bee while studying its intestinal flora. He gives a descrip- tion of this organism. *White, G, F. I906 The hacteria of the apiary with special reference to "bee diseases. U, So Dept. Agr. , Bur. Entomol. , Tech. Bull. No. Ik, 50 pp. Bac 1 llus Ellenbach 1 Insect concerned: The silkworm, Bombyx mori. 55 Sawamura (I906) lists this "bacillus as one which pro- duced "flacherie "by multiplying in the "body of the silk- worm. " Bacillus Elleribachi is prohahly a synonym for Bacillus cereus . Sawamura, S. 1906 Note on "bacteria pathogenic to silk- worm. Tokyo Imp. Univ. Coll. Agr. Bull. , 7, 105- BAC I LLUS E.NTOMOTOXICON Duggar Insects concerned: The squash-hug, Anasa tristis; the chinch-hug, Blissus leucopterus ; the "box-elder "bug, Lepto- coris trivittatus ; and larvae of the white -lined morning sphinx, Deilephila lineata; Lachnosterna fusca; and a tomato worm (Protoparce). This hacillus, which Duggar (I896) named Bacillus entomotoxicon, was found "by him to he the cause of a disease of the squash-hug, Anasa tristis. Both lahoratory and field experiments showed the disease to he easily trans miss ah le to healthy squash-hugs "by contact with pure cultures of the organism of the fluids of infected insects, nymphs "being more readily infected than adults. Infusions made from the growth of this organism on agar contained an active principle which "kills many insects after a very short period of immersion. " While young chinch -hugs (Blissus leucopterus ) were also susceptible to the infec- tion, adult chinch-hugs were strongly resistant, as were the grubs and larvae listed ahove. Since Duggar describes this "bacterium as not producing spores, the generic name Bacillus would he a misnomer according to present day nomenclature. Dugger, B. M. 1896 On a "bacterial disease of the squash- hug (Anasa tristis DeG. ) . Bull. Illinois State Lah. Natural History, h, 31+0-379. BAC 1 LLUS EQU IDI STANS NogUChi Tick concerned: The wood tick, Dermacentor andersoni. Nogachi (1926) isolated this hacillus and two others from the spotted fever tick, Dermacentor andersoni. He descrihed its cultural characteristics in detail. The "bacterium is not a spore-former, hence, it is unfortunate that Noguchi gave it the generic name "Bacillus. " 56 *Noguchi, H. 1926 Cultivation of rickettsia-like micro- organisms from the Rocky Mountain spotted fever tick, Derma centor andersoni. J. Exptl. Med. , k^_f 515-532. Bacillus ferrugenus Insect concerned: The silkworm, Bombyx mori. Sawamura (1906) lists Bacillus ferrugenus (B. ferru- gineus? ) as an organism experimentally pathogenic to the silkworm. Sawamura, S. 1906 Note on "bacteria pathogenic to silk- worm. Tokyo Imp. Univ. Coll. Agr. Bull. , 7, 105 . BAC I LLUS FLAVUS Insect concerned: Vanessa polychlorus . While studying the "bacteria associated with the nun moth, Lymantria monacha, Eckstein ( 189*1- ) found Bacillus flavus in dead larvae of Vanessa polychlorus. Apparently this is neither one of the two organisms mentioned in Bergey's Manual (5th ed. , 1939, PP- 528 and 6kS) hy the name Bacillus flavus as "both of these were described after 189^. Eckstein, K. 189^ Untersuchungen liber die in Raupen vorkommenden Bakterien. Z. f . Forst- und Jagdwesen, 26, 3-20, 228-2^1, 285-298, ^+13-^2U. BAC I LLUS FLEX I L I S Dohell Insect concerned: The crane-fly, Tipula sp. In his examinations of crane-fly larvae for protozoa, Mackinnon (1912) observed large numbers of "bacteria. He states: "Chief among them is a large sinuous form re- sembling Bacillus flexilis Dofrell. " Mackinnon, D. L. 1912 Protists parasitic in the larva of the crane-fly, Tipula sp. Parasitol. , 5, I75-I89. Bac I LLUS FLUORESCENS sept I CUS Stutzer and Wsorow (See Pseudomonas septica) 57 BAC I LLUS FOET I PUS Insect concerned: Vanessa urticae. Eckstein (I89M found this bacillus along with Bacillus lineatus and Bacillus similis, in dead larvae of Vanessa urticae. According to Lehmann-Neumann -Breed (1931) "the name "B. foetidus" must "be rejected, and they accept the name Bacillus verrucosus , which is listed in Bergey's Manual, 5th ed. , p. 789. Eckstein, K. 189^ Untersuchungen ttber die in Raupen vorkommenden Bakterien. Z. f . Forst- und Jagdwesen, 26, 3-20, 228-2^1, 285-298, ki^-kzk. Lehmann-Neumann-Breed 1931 Determinative Bacteriology, Vol. II, G. E. Stechert and Co., New York, 868 pp. Bac 1 LLU S FUCH SINUS Boekhaut and De Vries Insect concerned: The silkworm, Bombyx mori. Sawamura (1906) lists this organism as one experimental- ly pathogenic to the silkworm. It is probably synonymous with Serratia fuchsina. Sawamura, S. 1906 Note on bacteria. pathogenic to silk- worm. Tokyo Imp. Univ. Coll. Agr. Bull., 7, 105- Bac i llu s gastr i cus Ford (See Bacillus sub gas tri cus) Bac 1 LLUS gayton I Cheshire Insect concerned: The honey bee, Apis mellifera. White (1906) refers to Bacillus gaytoni by s/tating: "It is believed by some bee keepers that Bacillus gaytoni of Cheshire is the cause of bee paralysis, but this is not claimed by Cheshire, and the belief is not grounded on bacteriological findings. " White, G-. F. I906 The bacteria of the Apiary with spe- cial reference to bee diseases. U. S. Dept. Agri. , #Bur. Entomol. , Tech. Bull. No. 1^, 50 pp. 58 Bac I LLus G I bson I Chorine (See Cocco"bacillus gibsoni) Insect concerned: The corn "borer, Pyrausta nubilalis. According to Paillot (1933) Chorine isolated this or- ganism from the corn borer in 1929 and found it to "be pathogenic. This is apparently the same organism that Chorine isolated in 1929 and called Cocco"bacillus gibsoni (which see). Paillot says the organism is a spore former "but in Chorine's (1929a, b) original articles, he states that the organism is non-sporulated, hence the generic name Bacillus would not "be applicable. *Chorine, V. 1929 New "bacteria pathogenic to the larvae of Pyraus ta nubilalis Hb. Internat. Corn Borer Invest. , Sci. Pepts. , 2, 39"53- *Chorine, V. 1929 Nouveaux microbes pathogenes pour les chenilles de la Pyrale du Mais, Ann. Inst. Pasteur, i+3, 1657-1678. Paillot, A. 1933 LT infections chev les insectes, 535 PP- Imprimerie de Trevoux. , Paris. (See page 13^+.) Bac i llus g i gas G-oot Insect concerned: Adoretus compressus. According to G-oot (1915) Adoretus compressus is attacked "both in the larval and adult stages "by Bacillus gigas. He found that it destroyed large numbers of the larvae in the insectary. *Goot, 0. 1915 Uet)er einige engerlingensoorten, die in riettuinen voorkomen. Med. Proefatation voor de Java Suikerindustrie, pt. 5> No. 10, 60 pp. Bag 1 llus gortynae Paillot Insects concerned: Gortyna ochracea; the gypsy moth, Lymantria dispar, Paillot (1913) discovered this "bacillus in the cater- pillars of Gortyna ochracea. It had "been the cause of an epidemic among them. The insects lost all use of their legs with the exception of the first pair, and the poster- ior part of the "body seemed to have lost all sensation. Microscopic examination of the "blood showed a great many 59 motile "coccobacilli," often paired in two's, some in the coccus form and others rod-shaped. After the larvae died of a septicemia, the "body quickly decomposed. * Paillot, A. 1913 Coccobacilles parasites d'Insectes. Compt. rend. acad. sci. , 157, 6o8-6ll. BAC I LLUS GRAPHITOSIS (See Bacillus tracheitis sive graphitosis) BAC I LLUS GRYLLOTALPAE Metalnikov and Meng Insect concerned: Gryllotalpa gryllotalpa (vulgaris, Latr. ) This "bacillus was one of two "bacteria which were found to "be the cause of the death of Gryllotalpa gryllotalpa in the laboratory. • Bacterium gryllatalpae (which see) was the other organism. ^•Metalnikov, S. , and Meng, L. Y. 1935 Utilisation des microbes contre les courtillieres. Compt. rend. acad. sci. , 201, 36T-368. BAC I LLUS HOPLOSTERNUS Paillot Insects concerned: Nygmia phaeorrhea (Euproctis chrysor- rhoea); the cockchafer, Melolontha melolontha; Malacosoma neustria; Arctia (chelonia) caja; Yanessa urticae; Eorthe- tria ( Lyman tria) dispar. Paillot (1919) found Bacillus hoplosternus, which he had isolated from diseased cockchafers, to "be very patho- genic for Nygmia phaeorrhea. The insects died within 2k hours after "being inoculated. He found the same thing to "be true with Malacosoma neutria, Arctia caja, and Vanessa urticae. In the case of the last two insects, Paillot found the "blood at death contained few "bacteria, and con- cluded that the "bacillus is chiefly pathogenic "because of a toxin it secretes. Porthetria dispar showed a decided immunity to the "bacillus. Paillot (1933) has discussed in quite some detail the cytology of Bacillus hoplosternus. * Paillot, A. 1919 Contribution a 1' etude les parasites microbiens des insectes. Etude de Bacillus hoplosternus (Paillot). Ann. Inst. Past., ^3, U03-^19- Paillot, A. 1933 L' infection chez les insectes, 535 PP« Imprimerie de Trevoux, Paris. (See pp. 15^-156, and others. ) 60 Bag i llus immob i l i s Steinbaus Inaect concerned: Ceratomia catalpae . The rectum of larvae of Ceratomia catalpae was found by Steinhaus ( 19^+1 ) to contain this non-motile spore-forming bacillus. *Steinhaus, E. A. 19^1 A study of the "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , kg, 757-790. Bac I LLUS INSECTORUM Burrell iBurrill] (See Micrococcus insectorum) Bac i llus lact i s aerogenes Sternberg (See Aerobacter aerogenes j Bac i llus laimceolatus Insect concerned: The honey "bee, Apis mellifera. Mattes, (1927) indicated that Bacillus lanceolatus caused a mild f oulbrood of "bees : "In seiner Bacillus agilis G-estalt ahnelt er sehr dem Bacillus lanceolatus, der "bei der 'Gustartigen Faulbrut der Bienen' neben anderen Formen auf tritt. " He mentioned the fact that this "bacillus was similar to Bacillus agilis Mattes and Lehmann- Neumann -Breed (1931) refer to it as "being lancet-shaped. Lehmann -Neumann -Breed 1931 Determinative Bacteriology, G. E. Stechert and Co., New York, 868 pp. *Mattes, 0. 1927 Parasitare Krankheiten der Mehlmotten- larven und Versuche iiber ihre Verwendbarkeit als biologisches Bekampfungsmittel. Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft zur Bedfcrderung der gesamten Naturwissen- chaften zu Marburg, 62, 381-^17. Bac 1 llus larvae White (Bacillus brandenburgiensis and Bacillus burri) Insect concerned: The honey bee, Apis mellifera. 61 White (190^) cultured on special media the ahove organ- ism which he and others had found to he the cause of Amer- ican foulhrood in hees. Pending more definite information in regard to the "bacterium, he temporarily called it Bacillus "X", later (1905, 1906) naming it Bacillus larvae . He states that Bacillus hrandenhurgiens is and Bacillus hurri are other names that have heen used for the same species. See White (1920) for a complete description of the organism. White, G. F. 190^ The further investigation of the diseases affecting the apiaries in the State of New York. New York Dept. Agr. 11th Ann. Rept. Com. Agr. for 1903, p. 103-11^. Jan. 15. White, G. F. 1905 The hacterial flora of the apiary with special reference to "bee diseases, Thesis, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. White, G. F. I906 The hacteria of the apiary, with spe- cial reference to hee diseases. U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Entomol., Bull. #1^, 50 pp. White, G. F. 1920 American Foulhrood, U. S. Dept. Agri. Bull. 809, ^6 pp. Bacillus lasiocampa Brown Insect concerned: The tent caterpillar moth, Malacasoma americana. Brown (1927) found Bacillus lasiocampa throughout the entire female genital system (ovaries and egg tubes) of the tent caterpillar moth and he readily cultivated it from the dissected organs. The females infected with this spore -forming hacillus seemed unahle to deposit their eggs, though the organism was not found in the eggs. However, Alcaligines stevensae (which see) was present. A complete description of Bacillus lasiocampa is given "by Brown. * Brown, F. M. 1927 Descriptions of new hacteria found in insects. Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 251, 11 pp. Bac I LLUS LATH YR I Manns and TaulSenhaus (Erwinia lathyri) Insect concerned: Aphis rumicis. Needham (193 7-) isolated from diseased Aphis rumicis an organism culturally resembling Bacillus lathyri. The same "bacillus was not found in uninfected aphids. 62 Bacillus lathyri was first isolated from, diseased sweet peas. According to Bergey's Manual (5th ed. , p. U13) it is now called Erwinia lathyri. Needhan, N. Y. 1927 A bacterial disease of Aphis rumicus Linn. , apparently caused by Bacillus lathyri Manns and Taubenhaus. Ann. Appl. Biol. , 2k, lUPwf! BAC I LLUS LENT 1M0RBUS Dutky Insect concerned: The Japanese beetle, Popillia japcnica. Dutky (19^0) found Bacillus lentimorbus to be the cause of "type B" ra.il.ky disease of Japanese beetle larvae, The "type A" disease was caused by an organism he named Bacillus popilliae. Dutky describes both organisms and the diseases they cause. He was unable to artificially culture Bacillus lentimorbus. * Dutky, S. R. 19^0 Two new spore -forming bacteria caus- ing milky diseases of Japanese beetle larvae. J. Agr. Research, 6l, 57-68- BAC I LLUS LEFT 1 NOTARSE White Insect concerned: The Colorado potato beetle, Leptinotarsa decernlineata. White (I928) found this organism, to be pathogenic for the larvae of Leptinotarsa decernlineata. The disease is characterized by a septicemia and the bacillus may be found in the larval blood. The infected larvae are found clinging to the potato plant; the dead ones are usually on the ground. In a later report, White (1935) stated that this organism was similar to Bacillus sphingidis and Bacillus noctuarum. * White, G. F. 1928 Potato beetle septicemia, with the proposal of a new species of bacterium. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 30, 69-70. White, G. F. 1935 Potato beetle septicemia, J. Agr, Research, 51, 223-23^. 63 BAC I LLUS L I NEATUS Insects concerned: The nun moth, Lyman tria monacha; Vanessa urtlcae; Porthesia auriflua; and Liparis saliciSo This organism was among those found in larvae of the nun moth by Eckstein (189*0 • He also isolated this organism from dead Vanessa urticae, Porthesia auriflua, and Liparis salicis. Eckstein, K. 189^ Untersuchungen liter die in Raupen vorkommenden Bakterien. Z. f . Forst- und Jagdwesen, 26, 3-20, 228-2^1, 285-298, and klj-kzk. BAC I LLUS L 1 PAR 1 S Paillot Insect concerned: The gypsy moth, Porthetria (Lymantria) dispar. Paillot (1917) isolated Bacillus liparis from larvae of Porthetria (Lymantria) dispar. He found it to "be very pleomorphic and to resemble the diphtheria "bacillus in morphology. The "bacillus appeared to "be of little patho- genic importance. *Paillot, A. 1917 Microbes nouveaux parasites des chenilles de Lymantria dispar. Compt. rend, hebdom. Seances Acad. Sci. , ±6k , 525-527- Paillot, A. 1933 L' infection chez les insectes, 535 PP« Imprimerie de Trevoux, , Paris. (See page 1^0. ) BAC I LLUS L U T Z A E Brown Insects concerned: The green fly, Lucilia sericata; the house fly, Musca domestica. Brown (1927) isolated this spore -forming "bacillus from dying and dead green flies (Lucilia sericata) and found it to he pathogenic for the housefly also. Dying indi- viduals and those just dead "but showing no sign of decay, yielded pure cultures. Those in decay yielded a mold and two cocci. (See Micrococcus rushmori and Neisseria luciliarum. ) This organism is a rather small "cocco- "bacillus" "bearing a polar spore. A complete description of the "bacillus is given "by Brown. * Brown, F. M. 1927 Descriptions of new bacteria found in insects. Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 251, 11 pp. 6k Bac I LLU s LYMANTR I AE Pi card and Blanc (See Cocco"bacillus lymantriae) Insect concerned: The gypsy moth, Porthetria (Lymantria) dispar. Picard and Blanc (1913) discovered a fatal septicemia occurring in the larva of the gypsy moth to "be caused "by an organism which they called Coccohacillus lymantria. Paillot (1933)* however, refers to "Bacillus (Bacterium) lymantriae Picard and Blanc. " Apparently the organisms are the same. Paillot, A. 1933 L'infections chez les insectes, 525 $P Imprimerie de Trevoux, Paris. (See page 125- ) *Picard, F. , and Blanc, G. R. 1913 Les infections a cocco"bacilles chez les insectes. Compt. rend, hehdom. acad. sci. , 157, 79-81. Bac 1 llus lymantr t ae b eta Paillot Insect concerned: The gypsy moth, Porthetria (Lymantria) dispar. Paillot (1919) isolated Bacillus lymantriae "beta and Bacillus lymantr i cola adiposus from larvae of Porthetria (Lymantria) dispar infected with a septicemia, He states that one is not to confuse Bacillus lymantriae heta with the Bacillus lymantriae (see ahove) of Picard and Blanc, which he says, should "be called Bacillus lymantriae alpha, Paillot pointed out that the cultural characteristics of the two organisms were different. * Paillot, A. 1919 La pseudograseerie, maladie nouvelle des chenilles de Lymantria dispar. Compt. rend. acad. sci. , 168, 258-260. Bac 1 llus lymantr i cola ad i posus Paillot . Insects concerned: The gypsy moth, Porthetria (Lymantria) dispar; Vanessa urticae; the hrown-tail moth, Euproctis chrysorrhea; and the silkworm, Sericaria mori. Paillot (I9I9) isolated Bacillus lymantr i cola adiposus from the diseased larvae of Porthetria (Lymantria) dispar, which presented the external symptoms of grasserie and 65 flacherie. He was able to reproduce the same symptoms experimentally in the gypsy moth, and also in the cater- pillars of Vanessa urticae and Euproctis chrysorrhea, A "brief description of the morphology and cultural character- istics of the organism are given "by Paillot. He named this "bacterium, which he says is a co"cco"bacillus, Bacillus lymantricola adiposus, "because of its specific "disorgani- sation" action on the adipose tissue of Porthetria ( lyman- tria) dispar. Paillot (1933) goes into quite some detail in discussing the morphological variations of this organ- ism. *Paillot, A. 1919 La pseudograsserie maladie nouvelle des chenilles de Lymantria dispar. Compt. rend. acad. BCi., 168, 258-260. Paillot, A. 1933 L' infection chez les insectes, 535 pp. Imprimerie de Trevoux, Paris. BAC I LLUS MEG ATHER I UM De Bary Insect concerned: Lecanium corni. Benedek and Specht (1933) found the secondary "symbiont" in diseased Lecaniidae to "be Bacillus megatherium, the main "symbiont" "being a fungus, Torula lecanii corni i n. sp. Both organisms were found free in the hemolymph of the host. See Bergey's Manual of Determinative Bacteriol- ogy* 5th edition, page 665, for a complete description of Bacillus megatherium, which is widely distributed in the air, soil, and putrifying material. Benedek, T. , and Specht, G-. 1933 Mykologischbakteriolo- gische Untersuchungen liber Pilze und Bakterien als Symbionten Derbtieren. Zent. f. Bakt. (I. orig. ) , 130, 7^-90. Bacillus megaterium bombycis Insect concerned: The silkworm, Bombyx mori. Sawamura (1906) lists this organism as one artificially pathogenic to the. silkworm. The name "megaterium" is prohahly a misspelling of megatherium. Sawamura, S. I906 Note on "bacteria pathogenic to silk- worm. Tokyo Imp. Univ. Coll. Agr. Bull. , 7 , 105 • 66 BAC 1 LLUS MELOLONTHAE Chatton Insects concerned: The cockchafer, Melolontha. melolontha; the silkworm, Bombyx mori; the gypsy moth, Porthetria (Lymantria) dispar; and Vanessa urticae. In experimenting with Coccohacillus acridiorum on cock- chafers, Chatton (1913) noted a septicemia independent of Coccohacillus acridiorum which he found due to Bacillus melolonthae. The organism resembles Coccohacillus acri- diorium hut is different in that it imparts a fluorescence to the medium in 5 "to 6 days. This organism "behaved the same way in "both the silkworm and the cockchafer, heing virulent when injected and innocuous when taken into the alimentary tract. For the action of the organism on Porthetria (Lymantria) dispar and Vanessa urticae see Paillot (1916). *Chatton, E. 191'3 Septicemies spontanees a coccohacilles chez le,Hanneton et le Ver-a-soie. Compt. rend. acad. sci., 156, 1707, 1709. Paillot, A. 1916 Les coccohacilles due Hanneton, Action pathogene sur quel que s chenilles de macrolepidopteres. Compt. rend. soc. Mol. , 79, 1102-1103. BAC 1 LLUS MELOLONTHAE L I QUEFAC I ENS ALPHA Paillot Insect concerned: The cockchafer, Melolontha melolontha . Paillot (1918, 1922) isolated three strains (alpha, Id eta, and gamma) of Bacillus melolonthae liquefaciens from diseased cockchafers. At various times he isolated 8 other "bacteria from the same source, the organism causing the cockchafer infection varying with the locality. The insects die from a septicemia, characterized "by non- coagulahility of the hlood, which also "becomes more or less turbid. The three strains of Bacillus melolonthae liquefaciens are all gram negative, and vary greatly in their morphologies. (See Paillot, 1933). *Paillot, A. 1918 Coccohacillus nouveux parasites du Hanneton. Compt. rend, hehdom. acad. sci. , 167, 10^6- 1048. -*Paillot, A. 1922 Les maladies "bacteriennes des insectes. Utilsation en agriculture des hacteries entomophytes. Ann. Epiphyt. , 8, 95-291. Paillot, A. 1933 L' infection chez les insectes. 535 pp. Imprimerie de Trevoux, Paris. 67 BAC I LLUS MELOLONTHAE L I QU EFAC I ENS BETA Paillot (See Bacillus melolonthae liquefaciens alpha. ) Bacillus melolonthae liquefaciens gamma Paillot (See Bacillus melolonthae liquefaciens alpha.) BAC I LLUS MELOLONTHAE NON- L 1 QUEFAC I ENS ALPHA Paillot Insects concerned: The cockchafer, Melolontha melolontha; the gypsy moth, Porthetria (Lymantria) dispar; and the "brown-tail moth, Euproctis chrysorrhoea. Paillot (1918) isolated this organism, along with the "beta, gamma, delta, and epsilon strains, from diseased cockchafers. He (1919) conducted experiments with the gypsy moth and the "brown- tail moth using Bacillus melolon- thae liquefaciens alpha and found "both insects to "be immune. Paillot differentiated "between Bacillus melolonthae liquefaciens and strains and Bacillus melolonthae non- liquefaciens and strains "by their ability to liquefy gelatin. He (1933) discusses in considerable detail the pathogenic action and immunity produced "by the different strains of Bacillus non-liquef aciens . * Paillot, A. 1918 Coccohacillus nouveux parasites du Hanneton. Compt. rend, hehdom. acad. sci. , 167, 10U6-101+8. Paillot, A. 1919 L9- Karyokynetose, nouvelle reaction d' immunity naturelle o"bservee chez les chenilles de macrolepidopteres. Compt. rend, hebdom. acad. sci., 169, 396-398. Paillot, A. 1922 Les maladies "bacteriennes des insectes. Utilisation en agriculture des "bacteries entomophytes . Ann. Epiphyt., 8, 95-291. Paillot, A. 1933 L'infection chez les insectes., 535 PP« , Imprimerie de Trevoux, Paris. (See pp. 303-30^; 2^9- 278, and others. ) BAC I LLUS MELOLONTHAE NON-L 1 QUEFAC 1 ENS BETA Paillot (See Bacillus melolonthae non-liquef aciens alpha. ) BAC ILLUS MELOLONTHAE NON- L I QUEFAC I ENS GAMMA Paillot (See Bacillus melolonthae non-liquef aciens alpha. ) 68 Bacillus melolonthae non- l i qu efac i en s delta Paillot (See Bacillus melolonthae non-1 iqaefaciens alpha. ) BAC 1 LLPS MELOLONTHAE NON- L I QUEFAC I EN S EPS I LON Paillot (See Bacillus melolonthae non-1 iquefaci ens alpha. ) BAC I LLUS MESENTERICUS Trevisan Insects and ticks concerned: The honey "bee, Apis nielli - fera; the bedbug, Cimex lectularius; Stomoxys calci trans; Rhodnius prolixus; and the ticks , Argas persicus and Qrnithodoros moubata. In attempting to determine the cause of "blackbrood" in "bees, Serbinow (1912) isolated Bacillus mesentericus , which is widely distributed in soil and dust. Duncan (1926) found "B. mesentericus" and "B. vulgatus ,t1 -'-According to Bergey's Manual, 5th edition, pp. 6^7-6^9, Bacillus vulgatus is considered synonymous with Bacillus mesentericus. to "be susceptible to the "bactericidal principle in the gut- contents of Argas persicus, Qrnithodoros moubata , Stomoxys calci trans, Cimex lectularius , and Rhodnius prolixus. For a complete description of this organism see the Ber- gey Manual, 5th edition, p. 6k"J. Duncan, J. T. 1926 On a "bactericidal principle present in the alimentary canal of insects and arachnids. Parasitol., 13, 238-252. Serbinow, I. L. 1912 Chernaia cherva. Blackbrood in "bees. Vestnik Russkavo obstschestva pchelovodstva, No. 11, pp. ^26-^29. Bacillus millii Howard Insect concerned: The honey "bee, Apis mellifera. Howard (1900) reported a new "bee disease and called it "New York "bee disease" or ""black "brood. " He gave as its cause an organism, which he called Bacillus millii. White (1906) is of the opinion that "New York bee disease" is really genuine European foulbrood, caused by Bacillus alyei. He states : "In our investigations of 69 this diseased condition "New York "bee disease", which have covered five years, we have not found an organism corres- ponding to Bacillus millii in any of the specimens that we have received; "but we have found Bacillus alvei ..." Howard, Wm. R. 1900 New York "bee disease, or Black Brood. G-leanings in Bee Culture, Feh. 15 . White, G. F. 1906 The bacteria of the apiary with special reference to "bee diseases. U. S. Dept. Agri. , Bur. Entomol., Tech. Bull. No. 1^, 50 pp. 6AC I LLUS MINIMUS Insects concerned: The nun moth, Lyman tria monacha, and Liparis salicis. Eckstein (189^) found this "bacillus, which he isolated from the larva of the nun moth, to "be pathogenic for the larvae of Liparis salicis. Eckstein, K. 189^ Untersuchungen liber die in Raupen vorkommenden Bakterien. Z. f . Forst- und Jagdwesen, 26, 3-20, 228-2^1, 285-298, kl^-k2k. BAC I LLUS MON ACHAE ( von Tubeuf ) Eckstein (See Bacterium monachae and Bacillus B) Insects concerned: The nun moth, Lymantria monacha; Vanessa urticae; Porthesia auriflua; Trachia piniperda; Pieris "brassicae; and the satin moth, Stilpnotia (Liparis) salicis; Eyponomenta evonymella. Eckstein (l89i+) Relieved this spore-forming organism to "be identical to Bacterium monachae of von Tubeuf (1892a and b) and Bacillus B of Hofmann (1891). Eckstein isolated Bacillus monachae from sick nun moth larvae, He found it to "be pathogenic to the larvae of Vanessa urticae and Porthesia auriflua, and to "be occasionally pathogenic for the larvae of Trachea piniperda, Pieris "brassicae, and Stilpnotia (Liparis) salicis. It was not pathogenic for Hyponomenta evonymella. *Eckstein, K. 189^ Untersuchungen liber die in Raupen vorkommenden Bakterien. Z. f . Forst- und Jagdwesen, 26, 3-20, 228-2^1, 285-298, hl^-h^k. TO Hofmann, 0. I89I Die Schlaffsucht (Flacherie) der Nonne (Liparis monacha.) nebst einem Anhang. Insektent8tende Pilze mit besonderer Beruchsichtigung der 'Nonne. 31 pp, P. Weber, Frankfurt a. M. v. Tubeuf , C. 1892a Die Krankheiten der Nonne (Liparis monacha) . Forstl. naturwissensch. Z. , 1, 3^_^7 , and 62-79. v. Tubeuf, C. l892"b Weitere Beobachtungen uber die Krankheiten der Nonne. Forstl. Naturwissensch. Z. , 1, 277-279- Bac 1 llus myco ides Fliigge Insects and ticks concerned: The silkworm, Bombyx mori; the honey bee, Apis mellifera; Orgyia pudibunda; Stomoxys calci trans; Cimex lectularius; Rhodnius prolixus; and the ticks, Argas persicus and Qrnithodoros moubata. This spore-forming "bacillus was originally described "by Flugge and is widely distributed in the soil, It was in such an association that it was cultivated by Eckstein (189*0 who isolated it from soil containing dead larvae of Orgyia pudibunda which had been stored thus for a period of two years, White (I906) isolated* Bacterium myco ides from the in- testine of a healthy honey bee. Since the organism he isolated was a spore -former, it was probably Bacillus myco ides. Sawamura (1906) lists Bacillus mycoides as artificially pathogenic to the silkworm, Bombyx mori. After feeding B. mycoides to Argas persicus, Hindle and Duncan (1925) found that the bacillus neither survived long in the tick nor appeared in its feces. Unlike Bacillus subtilis, B. mycoides was either not or only slightly effected by the bactericidal gut-contents of Argas persicus, Qrnithodoros moubata, Stomoxys calci trans, Cimex lectularius, and Rhodnius prolixus (Duncan, 1926) , For a description of this organism see Bergey's Manual, 5th edition, p. 66k. Duncan, J. T. I926 On a bactericidal principle present in the alimentary canal of insects and arachnids. Parasitol., 18, 238-252. Eckstein, K. 189^ Untersuchungen iiber die in Raupen vorkommenden Bakterien. Z. f . Forst- und Jagdwesen, 26, 3-20, 228-2^1, 285-298, ^13-^24. Hindle, E. , and Duncan, J. T. 1925 The viability of bacteria in Argas persicus. Parasitol. , 17, k^k-kk63 71 Sawamura, S. 1906 Note on "bacteria pathogenic to silk- worm. Tokyo Imp. Univ. Coll. Agr. Bull. , 7, 105 . White , G-. F. I906 The bacteria of the apiary with special reference to bee diseases. U. S. Dept. Agri. , Bur. Entomol. , Tech. Bull. , No. lk , 50 pp. Bacillus neurotomae Paillot (See Bacterium neurotomae) Insect concerned: Neurotoma nemoralis. This "bacillus was isolated from diseased Neurotoma nemoralis by Paillot (192U). It was not found to be of any practical importance in checking their numbers in nature. *Paillot, A. 192^ Sur deux Bacteries parasites des larves de Neurotoma nemoralis. Compt. rend, hebdom. acad. 3ci. , 178, 2^6-2^9. Sac 1 llu s noctu arum White (See Bacillus sphingidis White) Insects concerned: Feltia annexa ; Feltia due ens; Poro- sagrotis orthogonia; Prodenia ornithogallis; Euxoa spp. (Noctuidae); Euxoa ochrogaster. The 5th edition of Bergey's Manual (page 605) states: "An organism causing cutworm septicemia with characters identical with Bacillus sphingidis is Bacillus noctuarum White. " In the original reference to the organism White (1925) remarks on the similarities of these two bacteria: "The bacillus closely resembles B. sphingidis as regards its reaction to environment and the methods and results of inoculation. " In all -probability these two organisms are enough alike in their characteristics to be considered the same species. Bacillus noctuarum has also been known by the names Escherichia noctuarii (Bergey's Manual, 3rd ed. , 1930, p. 327) and Proteus noctuarum (Bergey's Manual, Uth ed. , 193^ P- 363). This bacillus causes a septicemia in the insect species listed above. King and Atkinson (1928) found a distinct similarity between the regular cutworm septicemia caused by Bacillus noctuarum and a septicemia in the red-backed cutworm, Euxoa ochrogaster. 72 King, K. M. and Atkinson, N. J. 1928 The biological control factors of the immature stages of Euxoa ochro- gaster, G-n. (Lepidoptera, Phalaenidae ) in Saskatchewan, Ann. Entomol. Soc. A er. , 21, 167-188. *White, G-. F. 1923 Cutworm septicemia. J. Agri. Research. 26, i+87-^96. Bacillus oblongus Insect concerned: Hyponomenta evonymella. Eckstein (l89i+) found this "bacillus present in the larvae of Hyponomenta evonymella. Eckstein, K. 189^ Untersuchungen liber die in Raupen vorkommenden Bakterien, Z. f . Forst- und Jagdwesen, 26, 3-20, 228-2U1, 285-298, kl^-k2h. Bacillus ochraceum (See Bacterium ochraceum. ) Bacillus ontarioni Chorine (See Bacterium ontarioni) Insect concerned: The corn "borer, Pyrausta nubilalis. Chorine (1929) isolated this organism from the corn "borer and called it Bacterium ontarioni, "but Paillot (1933) calls it Bacillus ontarioni. Since it is a spore- forming "bacillus, the correct generic name would "be Bacillus. *Chorine, V. 1929 New "bacteria pathogenic to the larvae of Pyrausta nubilalis Hb. Internat. Corn Boror Invest. 2, 39-53. Paillot, A. 1933 L' infections chez les insectes, 555 PP< Imprimerie de Trevous, Paris. (See page 13^.) BAC I LLUS ORPHEUS Insect concerned: The honey bee, Apis mellifera. White (1912) found a bacterium, which he named Bacillus orpheus, occasionally associated with European foulbrood. He found it very widely spread in one apiary causing heavy 73 losses. McCray (1917) has given a description of the organism. McCray, A. H. 1917 Spore -forming "bacteria of the apiary. U. S. Dept. Agr. Jour, of Agr. Research, 8, No. 11, p. 399- White, G. F. 1912 The cause of European FouTbrood, U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Entomol. , Cir. 157 . Bacillus paralvei Burns ide Insect concerned: The honey "bee, Apis me 11 if era. Burnside (1932) and Burnside and Foster (1935) found this organism in diseased colonies of "bees in Southeastern United States. According to the 5"th edition of Bergey's Manual (which see for a complete description of the organ- ism), the disease resembles European fouTbrood, "but some of the dead larvae and pupae resemble those of American foulhrood. Some of the insects remain dark "brown with ropiness. Many infected colonies have "been known to recover. Bacillus paralvei resembles the organisms that cause European fouTbrood. Burnside, C. E. 1932 Amer. Bee J., 62, ^33- Burnside, C. E. , and Foster, R. E. 1935 Studies on the "bacteria associated with para fouTbrood. J. Econ. Erttomol., 28, 578-58^. BAC 1 LLUS PARATYPHUS ALVE I Bahr (See Salmonella schflttmulleri var. alvei Hauduroy et al. ) Insect concerned: The honey "bee, Apis mellifera. In the vicinity of Copenhagen an acute enteritis of "bees was found to "be due to Bacillus paratyphi alvei (Bahr, 1919). The "bees usually died in 25 hours to a few days. The organism, however, is not identical with the forms of Salmonella paratyphi found in man and domestic animals. The 5th edition of Bergey's Manual (page k6l) lists the organism as Salmonella scho'ttmulleri var. alvei Hauduroy et al. *Bahr, L. 1919 Para typhus nos Honninghien. Skandinavisk Veterinar--Tidskrift, £, 25-^0 and h^-Go. Hauduroy et al. , Diet. d. Bact. Path., 1937, ^9- 7^ Bac 1 llu s pecti nophor ae White and No"ble Insect concerned: Pectinophora gossypiella. In the summer of 1932 , White and Noble (1936) encountered a septicemia among pink bollworm larvae, which they found to "be caused "by Bacillus pectinophorae. The disease was observed only under laboratory conditions and had not been noted in the field. White and Noble state, "Metalnikov and Metalnikov (1932, 1933) studying diseases of the pink bollworm, report a mortality of 90-99 per cent from natural infection in the field in 1932 and 1933. It is seen from the description of the microorganisms which they encountered that they were not working with pink bollworm septicemia." Bacillus, as a generic name, is not according to present day nomen- clature inasmuch as the bacterium is a small,, non-spore - forming rod. Metalnikov, S. , and Metalnikov, S. S. 1932 Maladies des vers du caton (Gelechia gossypiella et Prodenia litura) . Compt. rend. acad. agr. , 18, 203-207- Metalnikov, S. , and Metalnikov, S. S. 1933 Utilisation des bacteries dans la eutte contre les insectes nuisibles aux catonniers. Compt. rend. soc. biol. , 113, 169-172. *White, C. F. , and Noble, L. W. 1936 Notes on pink boll- worm septicemia. J. Econ. Entomol. , 2£, 122-12^. Bac 1 llus pediculi Arkwright and Bacot Insect concerned: Pedi cuius humanus . While Arkwright and Bacot (1921) were working on the association of rickettsiae with trench fever, they noted a bacillary infection of the excreta and gut of the human louse. The causative organism, Bacillus pediculi, was found to be a parasite of the copula tory apparatus of P. humanus. * Arkwright, J. A. , and Bacot, A. 1921 A bacillary in- fection of the copulatory apparatus of Pedi cuius humanus. Paras itol. , 1^_, 25-26. Bac 1 llus pest i s (? ) Insect concerned: La chno sterna (Phytalis) smithi. 75 Bourne (1921) found that many larvae of La chno sterna smithi were killed by an organism which resembled "Bacillus pestis. " Just which species this may "be is difficult to ascertain. It probably was not the true Pasteurella pestis, the cause of plague. *Bourne, B. A. 1921 Report of the Assistant Director of Agriculture on the entomological and mycological work carried out during the season under review. Rept. Dept. Agric, 1919-20, 322-323. Bacillus pieris agilis Paillot Insect concerned: The white cabbage butterfly , Pieris brassicae. Paillot (1919) isolated Bacillus pieris fluorescens from infected caterpillars of the white cabbage butterfly. At the same time he isolated 8 other bacteria from the same source. He considered these organisms as secondary invaders in causing the death of the larvae, the parasite Apanteles glomeratus being the predisposing factor to bacterial infection. The other bacteria isolated were, Bacillus pieris liquefaciens alpha and beta, Bacillus non- liquefaciens alpha and beta, Bacillus pieris agilis, Diplococcus pieris, Diplobacillus pieris, and Bacillus proteidis. *Paillot, A. 1919 Coccobacilles parasites des chenilles de Pieris brassicae. Compt. rend. acad. sci. , 168, ^76-^78. Bacillus pieris liquefaciens alpha Paillot Insect concerned: The white ^cabbage butterfly, Pieris brassicae. Paillot (1919) isolated Bacillus pieris liquefaciens alpha and beta from diseased white cabbage butterfly larvae. (See Bacillus pieris fluorescens. ) *Paillot, A. 1919 Coccobacilles parasites des chenilles de Pieris brassicae. Compt. rend. acad. sci., l68, I176-478. 6AC I LLUS P1ERIS DQUEFACIENS BETA Paillot (See Bacillus pieris liquefaciens alpha. ) Bacillus pieris non- l i quefac i ens alpha Paillot Insect concerned: The white cabbage "butterfly, Pieris braseicae. Paillot (1919) isolated Bacillus pieris non-liquefaciens alpha and "beta from infected white cabbage "butterfly lar- vae. (See Bacillus pieris fluorescein. ) * Paillot, A. 1919 Cocco"bacilles parasites des chenilles de Pieris brass icae. Com.pt. rend. acad. sci., l68, V76-478. BAC I LLUS PIERIS NON- L IQUEFAC I ENS BETA Paillot (See Bacillus pieris non-liquefaciens alpha. ) BAC I LL'JS P IRENE I (See Bacterium pyrenei. ) Insects concerned: Pieris spp. ; the corn "borer, Pyrausta mibilalis. In laboratory and field experiments carried out near Leningrad and in Moldavia, Pospelov (1936) found that cultures of Bacillus pirenei proved to be very virulent to various lepidopterous larvae. When applied in sprays against Pieris spp. on cabbage during sunny weather, the bacilli gave 10-100 per cent mortality and remained effective for 20 days. They also killed 25 per cent of the larvae of Pyrausta nubilalis on maize. It is quite probable that this organism is the Bacterium pyrenei of Metalnikov, Ermolaev, and Skobaltzyn (1930) which they isolated from diseased corn borers. Metalnikov, S. , Ermolaev, J. , and Skobaltzyn, V. 1930 New bacteria pathogenic to the larvae of Pyrausta nubilalis Hb. Inter. Corn Borer Invest., Sci. Rpts., 3, 28-36. Pospelov, V. P. 1936 Summary of the scientific research work of" the institute of plant protection for the year 19*/- '. Ru* ,enin Acad. Agri. Sci., pp. 318-321. 77 Bac I LLUS pluton White Insect concerned: The honey "bee, Apis mellif era. Bacillus pluton was first described by White (1912) as the cause of European fouTbrood and temporarily referred to as Bacillus "Y". He was unable to grow this organism on artificial media although later Wharton (1928) reported success. According to Lochhead (1928) the organism cul- tured "by Wharton appeared to "be closely related if not identical with Streptococcus apis Maassen. Burns ide (193*0 claims that "Bacillus alvei is capable of morphological, cultural and "biological transformation and is also capable of stabilization, at least temporarily, as a sporogenic rod, an asporogenic rod resembling Bacterium eurydice, or a coccoid resembling Bacillus pluton. " Burnside also suggests that Bacillus pluton, Streptococcus apis, and Bacterium eurydice are variants, or stages in the life history, of Bacillus alvei. Bergey's Manual (5th edition, page 662) apparently accepts this explanation of the relationship of these forms, although Bacterium (now Achromobacter ) eurydice is given a separate description (page 517). Burnside, C. E. 193^ Studies on the "bacteria associated with European foulbrood. J. Econ. Entomol. , 27, 656- Lochhead, A. G-. 1928 The etiology of European foulbrood of "bees. Science, 67, 159-160. Wharton, D. R. A. 1928 Etiology of European foul -brood of bees. Science, 66, J+51-^52. *White, G-. F. 1912 The cause of European fouTbrood. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Ent. Circ. 157, 15 PP- Bacillus pcncei Glaser Insects concerned: Melanoplus femur -rubrum; Encoptolopus sordidus. In 1918, G-laser made a study of the organisms distri- buted under the name of Coccobacillus acridiorum d'Herelle, In carrying out these studies, he obtained from Dr. Ponce of Honduras an organism which was not a "coccobacillus" at all, but an organism not heretofore described. Glaser named it Bacillus ponce i. The organism was pathogenic to the above-named insects. However, in most cases, attempts to recover the bacillus from the blood, the alimentary tract, or the feces failed. 78 *G-laser, R. W. 1918 A systematic study of the organisms distributed under the name of Coccobacillus acridiorum d'Herelle. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 11, 19-^2. BAC I LLUS POP I LL 1 AE Dutky (See also Bacillus lentimorbus) Insects concerned: The Japanese "beetle, Popillia japonica; Anomala oriental is, Autos erica castanea, Cyclocephala (Ochrosidia) borealis, Phyllophaga anxia, P. bipartita, P. ephilida, P. f us ca , P. rugosa , Strigoderma arboricola, Cotinis nitida and Ma cr oda c ty lus subspinosus. Dutky (19^0) describes two spore -forming "bacteria, which he names Bacillus popilliae and Bacillus lentimorbus , as the causative agents, respectively, of types A and B milky disease of the larvae of the Japanese "beetle. In describing Bacillus popilliae, Dutky states that this or- ganism "is a nonmotile Gram-positive rod measuring about 0.9 "by 5.2 microns. The rods "become swollen at sporulation, assuming first a spindle and then a pyriform shape... In the "broader pole of the cell is found a refractile "body, which is about half the size of the spore and possesses staining reactions s-imilar to those of the spore. " Dutky also describes the symptoms and appearance of the disease. Subsequent to his original findings, Dutky (19^1) found the following scarabaeid species to be susceptible to this* disease: Anomala oriental is, Autos erica castanea, Cyclo- cephala (Ochrosidia) borealis, Phyllophaga anxia, P. bipartita, P. ephilida, P. fusca, P. rugosa, Strigoderma arboricola, and Strigodermella pygmaea. On the other hand, Cotinis nitida and Macro da ctylus subspinosus were not susceptible. Dutky, S. R. 19^0 Two new spore-forming bacteria causing milky diseases of Japanese beetle larvae. J. Agr. Research, 6l, 57-68. Dutky, S. R. 19^-1 Susceptibility of certain scarabaeid larvae to infection by Type A milky disease. J. Econ. Entomol. , $k, 215-216. BAC I LLUS PRODIG iOSUS Flugge (See Serratia marcescens) 79 BAC I LLUS PROTE I D I S Paillot Insect concerned: The white cabbage butterfly, Pieris brassicae. Paillot (1919) isolated Bacillus proteidis from larvae of diseased cabbage butterflies. From, the same source, he isolated eight other bacteria. (See Bacillus pieris fluorescens. ) Paillot, A. 1919 Cocco"bacilles parasites des chenilles de Pieris brassicae. Compt. rend. acad. sci. , 168, ^76-^78. BAC I LLU s proteus Trevisan (See Proteus vulgaris . ) B&C I LLU S PSEUDOXEROS I S NogUChi Tick concerned: The woqd tick, Dermacentor andersoni. Noguchi (I926) isolated Bacillus pseudoxerosis from the wood tick. It was one of three microorganisms he found in this arthropod. These organisms morphologically resembled the rickettsia causing spotted fever. However, they were found to be non-pathogenic for laboratory animals and immunologically they were not related to the spotted fever rickettsia. Bacillus pseudoxerosis is a non-motile, slender, pleo- morphic bacillus. It is apparently non-spore -forming, hence the generic name Bacillus is not acceptable accord- ing to rules of nomenclature. *Noguchi, H. 1926 Cultivation of rickettsia-like micro- organisms from the Rocky Mountain Spotted Fever tick, Dermacentor andersoni. J. Exptl. Med. , ^3, 515-532. BAC I LLUS PUNCTATUS Insect concerned: Locus ta migratoria. In experimental infection of Locus ta migratoria using a mixture of Bacillus fluorescens liquefaciens , Bacillus punctatus , and Coccobacillus acridiorum, Shul'gina and Kalinicker (1927) found the mixture gave a low mortality. 80 Shul'gina, 0. G-. and Kalinicker, P. A. 1927 Experimental infection of Locus ta migratoria with "bacterial disease. Rep. Bur. Appl. Ent. 3, No. 1, 99-101*. Leningrad. (Summary in English). Bac l LLus pyocyaneus Gessard Insects concerned: Schistocerca gregaria; the "bee moth, Galleria mellonella; the silkworm, Bombyx mori; the house fly, Musca domes tica; and Stomoxys calci trans. MetalnikOv (1920) in a series of experiments to deter- mine the immunity of the "bee moth against certain classes of microorganisms, found the "bee moth susceptihle to small doses of Bacillus pyocyaneus . Couvreur and Chahovitch (1921) found that the "blood and digestive juices of the larvae and pupae of Bombyx mori destroyed the organism. Sawamura (I906) lists this organism as "being artificially pathogenic to the silkworm. Duncan (1926) isolated it from the gut contents of one lot of Stomoxys calcitrans. During an epidemic which occurred in the laboratory rearing of Schistocerca gregaria, Lepesme (1937) found Bacillus pyocyaneus present in the "body fluid. Experi- mentally, it caused death in one to two days. He (1938) also found it to be a secondary invader to the infestation of the fungus, Aspergillus flavus, in this insect. Bacot (1911) found that the pupae and imagines of Musca domes tica "bred from larvae infected with Bacillus pyo- cyaneus remain infected with the "bacillus. Pseudomonas aeruginosa is the accepted name for Bacillus pyocyaneus. (See Bergey's Manual, 5th ed. , p. 126. "5 Bacot, A. W. 1911 The persistence of Bacillus pyocyaneus in pupae and imagines of Musca domes tica raised from larvae experimentally infected with the "bacillus. Para- sitol. , k, 68-7^. Couvreur, E. and Chahovitch, X. 1921 Com. rend. Acad. Sci. , Paris, 172, 711-713- Duncan, J. T. 1926 On a "bactericidal principle present in the alimentary canal of insects and arachnids. Para- sitol. , 18, 238-252. Lepesme, P. 1937 Action de Bacillus prodigiosus et Bacillus pyocyaneus sur le criquet pelerin (Schistocerca gregaria, Forsk. ). Compt. rend. soc. "biol. , 125, ^-92- Lepesme, P. 1938 Recherches sur une aspergillose des acridiens. Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afr. , N. , 2£, 372-38^. 81 Metalnikov, S. 1920 Immunite de la chenille contre divers mlcro"bea. Compt. rend. soc. blol. , 83, 119-121. Sawamura, S. 1906 Note on "bacteria pathogenic to silk- worm. Tokyo Imp. Univ. Coll. Agr. Bull. , 7, 105 . BAC I LLUS PYRAME 1 S l_ Paillot Insect concerned: Pyrameis cardui. Paillot (1913) isolated two different "coccohacilli" from the tissues and "blood of caterpillars of Pyrameis cardui. He named these, Bacillus pyrameis I and Bacillus pyrameis II. *Paillot, A. 1913 Coccohacilles parasites d'insectes. Compt. rend. acad. sci. , 157, 6o8-6ll. BAC I LLUS PYRAME I S M_ Paillot (See Bacillus pyrameis I) BAC I LLUS R ICKETTS I FORM I S Noguchi Tick concerned: The wood tick, Dermacentor andersoni. Bacillus rickettsiformis was isolated "by Noguchi (1926) from the wood tick. This "bacillus and two other micro- organisms which Noguchi isolated from the same source, morphologically resembled the rickettsia which causes spot- ted fever. Bacillus rickettsiformis was more frequently isolated than the other two. They were found to "be non- pathogenic for laboratory animals and immunologically not related to the spotted fever rickettsia. Bacillus rickettsiformis is moderately motile, and lanceolate, fusiform, or orod -shaped. In old cultures there is considerable pleomorphism. Since the organism is a Gram negative, apparently non- spore -forming rod, the generic name Bac illus is not correct according to accepted nomenclature . *Noguchi , H. I926 Cultivation of rickettsia-like micro- organisms from the Eocky Mountain spotted fever tick, Dermacentor andersoni. J. Exptl. Med. , V3, 515*532. Bac 1 llus rotans Roberts Insect, concerned: Termites in Texas. (identity not stated in original paper. ) 82 During an Investigation of the intestinal flora of termites of central Texas, Roberts (1935) isolated an organism which seemed to "be -uniformly present in the ter- mite intestine. He named the organism Bacillus rotans , "because of the rotary motility of young colonies. A complete description of this organism may "be found in Bergey's Manual, 5th edition, p. 696. ^Roberts, J. L. 1935 A new species of the genus Bacillus exhibiting mobile colonies on the surface of nutrient agar. J. Bact. , 2£, 229-238. BAC I LLUS RUBEFAC I ENS Zimmermann Insect concerned: The silkworm, Bombyx mori. This "bacterium was listed "by Sawamura (1906) as patho- genic to silkworm larvae when experimentally infected. Sawamura, S. 1906 Note on "bacteria pathogenic to silk- worm. Tokyo Imp. Univ. Coll. Agr. Bull. , 7» 105 . Bac I llus salutar lus Metchnikoff Insect concerned: Anisoplia austriaca. Paillot (1933) refers to this "bacillus as having "been found "by Metchnikoff in 1879 while studying the "Green Muscardine" of Anisoplia austriaca. Metchnikoff found this organism in many of the dying larvae. •^Metchnikoff, E. 1879 Maladies des hannetons du "ble (Anisoplia austriaca). Odessa [in Russian] . Paillot, A. 1933 L1 infection chez les insectes, 535 PP< Imprimerie de Trevoux, Paris. (See page 123.) Bac l llu s sept i c aem 1 ae lophyr i Shiperovich Insect concerned: The sawfly, Diprion sertifer. In 1925, Shiperovich observed a bacterial disease among the larvae of sawflies due to an organism which he named Bacillus septicaemiae lophyr i. Schwerdtfeger (1936) says that it probably caused mass mortality among the larvae of sawflies in nature. 83 Schwerdtfeger, F. 193 6 Zur Kenntnis der roten Kiefern- "buschhornblattwespe, Diprion sertifer Geoffr. (Lophyrus rufus PanZ.). Z. pfl. Krankh. , U6, 513-53^. (See also Rev. Appl, Entomol. A., 25, 5k. ) *Shiperovich, V. va. 1925 A sawfly injurious to the pine and its control. Eln Russian.] Protect. Plants Ukraine, 1925, kl-h6. (See also Rev. Appl. Entomol., A, lh, 209.) Bac 1 llus sept I cus I NSECTQRUM Krassilstschik Insect concerned: The cockchafer, Melolontha melolontha. In 1893 j Krassilstschik isolated this organism from cockchafers and found it to he the cause of a septicemia among the larvae. The organism seems to gain entrance into the larvae "by way of the skin for Krassilstschik (I916)' states: "The larvae are not cannibals in the sense that they devour each other, hut they often attack and wound one another and these wounds, however slight, often prove fatal, as they provide means of entry of noxious "bacteria. " Northrup (191*0 found a gas -producing "bacillus asso- ciated with Micrococcus nigrofaciens which she thought might he B. septicus insectorum. ^■Krassilstschik, I. M. I893 La Graphitose et la Septicemie chez les Insectes. Memoires de la Socilfte Zoolog. de France, 6, 2^5-285. Krassilstschik, I. M. 1916 Report on the work of the Bio-Entomological Station for Bessarahia in 191^-1915. Kishinew, 1916, 96 PP» Northrup, Zoe 191^ A "bacterial disease of June "beetle larvae, Lachnosterna sp. , Mich. Agri. Coll. Expt. Station Tech. Bull. No. 18, 36 pp. Bac 1 llus s im i l 1 s Insects concerned: The nun moth, Lymantria monachae; the white cahhage "butterfly, Pieris "brassicae; Porthesia auriflua; and Yanessa urticae. This spore-forming "bacillus was found "by Eckstein (189*0 to he pathogenic for the larvae of the ahove-listed in- sects which had "been experimentally infected. Eckstein asserts that this organism is similar to the well-known Bacillus megatherium. ^Eckstein, K. 189^ Untersuchungen uber die in Raupen vorkommenden Bakterien. Z. f . Forst- und Jagdwesen, 26, 3-20, 228-2^1, 285-298, \i3-h2k. BAC I LLUS SOLANACEARUM Smith (See Phytomonas aoianacearum. ) Bac l llus SOTTQ Ischivata Insects concerned: The silkworm, Bombyx mori; the corn "borer, Pyrausta nubilalis. Bacillus sotto and Bacterium sotto are probably the same organism. Paillot (1928) refers to it as the "Bacillus sotto of Ischivata" while Metalnikov and Chorine (1928) refer to it as "Ischivata's Bacterium sotto. " The organism is a spore -former and rightly should he called Bacillus. According to Aoki and Chigasaki (1915), Ischivata stated that it was the cause of a severe epidemic of flacherie in 1902 among silkworms of Japan and they also found it to he pathogenic to the silkworm. However, Paillot (1928) states that Bacillus sotto has been "erroneously considered the cause of flacherie" by the Japanese authors. Paillot (1928) carried out experiments using Bacillus sotto against larvae of Pyrausta nubilalis. He found the organism was not very effective against the insect, as only three out of the ten corn borers infected showed signs of disease at the end of three days, while the others were still healthy. Metalnikov and Chorine (1928) were not able to infect the corn borer by mouth with Bacillus sotto Aoki, K. and Chigasaki, I. 1915 Uber das Toxin von sog. Sotto Bacillen. Mitteil der Med. Fakult. der Kaiser Univer. zu. Tokyo. Bd. 1^, heft 1, 1915. Metalnikov, S. and Chorine, V. 1928 The infectious diseases of Pyrausta nubilalis Hb. Inter. Corn Borer Invest., Sci. Repts. , 1, lH-69. Paillot, A. 1928 On the natural equilibrium of Pyrausta nubilalis Hb. Inter. Corn Borer Invest., Sci. Rpts., 1, 77-106. 85 BAC I LLUS SPERMATOZO 1 PES Insect concerned: Hyponomenta evonymella. While studying- the "bacteria associated with the nun moth, Lymantria monacha, Eckstein (1894) cultivated this "bacillus from dead Hyponomenta evonymella. Eckstein, K. 1894 Untersuchungen iiher die in Raupen vorkommenden Bakterien. Z. f . Forst- und Jagdwesen, 26, 3-20, 228-241, 285-298, 413-424. BAC 1 LLUS SPH 1NG I D I S White (See also Bacillus noctuarum White. ) Insects concerned: The tomato-worm, Protoparce (Phlego- thontius) quincniemaculata ; the tohacco-worm, Protoparce ( Phlegothontius ) sexta; the catalpa moth caterpillar, Ceratomia catalpae ; and the silkworm, Bombyx mori. (See also those insects listed under Bacillus noctuarum. ) As indicated on page 605 of the 5th edition of Bergey's Manual, Bacillus sphingidis Is very similar, if not identi- cal, to Bacillus noctuarum. These two organisms seem to have enough characteristics in common to he considered the same species. Bacillus sphingidis has also "been known "by the names: Escherichia sphingidis (Bergey's Manual, 3<1 ed. , 1930, p. 327) and Proteus sphingidis (Bergey's Manual, 4th ed. , 1934, p. 36*6y Bacillus sphingidis is a Gram-negative, non- spore -forming, short rod. Inasmuch as the genus Bacillus is reserved for spore -forming rods only, it can he seen that Bacillus sphingidis does not hear the proper generic name. According to White (1923) caterpillars, feeding on tohacco and tomato leaves, have "been found to develop a disease caused "by Bacillus sphingidis. This "bacterium is also pathogenic for the larvae of Ceratomia catalpae and the silkworm, Bombyx mori. *White, G-. F. 1923 Homworm septicemia. J. Agric. Research, 26, 477-486. Bacillus subgastricus Insect concerned: ' The honey "bee, Apis mellifera. 86 White (1906) isolated Bacillus subgastrlcus from the intestine of a healthy honey "bee. He gives a complete description of it. This organism may "be a variant of Bacillus gastricus Ford (see Bergeyfs Manual, 5th ed. , p. 603) though the two differ in oxygen requirements, indol production, and nitrate reduction. *White, G. F. 1906 The "bacteria of the apiary with spe- cial reference to "bee diseases. TJ. S. Dept. Agr. , Bur. Entomol. , Tech. Bull. No. 15, 50 pp. BAC I LLUS SUBT 1 L I S Cohn Insects and ticks: The wood-digesting roach, Crytocercus punctulatus ; the "bee moth, Galleria mellonella; the cecro- pia moth, Platysamia cecropia; Ceratomia catalpae ; Sinea diadema; Lygus prat ens is; Conocephalus fasciatus, var. fasciatus; and a species each in the families Chrysomilidae and Curculionidae; Gryllohlatta campodeiformis campodei- formis; Stomoxys calci trans; Cimex lectularius; Rhodnius prolixus; and the ticks Argas persicus and Omithodoros moubata. Bacillus subtilus, the common "hay "bacillus," is widely distributed in nature in the air, soil, and decomposing organic materials. For this reason it is perhaps not sur- prising that this "bacillus should "be found associated with insects. It seems very prohahle that some of the early named organisms described as "being associated with insects may have "been Bacillus subtilus or closely related spore - formers. (See Bergey's Manual, 5th ed. , p. 6k6, for a complete description of Bacillus subtilis. Metalnikov (1920) found Galleria mellonella to "be very susceptible to infection with Bacillus subtilis, the in- sects dying from extremely small doses. Hatcher (1959) found Bacillus subtilus in the colon of the roach, Crypto- cercus punctulatus. Steinhaus (19^1) found "bacilli of this group in the alimentary canals of normal larvae of Platysamia cecropia, Ceratomia catalpae , in normal adults of Lygus prat ens is, Conocephalus fasciatus, and in normal nymphs of Sinea diadema. Burroughs (19^1) found several strains of Bacillus subtilis in the alimentary tract of a gryllohlattid. Hindle and Duncan (1925) found Bacillus subtilis to survive "in the stomach of Argas persicus for a time, and is passed in the faeces, thus "behaving similarly to B. anthracis. " Duncan (1926) found the gut -contents of Argaa persicus, as well as Omithodoros moubata , Stomoxys calci- trans, Cimex lectularius , and Rhodnius prolixus, to "be "bactericidal to B* subtilis. 87 Burroughs, A. L. 1941 Bacterial flora of the alimentary tract of Gryllohlatta campode i form! s campode 1 form! 3 Walker. Montana State College Master's Thesis, 47 PP» Duncan, J. T. 1926 On a "bactericidal principle present in the alimentary canal of insects and arachnids. Parasitol. , 18, 238-252. Hatcher, E. 1939 The consortes of certain North Carolina hlattids. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. , 5£, 329-33*4-. Hindle, E. , and Duncan, J. T. 1925 The viahility of "bacteria in Argas persicus. Parasitol. , 17, 434-446. Metalnikov, S. 1920 Compt, rend. sci. "biol. , 8j5, 119. Steinhaus, E. A. 19^1 A study of the "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , k2, 757-790. BaC 1LLUS TENAX Insect concerned: The nun moth, Lymantria monacha. Eckstein (189*0 isolated this spore-forming "bacillus from the larva of the nun moth. Eckstein, K. 189^ Untersuchungen iiber die in Raupen Vorkommenden Bakterien. Z. f . Forst- und Jagdwe3en, 26, 3-20, 228-241, 285-298, 413-424. BAC I LLUS thur 1NG lENS I s Berliner Insects concerned: The meal moth; Ephestia kfihniella; the corn "borer, Pyrausta nubilalis; the cahhage "butterfly, Pieris hrasslcae; Echnocerus cornutua ; Porchetria dispar; Vanessa urticae. In 1915, Berliner isolated Bacillus thuringiensis from the larvae of the meal moth, Ephestia kflhnlella. Experi- ments showed that the infection occurred through ingestion and developed in the intestinal tract. Mattes (1927) found that the larvae could "be easily infected "by mouth with Bacillus thuringiensis, the spores multiplying in- ternally and causing death. Sheperd (1924) states that the organism has "been used for control of Echnocerus cornutus . White (1927) reported he had encountered the infection among Ephestia kuhnlella larvae in the Washing- ton Laboratory. Bacillus thuringiensis ranks among the most pathogenic of "bacteria to the corn "borer. Infection of corn "borers through the mouth gives almost 100 per cent fatality. Husz (1927) was the first to infect corn "borers. Under 88 experimental conditions, he was able to kill "borers in one and one -half days by infection with the "bacillus and its spores. The organism has "been used quite effectively in combating the corn "borer. (Husz, 1929? 1930). In some literature, (Chorine, 1929; Metalnikov and Chorine 1929; Metalnikov and Chorine 1929a; Ellinger and Chorine 1930a) Bacillus thuringiensis has "been referred to as Bacterium thur Ingiens is . However, Ellinger and Chorine (1930^) state "two strains of "bacteria that were isolated from Ephestia kuhniella Zell. "by Metalnikov and Chorine and utilized "by them against Pyrausta nubllalis Hb. and were referred to as Bacterium thuringiensis numbers 1 and 2 . . . are identical with Bacillus thuringiensis isolated "by Berliner and subsequently studied "by Husz." Berliner named the organism correctly since it is a spore- former. Chorine (1929) has given a complete description of this organism. *Berliner, E. 1915 Uber die Schlaffsucht der Mehlmotten- raupe (Ephestia kuhniella, Zell) und ehren Erreger, Bacillus thuringiensis, n. sp. Zeitschr. f . Angew. Entom. , Berlin, ii, No. 1, April, 29-56. Chorine, V. 1929 New "bacteria pathogenic to the larvae of Pyrausta nubllalis Hb. Internat. Corn Borer Invest. , Sci. Repts., 2, 39-53- Ellinger, T. and Chorine, V. 1930a Note on the "bacteria isolated from Ephestia kuhniella Zell* Internat. Corn Borer Invest. Sci. Repts., J, 37*38. Ellinger, T. and Chorine, V. 1930b Sur les microbes d'Ephestia kuhniella Zell. Compt. rend. soc. "biol. , 103, toL-ii-02. Husz, B. 1927 Bacillus thuringiensis Berl. , A "bacterium pathogenic to corn "borer larvae. Internat. Corn Borer Invest., Sci. Repts., 1, I9I-I93. Husz, B. 1929 The use of Bacillus thuringiensis in the fight against the corn "borer. Internat, Corn Borer Invest., Sci. Repts., 2, 99 -110. Husz, B. 1930 Field experiments on the application of Bacillus thuringiensis against the corn "borer. Internat. Corn Borer Invest.., Sci. Repts. , J5, 91-98. Mattes, 0. 1927 Paras itare Krankheiten der Mehlmotten- larven und Versuche uber ihre Verwendbarkeit als biologische Bekampfungsmittel. Sitz Ber. Ges. BefSxJder- ung Naturw. Marburg, 62, 38l-*4-17« Metalnikov, S. and Chorine, V. 1929 Experiments on the use of bacteria to destroy the corn borer. Internat. Corn Borer Invest., Sci. Repts., 2, 5^-59. 89 likoT, S. and Chorine, V. 1929a On the infection of the Gypsy moth and certain other insects with Bacter' ium thuringiensis. Internat. Corn Borer Invest. , Sci. Repts. , 2, 60-61. Sheperd, D. I92H- Life history and "biology of Echocerus cornutus (Fab. )• J. Econ. Entomol. , 17, 572-577- White , G. F. 1927 A protozoan and a "bacterial disease of Ephestia kilhniella Zell. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. , 2£, ik7-±k8. BAC I LLUS T 1 NGENS Insects concerned: Orgyia pudibunda; the nun moth, Lyman tria monacha. Eckstein (189M found Bacillus tingens in the dead larvae of Orgyia pudihunda , and was experimentally infec- tive for the nun moth. Eckstein, K. 189^ Untersuchungen uber die in Raupen vorkommenden Bakterien* Z. f . Forst- und Jagdwesen, 26, 3-20, 228-2^1, 285-298, k±-$-K2h. Bag 1 llus trache i ph 1 lus (See Erwinia tracheiphila. ) Bac 1 llus trache 1 T \ s s 1 ve graph l TQS 1 s Krassilstschik Insect concerned: The cockchafer, Melolontha melol'ontha. Krassilstschik (1893) working on the diseases of the larvae of the cockchafer, isolated a spore -forming motile "bacillus to which he gave the cumbersome name Bacillus tracheitis sive graphitosis. The disease, "graphytose", was characterized "by a lead color of the "body at the time of the insect's death. ■^Krassilstschik, J. M. 1893 La graphitose et la septiceme chez les insectes. Memo ires de la Society Zoolog. de France, 6, 2U5-285. Bacillus verrucosus Lehmann and Sussman (See Bacillus foetidus. ) 90 BAC I LLUS V 1 OLACEUS (See Chromohacterium violaceum. ) Bac I LLU s vulgatu S Trevisan (See Bacillus mesentericus. ) Bac i llus v ir i dans Insect concerned: The silkworm, Bombyx mori. This organism was listed "by Sawamura (1906) as patho- genic to silkworm larvae when artificially infected. Sawamura, S. 1906 Note on "bacteria pathogenic to silk- worm. Tokyo Imp. Univ. Coll. Agr. Bull. , 7, 105- Bac 1 llus _X_ White (See Bacillus larvae. ) Bac I llus X White (See Bacillus pluton. ) Insects concerned: The honey "bee, Apis mellifera; and the house fly, Musca domestica. During his studies on the "bacterial diseases of hees, White (1912) temporarily referred to Bacillus pluton as Bacillus "Y." Tehhutt. (1913) also refers to a "Bac. Y" in a paper on the "bacteria of the house fly. Tehhutt, H. 1913 0n the influence of the metamorphosis of Musca domestica upon "bacteria administered in the larval stage. J. Hyg. , 12, 516-526. White, G. F. 1912 The cause of European foulhrood. U. S, Dept. Agr. Bur. Ent. Circ. 157, 15 pp. Genus : Clostridium Clostr I d I um botul I num Type C Bengtson Insects concerned: The "blue -"bottle fly, Luc ilia caesar; the water "beetle, Enochrus hamiltoni. 91 Bengtson (1922) isolated an anaerohic spore -forming organism from the larvae of Luc ilia caesar which caused limberneck in chickens. She did not give a name to the organism hut in Bergey1 s Manual (3d ed. , 1930) the organ- ism is referred to as Clostridium luciliae Bengtson. However, in the 5th edition (1939, P- 755), the organism is called Clostridium hotulinum Type C. Bengtson. Gunderson (1935) reported finding Clostridium hotulinum type C in "both larvae and cocoons of the water-heetle , Enochrus hamiltoni , and attributed an epizootic among sandpipers to he due to the presence of this organism in the larvae, the sandpiper feeding upon them. *Bengtson, Ida. 1922 Toxin producing anaerohe. U. S. Pub. Health Rep., 37., 164-170 and 2252-2253. Gunderson, M. F. 1935 Insects as carriers of Clostridium hotulinum. J. Bact. , ^0, 333« Clostr l d I um LUC I L l AE Bengtson (See Clostridium hotulinum Type C. ) CLOSTR I D ium TETAN I (Nicolaier) Holland Insect concerned: The hee moth, Galleria mellonella. Metalnikov (1920) made a number of experiments to deter- mine the immunity of the larvae of the hee moth against various classes of microorganisms. He found the larvae to he completely immune to infection with Clostridium tetani . Metalnikov, S. 1920 Immunite' de la chenille contre divers microhes. Compt. rend. soc. hiol. , 83, 119-121. Clostr I d IUM werner I Bergey et al. Insect concerned: The rose-leaf "beetle, Potosia cuprea. Werner (1926) isolated a "bacillus from the digestive tract of the larva of Potosia cuprea which fermented cellu- lose. He called the organism Bacillus cellulosam fermen- tans and it was designated as such in the 4th edition of Bergey1 s Manual. However in the 5th edition, 1939 (see p. 785 ) , the name was changed to Clostridium werneri. Werner was unahle to decide whether the larva uses the products of fermentation of cellulose directly for meta- 92 bolic purposes, or whether the fermentation only destroys the cell walls and makes the contents of the cell avail- able as food for the larva. *Werner, E. 1926 Die Ernahrung der Larve von Potosia cuprea, Farb. Ein Beitrag zur Problem der Cellulosen- verdauung bei Insektenlarven. Zeitschr. Morph. Okol. Tiere, 6, 150-206. Werner, E. 192b Bacillus cellulosam f ermentans . Cent, f . Bakt. , II abt. , 67, 297. Family: BACTERIACEAE Genus : Achromobacter ACHROMOBACTER DEL r CATULUM (Jordan) Bergey et al. (See also Achromobacter hyalinum. ) Insect concerned: The Colorado potato beetle, Leptino- tarsa decemlineata. Steinhaus (19^1) isolated this bacterium from the alimentary tract of the Colorado potato beetle. See Ber- gey's Manual (5th ed. , p. 505) for a complete description. Steinhaus, E. A. 19^1 A study of the bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , kg, 757-790. Achromobacter euryd 1 ce (White) Bergey et al. (See also Bacillus alvei and Bacillus pluton. ) Insect concerned: The honey bee, Apis me 11 if era. White (1912) named this organism Bacterium eurydice. Bergey et al. (see Bergey's Manual, 2d ed. , 1935, P« 170; see also 5th ed. , 1939, P« 517), renamed it Achromobacter eurydice. White was unable to produce European foulbrood in bees with Bacterium eurydice, although it is apparently a secondary invader in the disease. Burnside, (193*0 found that Bacillus alvei, the recognized causative agent of European foulbrood, is capable of morphologic, cultural, and biologic transformation, and he further states that Bacillus alvei "is also capable of stabilization, at least temporarily, as a sporogenic rod, an asporogenic rod resembling Bacterium eurydice, or a coccoid resembling 93 Bacillus pluton. " Burns ide suggests that Bacillus pluton, Streptococcus apis, and Achromo"bacter (Bacterium) eurydice are variants, or stages in the life history, of Bacillus alvei. Bergey's Manual (5th ed. , 1936, page 517), gives a separate description for Achromobacter eurydice. Burns ide, C. E. 193^ Studies on the "bacteria associated ■with European foulbrood. J. Econ. Entomol. , 2J_, 656-668, *White, G. F. 1912 The cause of European foulhrood. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Ent. Cir. 157, 15 PP- AcHROMOBACTER HYAL 1 NUM Bergey et al. Insect concerned: The American cockroach, Periplaneta americana. Hatcher (1939) states that "Acromobacter hyalinum (Jordon)" was one of the species of "bacteria she isolated from the fecal matter of Periplaneta. The generic name of this organism was probably misspelled and no doubt was meant to be Achromobacter. According to the 5"th edition of Bergey' s Manual, 1939, page 505, Bacillus hyalinus Jordon (Achromobacter hyalinum Bergey et al. ) is possibly a synonym for Achr omoba c t er delicatulum (Jordon) Bergey et al. In the first edition of Bergey' s Manual, 1923, page 138, the name Bacillus hyalinus Jordon, the chief habitat of which is water, was renamed' Achromobacter hyalinum by Bergey et al. Apparently it is this organism which Hatcher found in the roach, Periplaneta americana. ' Hatcher, E. 1939 The consortes of certain North Carolina blattids. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. , £5, 329-33^. Achromobacter larvae (stutzer and Wsorow) Bergey et al. Insect concerned: Euxoa segetum. This organism, isolated by Stutzer and Wsorow (1927) from the intestinal tract of normal caterpillars of Euxoa segetum, was named by its discoverers Ent ero -bacillus larvae, and was so designated in the 3& edition of Bergey 's Manual, 1930, page 227. However, in the 5th edition of Bergey' s Manual, 1939, page 517, it is described under the name Achromobacter larvae. Besides this species, several other species of bacteria were found in the intes- tinal tracts of the normal caterpillars. 9k *Stutzer, M. J., and Wsorow. W. J. 1927 Veher Infectionen der Raupen der Wintersaateule (Euxoa segetum Schiff ). Cent. T. Bakt. v. Paras it. , Jl, 113-129. AcHROMOBACTER SUPERF 1 C 1 ALE (Jordon) Bergey et al, Insect concerned: Urographus fasciata. In the larvae of Urographus faciata, Steinhaus (19^1) found a "bacterium which corresponded fairly well to the incomplete description given in Bergey' s Manual (1939; 5th ed. , page 511 ) for Achromohacter superf iciale. However, the growth on agar of the organism isolated was more abund- ant than that of Achromohacter superf iciale, which is described as "being "limited." Steinhaus, E. A. 19^1 A study of the "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , kg, 757-790. Genus : Bacterium Bacter I um SP. De Bach and McOmie Insect concerned: The termite, Zootermopsis augusticollis. DeBach and McOmie (1939'; found their laboratory stock of the termite, Zootermopsis augusticollis, to "be afflicted with two "bacterial diseases. One of these diseases was caused "by Serratia marcescens (which see), while the other was caused "by a "bacterium which they designated as Bacter- ium sp. The disease caused "by the latter organism was less common than that caused "by Serratia marcescens. DeBach and McOmie found Bacterium sp. to "be similar to Bacterium neopolitanum according to the classification system of Kluyver and van Niel (1936). *De Bach, P. H. , and McOmie, W. A. 1939 New diseases of termites caused "by "bacteria. Ann. Entomol Soc. Amer. , 32, 137-l1+6. Kluyver, A. J., and van Niel, C. B. 1936 Prospects for a rational system of "bacterial classification. Cent. T. Bakt., Aht. II., %k, 369. 95 BACTER l um AC 1 D I FORMAN s Sternberg Insect concerned: The honey "bee, Apis mellifera. White (I906) isolated Bacterium acidiformans from the scrapings of propalis and wax from honey frames and hives of healthy colonies of honey "bees. He has given a complete description of the organism. White, G-. F. 1906 The "bacteria of the apiary with spe- cial reference to bee diseases. U. S. Dept. Agr. , Bur. Entomol., Bull. #1^, 50 pp. BACTER 1 UM BOMBYC 1 S (See Bacillus bombycis. ) Bacterium bombycivorum (See Aerobacter bombycis. ) Bacter 1 um CANADEN s 1 s Chorine Insects concerned: The corn "borer, Pyrausta nubilalis; Galleria mellonella; Ephestia kiihniella. Chorine (1929) isolated this organism from diseased Canadian corn "borer larvae and found it to "be very patho- genic to the larvae of the above-listed insects, all being easily infected "by mouth. In Its general characteristics, it resembles Bacillus megatherium and Bacillus thuringi en- sis. A complete description of the organism has "been given "by Chorine (1929). Since the organism is a spore-former, it would seem that the generic name Bacillus is preferable to that of Bacterium. *Chorine, V. 1929 New" "bacteria pathogenic to the larvae of Pyrausta nuMlalis Hb. Internat. Corn Borer Sci. Invest., 2, 39-53- Bacter i um c azau bon Metalnlkov et al. Insects concerned: The corn-borer, Pyrausta nubilalis; Porthetria dispar; Vanessa urticae; Ephestia kuhniella; S^ilpnotia salicis; Aporia crataegi. 96 Metalnikov (1930) states that Bacterium cazaubon is pathogenic for all of the above insects, "being one of the most virulent "bacteria known for the corn "borer, killing the larvae in 10 to 15 hours after infection through the mouth. The infected larvae usually "become "black in color. It is quite likely that Bacterium cazaubon, Bacterium cazaubon No. I, and Bacterium cazaubon No. II (Metalnikov, Ermolaev, and Skobaltzyn, 1930) are one and the same organism. Since the organism or organisms are spore formers, it seems that the preferable generic name would "be Bacillus. Complete descriptions' of Bacterium cazaubon No. I and Bacterium cazaubon No. II have been given by Metalnikov, Ermolaev, and Skobaltzyn (1930). Metalnikov, S. 1930 Utilisation des microbes dans la lutte contre Lymantria et autres insectes nuisbles. Compt. rend. soc. biol. , 105, 535-537- * Metalnikov, S. , Ermolaev, J. , and Skobaltzyn, V. 1930 New bacteria pathogenic to the larvae of Pyrausta nubilalis Hb. , Internat. Corn Borer Invest., Sci. Repts., 3, 28-36. BACTER I um cazaubon No , J_ Metalnikov et al, (See Bacterium cazaubon. ) Bacter I um caz au BON No . 1 I Metalnikov et al, (See Bacterium cazaubon. ) Bacter i um cellulqsum Insect concerned: Cetonia floricola. According to Jepson (1937) , Werner thinks that Bacterium cellulosum plays an essential role in the nutrition of the inquiline larva of Cetonia floricola. Jepson, W. F. 1937 Observations on the morphology and bionomies of Serica brunnea L. with notes on allied chafer pests. Part I. The morphology of the larva of Serica brunnea L. Bull. Entomol. Research, 28, 1^9- I65. Bacter i um chr I st I e i Chorine Insect concerned: The corn -borer, Pyrausta nubilalis 97 Chorine (1929) isolated this organism from Canadian larvae Of Pyrausta mibilalis. The organism, in its "bio- logical characteristics, resembles Bacterium ontarioni , though not in its morphological characters and in the development of the colonies. The organism is a spore- former, so it should have "been placed under the genus Bacillus. *Chorine, Y. 1929 New "bacteria pathogenic to the larvae of Pyrausta mibilalis Eb. Internat. Corn Borer Invest. , Sci. Repts. , 2, 39-53- B A C T E R 1 um COL 1 Lehmann and Neumann See Escherichia coli. ) BaCTER IUM COL I AP 1 um Serbinow Insect concerned: The honey bee, Apis me 11 if era. Serbinow (1915.) states that Bacterium coli apium and Proteus alveicola were the cause of an infectious diar- rhoea among honey "bees during the spring of the year. The organisms were found to "be infectious to mice "by peritoneal inoculation. SerMnow, I. L. 1915 J. Microbial.' Petrograd. 2, 19. Bacter IUM CONJUNCT I v I T 1 D I S (Kruse) Migula Insect concerned: The house fly, Musca domestica. According to Patton (I93I), Wollman, working in Tunis, placed nous ef lies in tubes containing cultures of Bacillus aegyptius (Bacterium conjunctivitidis ) and the Morax- Axenfeld "bacillus (see Hemophilus duplex) of subacute con- junctivitis, and observed that while they "became infective immediately afterwards, they were not infective after an interval of three and a half hours. Patton, ¥. S. 1931 Insects, ticks, mites, and venomous animals of medical and veterinary importance. Part II. Public Health. 7^0 pp. H. P. Grubb, Ltd. , Croydon. 98 Bacter ium cyaneus Insect concerned: The honey "bee, Apis mellifera. White (1906) isolated Bacterium cyaneus from pollen and the "bodies of healthy honey "bees. He has given a complete description of the organism. White, G. F. 1906 The "bacteria of the apiary with spe- cial reference to "bee diseases. U. S. Dept. Agr. , Bur. Entomol. , Bull. #1*+, 50 pp. Bacterium D White Insect concerned: The honey "bee, Apis mellifera. White (1906) frequently found Bacterium D present in the intestines of normal honey "bees. Since the "body tem- perature of the honey "bee and that of warm-hlooded animals is ahout the same, he found that the "bacterial flora of the honey "bee intestine was very similar to man and ani- mals. He has given a complete description of the organism which is an anaerohe. White, G-. F. 1906 The "bacteria of the apiary with spe- cial reference to "bee diseases. U. S. Dept. Agr. , Bureau Entomol. , Tech. Bull. , No. 15, 50 pp. Bacterium delen dae-muscae Roubaud and Descazeaux Insects concerned: The stahle fly, Stomoxys calci trans; the house fly, Musca domestica; "blow flies and flesh flies. In 1923> Rouhaud arid Descazeaux discovered a "bacterial disease of fly larvae caused "by Bacterium delendae -mus cae . They state that it is the first microorganism described in literature that causes a specific "bacterial infection of house and other flies. The disease is primarily a larval infection, the larvae "becoming infected "by ingesting the "bacteria with their food and die in from 2 to 30 days. Flesh flies die at the commencement of the pupae stage, house flies at the end of that stage and Stomoxys after emergence. *Rouhaud, E. and Descazeaux 19^3 Sur un agent "bacterien pathogene pour les mouches communes : Bacterium delendae- mus cae n. sp. Compt. rend, -hehdom. acacT sci. , !'('(, (l6z ITT. 99 Bacterium elbv i br i onen Insect concerned: The meal worm, Tene"brio molitor. Bacterium elbvibrionen, a phosphorescent bacterium, was found to he pathogenic for the mealworm by Pfeiffer and Stammer (1930). Pfeiffer, H. and Stammer, H. J. 19^0 Pathogenes Leuchten "bei Insekteri. , Z. f. Morph. und Okal der Tiere, 20, 136-171. Bacter I um EPHEST 1 AE No . _J_ Metalnikov and Chorine ( See Bacillus thuringiensis. ) Insects concerned: The corn "borer, Pyrausta nubilalis; flour moth, Ephestia kiihniella; Pectinophora gossypiella. This organism, along with Bacterium ephestiae No. 2, was isolated "by Metalnikov and Chorine (Chorine, 1929) from Ephestia kiihniella and used to combat corn "borers. These organisms are identical with Bacillus thuringiensis as shown "by Ellinger and Chorine (1930). (See Bacillus thuringiensis for a more complete dis- cussion. ) *Chorine, V. 1929 Nouveaux microbes pathogenes pour les chenills de la pyrale du mais Pyrausta nubilalis, Hb. An. Inst. Pasteur, V3, 1657-1678. Ellinger, T. and Chorine, V. 1930 Sur les microbes d 'Ephestia kuhniella Zell. Compt. rend. soc. "biol. , 103, Uol-402. * Metalnikov, S. and Chorine, V. 1929 L 'utilisation des microbes dans la lutte contre la pyrale du mais Pyrausta nubilalis Hb. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, ^3, I39I-I395. Bacter ) um EPHEST I AE No . _2 Metalnikov and Chorine (See Bacterium ephestiae No. 1. ) Bacter ium galleriae Metalnikov Insects concerned: The bee moth, Galleria mellonella; the flour moth, Ephestia kiihniella; the corn borer, Pyrausta nubilalis. 100 Metalnikov (1922) isolated Bacterium galleriae from "bee moths. Later Kitajima and Metalnikov (1923) isolated it during an epidemic from the same insects. This organism is described as "being an elongated, rod- shaped, spore -forming organism, so the preferable generic name would he Bacillus. Kitajima and Metalnikov, S. 1923 Une maladie mortelle chez les chenilles de Galleria mellonella. Compt. rend. soc. hiol. , 88, U76-U7T. * Metalnikov, S. 1922 Une epizootie chez les chenilles de Galleria mellonella. Compt. rend, hehdom. Acad. Sci., 175, 68-70. Bacter ium galler I AE No . _2_ Metalnikov and Chorine Insect concerned: The corn "borer, Pyrausta nubilalis; the "bee moth, Galleria mellonella. Metalnikov and Chorine (1928) used this organism quite effectively in combating the corn "borer. The insects turn "black a few hours after death. Old cultures are as virulent as fresh cultures. The writer has not "been able to determine whether Bacterium galleriae No. 2 and Bacterium galleriae are the same, though in all probability they are. Bacterium galleriae No. 2 is a spore -former so it seems that Bacillus would "be the more suitable generic name. Metalnikov, S. and Chorine, V. 1928 The infectious diseases of Pyrausta nubilalis Hb. Internat. Corn Borer Invest., Sci. Repts., 1, ^1-69. Bacter i um gelech I ae No . _1_ Metalnikov and Metalnikov Insects concerned: The corn "borer, Pyrausta nubilalis; Platyedra (Gelechia) gossypiella; Prodenia litura. Metalnikov and Metalnikov (1932) isolated from dead or dying larvae of Platyedra (Gelechia) gossypiella, Saund, two forms of Bacterium gelechiae which they called Nos. 1 and 2. Both organisms produced death within 2k to hQ hours, ^■Metalnikov, S. and Metalnikov, Jr. , S. 1932 Maladies des vers du caton (Gelechia gossypiella et Prodenia litura). Compt. rend. acad. agr. Fr. , 18, 203-207. 101 Bacter 1 UM QELECH I AE No . _2 Metalnikov and Metalnikov (See Bacterium gelechiae No. 1. ) Bacter i um gelech i ae No . _$_ Metalnikov and Metalnikov Insect concerned: Platyedra gossypiella. Metalnikov and Metalnikov (1933) isolated this organism from dead larvae of Platyedra gossypiella. *Metalnikov, S. and Metalnikov, Jr., S. S. 1933 Utili- sation des bacteries dans la lutte contre les insectes nuisbles aux contonniers. Compt. rend. soc. "biol. , io8, 169-172. Bacter i um gryllotalpae Metalnikov and Meng Insect concerned: Gryllotalpa gryllotalpa (vulgaris, Latr. ). This "bacterium was one of two organisms isolated "by Metalnikov and Meng (1935) from the diseased larvae of Gryllotalpa gryllotalpa during an outbreak in the labora- tory. Bacillus gryllotalpae was the other organism. Metalnikov, S. and Meng, L. Y. 1935 Utilisation des microbes contre les courtillieres. Compt. rend. acad. sci. , 201, 367-368. Bacter i um hebetisiccus steinhaus Insect concerned: The walking stick, Diapheromera femorata, Steinhaus (19^1) isolated^ this "bacterium while studying the normal "bacterial flora of the walking stick. *Steinhaus, E. A. 19^-1 A study of the "bacteria ssociated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , j+2, 757-790. Bacter i um hemophosphoreum Pfeiffer and Stammer Insects concerned: Mamestra oleracea; the mealworm, Tene- "brio molitor; the cabbage butterfly, Pieris rapae ; and Agrotis sp. 102 Pfeiffer and Stammer (1930) isolated this phosphorescent organism from the larvae of Mamestra oleracea. The organ- ism is not identical with any of the known light producing "bacterial strains pathogenic for invertebrates. Laboratory infection was possible only when the "bacterial masses from the hemolymph were inoculated. Attempts to infect by mouth were not successful. The organism was found to "be pathogenic for other insects also. Pfeiffer and Stammer have given a complete description of the organism. * Pfeiffer, H. and Stammer, H. F. 1930 Pathogenes Leuchten "bei Insekteri. Z. fur Morph. und (5kol der Tiere, 20, 136-171. Bacter I um I mper I ALE Steinhaus Insect concerned: The imperial moth, Eacles imperialis. Steinhaus (19^1) isolated this "bacterium from the ali- mentary tract of Eacles imperialis. It is a gram positive short rod. •*Steinhaus, E. A. 19^1 A study of the "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , h-2, 757-790. BACTER 1 um I NTR I nsectum Steinhaus Insect concerned: An unidentified leaf "beetle (Chrysomeli- dae ) . From the alimentary tract of an unidentified leaf "beetle, Steinhaus (19^-1) isolated this bacterium. *Steinhaus, E. A. 19^1 A study of the "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact., k2, 757-790. Bacter 1 um i t al i cum No . _2_ Metalnikov et al . Insect concerned: The corn borer, Pyrausta nubilalis. This organism was isolated from the larvae of the corn "borer by Metalnikov, Ermolaev, and Skoboltzyn (193O). It is a very virulent organism killing corn "borer larvae in 20 to 2h hours. Bacterium i tali cum has been fully described "by the above authors. Since it is a large, spore-forming rod, a more suitable generic name would "be that of Bacillus. 103 *Metalnikov, S. , Ermolaev, J. , and Skohaltzyn, V. 1930 New "bacteria pathogenic to the larvae of Pyrausta nubilalis Hb. Internat. Corn Borer Invest., Sci. Repts., 3, 28-36. Bacter 1 um 1 ncertum Steinhaua Insect concerned: The lvreman cicada, Tihicen linnei. While studying the natural flora of the lyreman cicada, Steinhaus (19^1) isolated from the ovaries of this insect, a "bacterium which closely resembled those of genus Listeria (Listerella). The pathogenic characteristics were not the same as those of Listeria monocytogenes , however, so the "bacterium was tentatively placed in the genus Bacterium and given the specific name i ncertum. *Steinhaus, E. A. 19^1 A study of the "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , kg, 757-790. Bacter i um . nsect 1 ph 1 l ium Steinhaus Insect concerned: The "bagworm, Thyridopteryx ephemerae - formis. This "bacterium was described "by Steinhaus (19^1) as "oeing isolated from the "body wall of the "bagworm. It is a gram-positive non-spore -forming rod which hydrolyzes starch. *Steinhaus, E. A. I9U1 A study of the "bacteria asso- ciated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact., h2, 757-790. Bacterium kimipowitchii Insect concerned: The mealworm, Tenehrio molitor. Bacterium knipowitchii, a phosphorescent "bacterium, was found to "be pathogenic for the mealworm "by Pfeiffer and Stammer (I930). Pfeiffer, H. and Stammer, H. J. 1930 Pathogenes Leuchten "bei Insekteri. Z. fur. morph. und flkol der Tiere, 20, 136-171. 10^ BACTER I UM LYMANTR I AE (See Bacillus lymantriae. ) Bacterium lymantr i cola ad i posus Paillot Insects concerned: Agrotis segetum; the gypsy moth, Por- thetria dispar; the silkworm, Bombyx mori. Paillot isolated Bacterium lymantr i cola adiposus in 1917 from Porthetria dispar. He (1933) studied the in- volution forms of the organism in the "blood of Lymantr i a dispar; Bombyx mori, and Agrotis segetum. Paillot, A. 1933 Lf infection chez ^es insects, 535 pp. Imprimerie de Trevoux, Paris. (See pp. 138-1^5.) BACTER I UM MELOLONTHAE L I QUEFAC I ENS Paillot Insects concerned: Melolontha vulgaris; Vanessa urticae; the cockchafer, Melolontha melolontha. Paillot (19l6) isolated Bacterium melolonthae ligue- faciens from the cockchafer. * Paillot, A. 1916 Les coccohacillus du Hanneton. Action pathogene sur quelques chenilles de macrolepidopteres. Compt. rend. soc. hiol. , 7£, 1102-1103. BACTER I UM MELOLONTHAE L I QUEFAC I ENS GAMMA Paillot Insects concerned: The gypsy moth, Porthetria ( Lymantr ia) dispar; Euproctis chrysorrhoea; Agrotis segetum; and the cockchafer, Melolontha melolontha. Paillot (1933) speaks of the involution forms of this organism in the hlood of E. chrysorrhoea, Porthetria ( Lymantr ia) dispar, Agratis segetum, and Melolontha melo- lontha. Bacterium melolonthae liquefaciens gamma is prohahly a variant of Bacterium melolonthae liquefaciens. If there is a "beta strain of this organism, a reference could not "be found. Paillot, A. 1933 L' infection chez les insected, 535 pp. Imprimerie De Trevoux, Paris. (See pp. 137-138; 1^2- 1*3.) 105 Bacter I um m i nut I FERULA Steinhaus Insect concerned: The mud -dauber wasp, Sceliphron cemen- tarium. Steinhaus (19*4-1) isolated this "bacterium from a tri- turated specimen of the mud-dauber wasp. *Steinhaus, E. A. 19*4-1 A study of the "bacteria asso- ciated -with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , k-2, 757-790. Bacter i um mon achae von Tubeuf (See Bacillus B and Bacillus monachae. ) Insect concerned: The nun moth, Lymantria monacha. Von Tubeuf (1892a and "b) isolated this organism from the intestinal tract of the nun moth, considering it to be the causative agent of the "wilt" disease (Wipfelkrank- heit). Later von Tubeuf (1911) reversed his opinion on the specific cause of the disease and concluded that it was due to a variety of intestinal bacteria becoming dominant. Since, Wahl (1909 to 1912) has shown that the disease is due to a virus. Eckstein (I89M considered Bacterium monachae, Bacillus E. of Hofmann (1891), and Bacillus monachae to be identi- cal organisms. Eckstein, K. 189^ Untersuchungen liber die in Raupen vonkommenden Bakterien Z. f . Forst- und Jagdwesen, 26, 3-20; 328-2*4-1; 285-298; kl3-k2k. Hofmann, 0. I89I Die Schlaffsucht (Flacherie) der nonne (Liparis monacha) nebst einem Anhang. Inslktentotende Pilze mit besonderer Beruchsichtigung der Nonne, 31 PP* P. Weber, Frankfurt A. M. *von Tubeuf, C. 1892a Die Krankheiten der Nonne (Liparis monacha ) . Forstl. Naturwissensch. Z. 1, 3^-^+7, and 62-79. *von Tubeuf, C. 1892b Weitere Beohachtungen uber die Krankheiten der Nonne. Forstl. Naturwissensch. Z. , 1, 277-279. von Tubeuf, C. 1911 Zur Geschichte der Nonnenkrankheit, Naturwissensch. Z. Forst- u. Landwissensch, £, 357« Wahl, B. 1909 flher die Polyderkrankheit der Nonne (Lymantria monacha L. ). Cent. ges. Forstwesen, 35, 164, 212. 106 Wahl, B. 1910 Ibid, 36, 193, 377. Wahl, B. 1911 rbid, 31, 2^4-7- Wahl, B. 1912 Ibid, 58, 355- Bacter 1 um mutab 1 LE Steinhaus Insect concerned: The lyreman cicada, Tibicen linnei. This pleomorphic "bacterium was isolated by Steinhaus (19^1) from the alimentary tract of the cicada while studying the natural flora of this insect. *Steinhaus, E. A. 19^1 A study of the "bacteria asso- ciated with thirty species of Insects. J. Bact. , k-2, 757-790. Bacter i um myco i des Insect concerned: The honey "bee, Apis mellifera. White (1906) isolated Bacterium mycoides from the intestine of the honey "bee. It is probably not the same as Bacterium mycoides Migula given in Bergey's Manual, since White's strain produced spores and did not produce a red pigment. It is probably the same as Bacillus mycoides. White, G-. F. 1906 The "bacteria of the apiary with spe- cial reference to "bee diseases. U. S. Dept. Agr. , Bur. Ent., Tech. Bull. No. 1^, 50 pp. Bacterium neopolitanum DeBach and McOmie Insect concerned: The termite, Zootermopsis angusticollis This organism caused a disease among laboratory ter- mites, which was characterized "by lethargy, cessation of feeding, etc. The insects turned "black 12 to 36 hours after death, the "blackness "being localized in the head and appendages. According to DeBach and McOmie (1939) the "bacterium was named Bacterium neopolitanum only as a matter of convenience since it is closely related to the intestinal group according to Kluyver and van Neil nomenclature. In fact, DeBach and McOmie say that it might "be called one 107 of the coli- intermediates. A complete description of the organism has "been given "by these investigators. *DeBach, P. H. and McOmie, W. A. 1939 New diseases of termites caused "by "bacteria. Annals Entomol. Soc. Am. , 52, 137-1^6. Bacterium neurotomae Paillot Insect concerned: Neurotoma nemoralis. This organism was isolated in 1922 "by Paillot (1933) from the larvae of Neurotomae nemoralis. The organism is very pleomorphic, often presenting elongated forms "but rarely filamented forms. Paillot states that "on gelatin a certain number of the organisms swell abnormally and transform themselves into masses more or less rounded of which the ' chromomatophile ' is generally condensed in the central part. The masses present what appear to "be veritahle nucleated cells, "but they are deprived of their vitality and rapidly degenerate." This organism is prohahly the same as Bacillus neuro- tomae isolated "by Paillot (192*0. * Paillot, A. 192^ Sur deux Bacteries parasites des' larves de Neurotoma nemoralis. Compt. rend, hehdom. Acad. Sci. , I78, 2^6-2^9. Paillot, A. 1933 L' Infection chez les insectes, 535 PP- Imprimerie De Trevoux, Paris. (See pp. 1^6 and 156. ) Bacterium noctuarum White (See Bacillus noctuarum and Bacillus sphingidis. ) Insect concerned: The honey "bee, Apis mellifera. Metalnikov and Chorine (1928) refer to Bacterium noctuarum White saying that It resembles Cocco"bacillus ellingeri. It is undoubtedly Bacillus noctuarum White, Metalnikov , S. and Chorine, V. 1928 The infectious diseases of Pyrausta nubilalis Hb. Internat. Corn Borer .Invest. , Sci. Repts., 1, Ul-69. Bacterium ochraceum Insect concerned: ffuxoa segetum. 108 Stutzer and Wsorow (1927) isolated Bacterium ochraceum from the intestine of healthy larvae of Euxoa segetum. Bacterium ochraceum is prohahly the same as Flavobac- terium ochraceum (Zimmermann) Bergey et al. found in water. Zimmermann, the original isolator of the "bacterium, called it Bacillus ochraceum. (See Bergey' s Manual, 5th ed. , 1939, P. 537.) tt Stutzer, M. J. and Wsorow, W. J. 1927 U~ber Infectionen der Raupen der Winter-saatenle (Euxoa segetum Schiff . ) Centr. f . Bakt. u. Parasit. , 71, II3-I29. Bacterium ontarioni Chorine Insect concerned: The corn "borer, Pyrausta nub Hal is; Ephestia kiihniella; G-alleria mellonella. This organism was isolated from Canadian corn horers "by Chorine (1929a, h), and experimentally, it has "been shown to he very pathogenic to larvae of Ephestia kuhniella and Galleria mellonella as well as to the corn "borer lar- vae. This organism is a spore-former, so the correct generic name would "be Bacillus. (See Bacillus ontarioni. ) A complete description of the organism has "been given "by Chorine (1929a, h). *Chorine, V. 1929a New "bacteria pathogenic to the larvae of Pyrausta nubilalis Kb. Internat. Corn Borer Invest. , Sci. Repts. , 2, 39-53- *Chorine, V. 1929"b Nouveaux microhes pathogenes pour les chenilles de la'Pyrale du Mais. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, kj, 1657-1678. BACTER I UM PAR ACOL Insect concerned: Euxoa segetum. Stutzer and Wsorow (1927) isolated Bacterium paracoli from the intestines of healthy larvae of Euxoa segetum. Stutzer, M. J. and Wsorow, W. J. 1927 Hfoer Infectionen der Raupen der Wintersaateule (Euxoa segetum Schiff). Centr. f . Bakt. u. Parasit. , 71, II3-I29. 109 BACTER I um PARATYPHI Kayser Insect concerned: Euxoa segetum. Bacterium paratyphi was isolated from the intestine of healthy larvae of Euxoa segetum "by Stutzer and Wsorow (1927). Salmonella paratyphi (Kayser) Bergey et al. is the accepted name for Bacterium paratyphi (Bergey' s Manual, 5th ed. , 1939, P. ^.) Stutzer, M. J. and Wsorow, W. J. 1927 fiber Infectionen der Raupen der Wintersaateule (Euxoa segetum Schiff . ) Centr. f . Bakt. u. Parasitenk. , Jl, II3-I29. Bacterium p i er i s liquefaciens alpha Paillot Insects concerned: Pieris brassicae; Vanessa urticae; Yanessa polys chloros; Euproctis chrysorrhoea; Porthetria dispar. Paillot (1933) found Bacterium pieris liquefaciens alpha to "be very pleomorphic, its shape depending upon the insect it parasitized. In the "blood of the larvae of Pieris brassicae, from which it was isolated, the ""bacter- ial elements are in the form of coccobacilli; ... In the larvae of Vanessa polys chloros L. , the longer elements are considerably longer" than in the above larvae. In the larvae of Lymantria dispar L. , the organism lost all as- pects of a cocco"bacillus and was transformed into veritable filaments, some as long as h-0 microns. These morphologi- cal changes did not affect the vital and "biochemical pro- perties of the organism. Paillot, A. 1933 L' Infection chez les Insectes, 535 PP- Imprimerie De Trevoux, G. Patissier. (See pp. 155-137; llj.5-.lV7.)' Bacter 1 um p 1 tyocampae Dufrenoy Insect concerned: The processionary caterpillars of pines, Cnethocampa pityocampa. Dufrenoy (1919) isolated three pathogenic organisms from the above insect: Bacterium pi tyocampae, Streptococcus pityocampae alpha , and Streptococcus pi tyocampae beta. Bacterium pi tyocampae according to Paillot (1933); is a Gram negative, encapsulated organism. 110 -x-Dufrenoy, J. 1919 Les formes de degenerescence des chenilles de Cnethocampa pityocampa parasitees. , Compt. rend. soo. Mol. , 82, 288-289. Paillot, A. 1933 Lf Infection chez les insectes, 535 pp. Imprimerie de Trevoux, Paris. (See pp. 125-126.) Bacterium prodeniae Metalnikov and Metalnikov Insect concerned: Prodenia li tiara. Metalnikov and Metalnikov (1932) isolated this organ- ism from larvae of Prodenia li tiara while studying diseases of this insect and those of Gelechia gossypiella. ^Metalnikov, S. and Metalnikov, Jr. , S. 1932 Maladies des vers du Coton (Gelechia gossypiella et Prodenia litura. ) Compt. rend. acad. agri. Fr. , 18, 203-207- Bacter I um PROD l G 1 0 sum Lehman and Neumann (See Serratia marcescens. ) Bacter i um prod igiosus (See Serratia marcescens. ) BACTER I um pseudotsugae Hansen and Smith (See Phytomonas pseudotsugae. ) Bacter I um pyraustae IMPS. 1-7 Metalnikov and Chorine Insect concerned: Corn "borer, Pyrausta nubilalis Hb. Metalnikov and Chorine (1928) isolated seven pathogenic "bacteria from diseased corn "borers which had heen collect- ed from mugwort plants around Paris. The authors con- sidered them to "be of little importance "because they were not ahle to infect corn "borers "by mouth, so the organisms were merely numbered. No. 1 was found to he very viru- lent for corn "borer larvae when injected. The workers have "briefly described the "biological characteristics of each of these in tahular form. Ill *Metalnikov, S. and Chorine, V. 1928 The infectious diseases of Pyrausta nubilalis Hb. Internat. Corn Borer Invest., Sci. Repts., 1, ^1-69. 6ACTER IUM PYRENEl Metalnikov et al. (See Bacterium pyrenei No. 1. ) Insects concerned: The corn "borer, Pyrausta nuMlalis Hb. , Pieris "brassicae; Porthetria dispar L. ; Vanessa urticae L. ; Stilpnotia salicis L. ; Ephestia kuhniella Zell. ; and Aporia crata-egi L. Metalnikov (1930) found Bacterium pyrenei to "be viru- for the larvae of the ahove insects. Metalnikov, S. 1930 Utilisation des microbes dans la lutte contre Lymantria et autres insectes nuis"bles. Com. rend. soc. hio:L , 105, 535-537. Sweetman, H. L. 1936 Biological Control of Insects, k6l pp. Comstock Publishing Co. , Inc. , Ithaca, N. Y. (See pp. 56-57). BACTER 1 um PYRENE I _N_o . J_ Metalnikov et al. Insect concerned: Corn "borer, Pyrausta nubilalis Hb. This organism was isolated "by Metalnikov, Ermolaev, and Skohaltzyn (1930) from dead, "black larvae of corn "borers that had "been received from the Pyrenees. Two other organisms, Bacterium pyrene i No. 2 and Bacterium pyrenei No. 3 were isolated from the same larvae. The authors, pending complete analysis, gave the "bacteria provisional names. All three strains were very pathogenic for the corn "borer larvae and for other lepidoptera lar- vae, which often died in 10 to 15 hours when infected "by mouth with a virulent strain. The present author was unahle to find subsequent reference to these organisms other than Metalnikov (1930) and Sweetman (1936) who refer only to a Bacterium pyrenei. The three strains are all spore -forming, so the generic name should "be Bacillus. ^•Metalnikov, S. , Ermolaev, J. , and Skohaltzyn, V. 1930 New "bacteria pathogenic to the larvae of Pyrausta nubilalis Hb. , Internat. Corn Borer Invest. , Sci. Repts., 3, 28-36. 112 Metalnikov, S. 1930 Utilisation des microhes dans la lutte contre Lymantria et autres insectes nuishles. Compt. rend. soc. hiol. , 105, 535-537- Sweetman, H. L. 1936 Biological Control of Insects, k6l pp. Comstock Publishing Co., Inc., Ithaca, N. Y. (pp. U5-60. ) Bacter 1 um pyren E I No . 2 Metalnikov et al. (See Bacterium pyrenei No. 1. ) Bacter i um pyrenei No. _3_ Metalnikov et al. (See Bacterium pyrenei No. 1. ) Bacter i um qual i s steinhaus Insect concerned: The tarnished plant hug, Lygus pratensis. Steinhaus (19^1) found this "bacterium in the alimentary tract of the tarnished plant hug. *Steinhaus, E. A. 19^-1 A study of the "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , Ug, 757-790. Bacter i um ru brum Insect concerned: Platyedra (G-elechia) gossypiella. Metalnikov and Metalnikov (1932) isolated this organism from the larvae of Platyedra (G-elechia) gossypiella, Saund. Schneider isolated an organism from swamp water in 189^ which he called Bacterium rub rum (see Bergey's Manual, 5th ed. , 1939, p. 636^ The writer was unahle to determine whether these two organisms were the same or not. Metalnikov, S. and Metalnikov, Jr. , S. 1932 Maladies des vers du Caton (Gelechia gossypiella et Prodenia litura) . Compt. rend. acad. agric. Fr. , 18, 203-207- Bacter i um s avastano 1 Smith (See Phytomonas savastanoi. ) Bacter i um sotto Ischivata (See Bacillus sotto. ) 113 Bacter 1 UM S PH I NG I D i s White (See Bacillus, sphingidis ) Metalnikov and Chorine (1928) state that this organism resembles Coccohacillus ellingeri. It is undoubtedly Bacillus sphingidis White. Metalnikov, S. and Chorine, V. I928 The infectious diseases of Pyrausta nub Hal is Hb. Internat. Corn Borer Invest. , gci. Kepts. , 1, kl-69. Bacter i um tegumen.ticola_ Steinhaus Insect concerned: The "bedbug, Cimex lectularius. The integument of several specimens of Cimex lectularius was found to harhor this "bacterium which has "been described "by Steinhaus (19^1). ■*Steinhaus, E. A. 19^1 A study of the "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , kg, 757-790. Bacter i um te'rmo G-illette Insects concerned: Grasshoppers, Melanoplus "bivittatus and M. femur -rubrum. Gillette (1896) isolated this organism from grasshoppers in Colorado. According to Smith (1933) "the hoppers gener- ally died on the ground, their "bodies turning "black and their vital organs disintegrating. According to Jordan and Burrows (I9U1) Bacterium termo is synonymous with Proteus vulgaris. ^Gillette, G. P. I896 The grasshopper disease in Colo- rado. TJ. S. Bur. Ento. , Bui. 6, 89-93. Jordan, E. 0. and Burrows, W. 194-1 Texthook of Bacteri- ology, 13th edition, 731 pp. W. B. Saunders Co. , Phil- adelphia. (See p. 4-15) Smith, P. C. 1933 Fungous and "bacterial diseases in the control of grasshoppers and chinch "bugs. 28th "biennial Kept. Kan. St. Bd. Agr. , kk-^Q. Ill* Bacter I um THUR I NG I ENS 1 S Berliner (See Bacillus thur ingiens is ) Insects concerned: The corn borer, Pyrausta nubilalis; Ephestia kuhniella; Stilpnotia salicis; Aporia crataegi; Vanessa urticae L. Metalnikov and Chorine ( 1929a , b) state that" Bacterium thuringiensis Berliner is pathogenic for the corn "borer and the gypsy moth. They are referring to Bacillus thuringiensis. (See Bacterium thuringiensis No. 1. ) Metalnikov, S. and Chorine, V. 1929a Experiments on the use of "bacteria to destroy corn borer. Internat. Corn Borer Invest. , Sci. Repts. , 2, 5^-59* Metalnikov, S. and Chorine, Y. 1929b On the infection of the gypsy moth and certain other insects with Bacter- ium thuringiensis. Ibid, 6o-6l. Bacter i um thuringiensis _No, J_ Metalnikov and Chorine (See Bacillus thuringiensis. ) Insects concerned: The corn borer, Pyrausta nubilalis; and the gypsy moth, Ephestia kuhniella. Ellinger and Chorine (1930) state: "Two strains of bacteria that were isolated from Ephestia kuhniella 'Zell. by Metalnikov and Chorine and utilized by them against Pyrausta nubilalis Hb. and were referred to as Bacterium thuringiensis Nos. 1 and 2 . . . are identical with Bacillus thuringiensis isolated by Berliner ..." Ellinger, T. and Chorine, V. 1930 Sur les Microbes d 'Ephestia kuhniella Zell. Compt. rend. soc. biol. , 103, l|-01-iK)2. Bacter i um thuringiensis No . 2 Metalnikov and Chorine (See Bacterium thuringiensis No. 1. ) Bacter i um tu laren se (See Pasteurella tularensis. ) 115 BACTER Ium TUMEFAC I ENS Smith and Towns end (See Phytomonas tumefaciens. ) Insect concerned: Galleria mellonella. This organism was found in the larvae of Galleria mellonella "by Metalnikov et al. (192^). It is most likely the same as Phytomonas tumefaciens (see Bergey's Manual, 1939, 5th ed. , page 208). Metalnikov, S. , Kostritsky, L. , and Toumanoff, H. 192^ Bacterium tumefaciens chez les chenilles de Galleria mellonella. Compt. rend. Acad. Sci. , 179, 225-227. BACTER I UM VISCOSUM N 0 N - L I Q U E F AC 1 E N S Insect concerned: Euxoa segetum. Stutzer and Wsorow (1927) isolated Bacterium viscosum non-1 iquefaciens from the normal pupae of the Euxoa segetum. Stutzer, M. J. and Wsorow, W. J. 1927 IJber Infectionen der Raupen der Winter saateule (Euxoa segetum Schiff . ) Centr. f . Bakt. u. Parasit. , 71, II3-I29. Genus : Flavohacterium FLAVOBACTER ) um ACIDIF1CUM Steinhaus Insects concerned: The grasshopper, Conocephalus fasciatus var. fasciatus; the Colorado potato "beetle, Leptinotarsa decemlineata; the cahhage "butterfly, Pieris rapae ; and an unidentified lady "beetle larvae. Steinhaus (19^1) isolated Flavohacterium acidificum from the ahove insects while studying their normal hacter- ial flora. *Steinhaus, E. A. 19U1 A study of the "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , k2, 757-790. 116 Flavobacter i um chlorum Steinhaus Insect concerned: The nine-spotted lady "beetle, Coccinella novemnotata. This "bacterium was isolated from the alimentary tract of the nine-spotted lady "beetle "by Steinhaus (19^1). *Steinhaus, E. A. 19^-1 A study of the "bacteria asso- ciated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , h-2, 757-790. Flavobacter i um devorans (Zimmermann) Bergey et al. Insect concerned: Coccinella novemnotata. Steinhaus (19^1) found a species of "bacteria very similar to Flavobacter ium devorans in the alimentary tract of Coccinella novemnotata collected in nature. A description of this organism, may "be found in Bergey's Manual (1939, 5th ed. , page 528). Steinhaus, E. A. 19^1 A study of the bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact., kg, 757-790. Flavobacter i um fermentans (von Wolzogen Kiihr) Bergey et al. Insect concerned: The midge, Chironomus plumosus . This organism, isolated from the larvae of the midge, Chironomus plumosus , called Pseudomonas fermentans "by von Wolzogen Kiihr (1932) and is so designated in the 5th edition of Bergey's Manual, 1939, page 6l2. However, in 1+th edition of Bergey's Manual, 193^, 155, the organism was named Flavoliacterium fermentans . A complete descrip- tion of this organism may tie found in either of these two editions of Bergey's Manual. n von Wolzogen Kiihr, C. A. H. 1932 Uber eine Garungsmikrooe in Fakalien von Miickenlarven. Cent, f . Bakt. u. Para- . sitenk. , II Abt. , 85, 223-250. 117 Flavobacter i um mar I s Harrison Insect concerned: The Calpha sphinx, Ceratomla catalpae . From the mid- intestine of the larva of Ceratomia catal- pae, Steinhaus (19^1) isolated a gram positive "bacterium which in many of its characteristics was similar to Fla voba c t er ium maris. The two organisms may not he identi- cal (they differed in a few of their physiologic reactions) hut until this group is "better defined Steinhaus considered the organisms to he similar. A description of Flavobacter - ium maris may he found in Bergey's Manual (1939> 5th ed. , page 552. ) Steinhaus, E. A. 19^1 A study of the "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , h2, 757-790. Flavobacter ium rheni Insect concerned: The walking stick, Diapheromera femorata Say. Steinhaus (19^1) isolated an organism similar to Flavo- "bacterium rheni from eggs about to be laid of the walking stick. A description of the organism may be found in Bergey's Manual. Steinhaus, E. A. 19^1 A study of the bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact., h2, 757-790. Flavobacter ium ochraceum (Zimmermann) Bergey et al. (See Bacterium ochraceum. ) Genus : Fusobacterium (Fusiformis Pre'vot) Fus l FORM I s term I T I PI S Hoelling Insect concerned: Termites, including Calotermes (Glypto- termes ) iridipennis. According to Dougherty (19^2), Hoelling (1910) described a fusiform bacterium, which he called Fusiformis termitidis, 118 from smears of the intestinal tracts of termites. Duboscq. and Grass e (1927) found this microorganism in Calotermes (Grlyptoterm.es) iridipennis. Dougherty, E. C. 19^2 Unpublished manuscript. Duboscq, 0. , and Grasse, P. 1927 Flagelles et schizo- phytes de Calotermes (G-lyptotermes) iridipennis Frogg. Arch. Zool. Exp. Gen. , 66, ^51-^96. *Hoelling, B. A. 1910 Die Kernverhaltnisse von Fusi- f or mis termitidis. Arch. Protistenk. 1£, 239. Fu s I FORM I s H 1 LL I Duboscq and Grass e Insect concerned: The termite, Calotermes (Gyptotermes) iridipennis. Duboscq and Grasse (1927) isolated an organism, -which they named Fusiformis Mill, from the termite Glyptotermes iridipennis. *Duhoscq, 0., and Grasse, P. 1927 Flagelles et schizo- phytes de Calotermes (Glyptotermes) iridipennis Frogg. Arch. Zool. Exp. Gen. , 66, ^51-^96. Family: ENTEROBACTER I ACEAE Tribe: Erwineae Genus : Erwinia Erw I n I A am lovora (Burr ill) Winslow et al. Insects concerned: Adelphocoris rapidus; Campy lomma verbasci; Lygus pratensis; Orthotylus flavosparsus; Plagiognathus politus, Poecilo cytus "basalis; Empoasca mail; Aphis avenae; Aphis pomi; Hoppodamia convergens ; Diahrotica soror; Orsodacne atra; Attagenus piceus; Anthrenus sp. ; Glischrochiel-us fasciatus; Melanotus oregonensis; Scolytus rugulosus ; Carpocapsa pomonella; Bihio alhipennis; Drosophila funehris; Hylemyia ant i qua; Hylemyia lipsia; Pegomyia calyptrata; Cynomyia cadaver ina; Musca domes tica; Muse ina assimilis; Muse ina stahulans; For mi ca fusca var. subsericea; Formica pallidefulva subsp. schaufussi- var. incerta; Las ius niger var americanus; Prenolepis imparls; Polistes sp. ; Vespula sp. ; Drosophila maianogas ter ; Luc ilia seriata. 119 Fire "blight has a very interesting history. Burrill (l88l) was the first to prove that hacteria can he the cause of a plant disease and it was he (1882) who isolated the causative organism of fire "blight, Micrococcus amylo- vorus . For a description of the disease see Elliott (1930) and Leach (19^0). Waite (I89I) was one of the first who advanced experimental proof that insects were important vectors of plant diseases when he showed that tees and wasps were transmitters of fire "blight. According to Leach (19^0), fire "blight is principally a disease of pears and apples although other orchard fruits as well as many ornamental plants are often affected. More than 90 species of plants, mostly in the family Rosa- ceae, are hosts to the disease. The literature on this disease is contradictory as well as voluminous. Concerning this state of affairs Leach (19^0) states: "It is somewhat ironical that the first association between insect and plant disease to "be estab- lished should, after 50 years, remain in such an uncertain and unsatisfactory state. " Many theories of insect trans- mission have heen advanced and many insects have "been incriminated, in some cases without adequate proof. Of the recent work on the association of this disease with insects, that of Ark and Thomas (1936) seems quite important. These workers have shown that Erwinia amylovora may live for several days in the intestinal tract of Drosophila melanogaster , Luc ilia seriata, and Musca domes- tica. The eggs of Musca domestica, which, had "been laid hy contaminated females, were found to harbor externally the pathogen. Furthermore, hacteria fed to the larvae of Drosophila melanogaster and Musca domestica persisted through the puparia and could he found associated with the emerging adult. For descriptions of Erwinia amylovora see Elliott (1930) and Bergey's Manual (1939, 5th ed. , pages ^05-^06). Ark, P. A., and Thomas, "E. E. 1936 Persistence of Erwinia amylovora in certain insects. Phytopath. , 18, Burrill, T. J. l88l Anthrax of fruit trees; or the so- called fire -"blight of pear and twig "blight of apple trees. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci. , 2£, 583-597- *Burrill, T. J. 1882 The hacteria; An account of their nature and effects together with a systematic descrip- tion of the species. Kept. Illinois Industr. Univ., 11, 126, I3U. Elliott, C. 1930 Manual of "bacterial plant pathogens. 3^9 PP« Williams and Wilkins Company, Baltimore. 120 Leach, J. G-. 19^+0 Insect transmission of plant diseases. 6l5 pp. McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York. Waite, M. B. I89I Results from recent investigations in pear Might. Bot. Gas., l6, 259- Erw i n I A c ACT I C I DA (Johnson and Hitchcock) Hauduroy et al. Insects concerned: Molitara prodenialis; Olyca juncto- liniella; Mimorista flavidissimalis; Moneilema spp. ; and several members of the Drosophilidae. Johnston and Hitchcock (I923) described and named a "bacterium (Bacillus cacticidus) which causes a disease of prickly pear (Opuntia spp.). This bacterial strain has since "been called Erwinia cacticida, although Bergey's Manual (1939, 5th ed. . page ^+12) states that this organism is regarded as "being the' same as Erwinia aroideae (Town- send) Holland. According to Leach (19^+0) it has "been shown that the larvae of the above -named insects may transmit the disease. Not only do the insects transmit the disease from plant to plant "but from one segment to another of the same plant as well. -•Johnston, T. H. , and Hitchcock, L. 1923 A bacteriosis of prickly pear plants (Opuntia spp.). Trans, and Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia, kj_, 1 62-1 6^. Leach, J. G. 19^+0 Insect transmission of plant diseases. 615 pp. McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York. Erwinia carotovora (Jones) Holland Insects concerned: Hylemyia cili crura; Hylemyia tricho- dactyla; Hylemyia brassicae; Elachiptera costata; Scapto- myza graminum, Phorbia fusiceps. Erwinia carotovora causes a soft rot in carrot, celery, eggplant, cabbage, cucumber, iris, muskmelon, hyacinth, turnip, tomato, potato, onion, radish, parsnip, pepper, and other plants. The three principle types of disease caused "by this "bacterium are potato Mackleg, soft rot of cruci- fers, and heart rot of celery. Jones first isolated the causative organism in 1901 and named it Bacillus carotovorus , The work of Leach (1925, 1926, 1927, 1930), Bonde (1930a, 1930"b, 1939), and Johnson (1930) have shed a great deal of 121 light on Erwinia carotovora and Its relationship with insects. For descriptions of the organism and the disease see Bergey's Manual (1939> 5"th ed. , pages ^+09-^10), Leach (19^0), and Bacillus carotoYorus in Elliott (1930). Bonde, R. 1930a The cahhage maggot as a disseminating agent of "bacterial rots in the Cruciferae. Phytopath. , 20, 128. Bonde, R. 1930h Some conditions determining potato-seed- piece decay and "blackleg induced "by maggots. Phytopath. , 20, 128. Bonde, R. 1939 The role of insects in the dissemination of potato hlackleg and seed-piece decay. J. Agr. Re- search, 59, 889-917. Elliott, C. 1930 Manual of "bacterial plant pathogens, 3^9 PP' Williams and Wilkins Company, Baltimore. (See pages 39-^5. ) Johnson, D. E. 1930 The relation of the ca"b"bage maggot and other insects to the spread and development of soft rot of Cruciferae. Phytopath., 20, 857-872. *Jones, L. R. 1901 Bacillus carotovorus n. sp. die Ursache einer weichen Faulnis der Mohre. Centr. Bakt. , 1, 12-21, 61-68. Leach, J. G. 1925 The seed-corn maggot and potato "black- leg. Science, 6l, 120. Leach, J. G-. 192^~ The relation of the seed-corn maggot (Phorbia fusciceps Zett. ) to the spread and development of potato hlackleg in Minnesota. ■ Phytopath. , l6, lk$- 176. Leach, J. G-. 1927 The relation of insects and weather to the development of heart rot of celery. Phytopath. , 17, 663-667. Leach, J. G-. 1930 The identity of the potato "blackleg pathogen. Phytopath. , 20, 7^3-751. Leach, J. G. 19^+0 Insect transmission of plant diseases, 165 pp. McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York. Erw i n i a lathyr 1 (See Bacillus lathyr i. Erw i n I A TRACHE 1 ph 1 LA (Smith) Holland Insects concerned: The twelve -spotted cucumber "beetle, Diahrotica duodecimpunctata , and the striped cucumber "beetle, Diahrotica vittata. 122 Erwin F. Smith first described cucurbit wilt in 1893- Somewhat later Smith suggested that insects might he responsihle for the dissemination of the disease. It was not until 1915; however, when Rand advanced experimental proof incriminating the two cucumber heetles listed ahove, Rand and Cash (1920) have shown that the adult heetle of Diahrotica vittata may harhor the hacteria in its "body over winter. See Bergey's Manual (1939; 5th ed. , page ^17) for a description of this "bacterium. Rand, F. V. 1915 Dissemination of hacterial wilt of cucurbits. J. Agr. Research, 5? 257-260. Rand, F. V. , and Cash, L. C. 1920 Some insect relations of Bacillus tracheiphilus. Phytopath. , 10, 133*1^0. * Smith, E. F. 1893 Two new and destructive diseases of cucurbits. Bot. Gaz. , 18, 339* Trihe: EscHERICHEAE Genus : Aerohacter Aerobacter aerogen ES (Kruse) Beijerinck Insects concerned: Euxoa segetum; the caohage "butterfly, Pieris rapae; Pentatomidae (prohahly Loxa variegata) ; the potato "beetle, Leptinotarsa decemlineata; the meadow grass- hopper, Conocephalus fasciatus, var. fasciatus; the cricket, Neombius fasciatus var. fasciatus; and Urographies fasciata. Stutzer and Wsorow (1927) found Bacillus lactis aero- genes [Aero"bacter aerogenes] to he part of the normal flora of the intestines of healthy caterpillars of Euxoa segetum. Steinhaus (19^-1) isolated it from the intestinal tracts of the ahove listed insects (Euxoa segetum excepted). A complete description of the Aerooacter aerogenes may "be found in Bergey Manual (5th edition, p. 396) • Steinhaus, E. A. 19^1 A study of the hacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , W?_, 757-790. Stutzer, M. J. and Wsorow, W. J. 1927 Veher Infectionen der Raupen der Wintersaatenle (Euxoa segetum Schiff . ) Centr. f . Bakt. u. Parasit. , 71, II3-I29. 123 Aerobacter bombycis Bergey et al. (See Proteus "bombycis. ) Insect concerned: The silkworm, Bombyx mori. Glaser (192*0 isolated and described this organism from diseased silkworms "but he did not name it. Bergey et al. named it Aerohacter "bombycis in iDoth the 3^ and ^-th edi- tions of the Manual (3d ed. , 1930, p. 33^-; ^th ed. , 193^, p. 3^5) • In the edition (see p. h^6) the organism has iDeen called Proteus hombycis Bergey et al. Lehmann (1931) named the organism Bacterium Tpombycivorum. Glaser, R. W. 192^- A hacterial disease of silkworms. J. Bact., 9, 339-352. Lehmann-Neumann-Breed, 1931 Determinative Bacteriology, G. E. Stechert and Co., New York, 868 pp. Aerobacter c loacea (Jordan) Bergey et al. Insects concerned: The German roach, Blattella germanica; the honey "bee, Apis mellifera; the caobage "butterfly, Pieris rapae ; the blister "beetles, Epicauta pennsylvanica. and Epicauta cinerea, var. marginata. White (1906) isolated Bacillus cloacae (Aerohacter iloacae) from the intestine of the- healthy honey "bee. During a survey of the natural "bacterial flora of 30 species of insects, Steinhaus (19^1) found coliform hac- teria of the Aero"bacter cloacae type in the alimentary tracts of the German roach, cao"bage "butterfly, and two species of "blister "beetles. See Bergey' s Manual (1939; 5"th ed. , page 398) for a complete description of this "bacterium. Steinhaus, E. A. 19^1 A- study of the "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact., k2_, 757-790. White, G. F. I906 The hacteria of the apiary with spe- cial reference to hee diseases. U. S. Dept. Agr. , Bur. Entomol., Tech. Bull. No. I1!, 50 pp. Genus : Escherichia 12^ Genus: Escherichia Esc HER I CH I A COL I (Migula) Castellani and Chalmers (See also Bacterium coli and Bacillus coli communis . ) Insects concernes : The silkworm, Bombyx mori; the honey bee, Apis mellifera; the cockroach, probably Periplaneta orientalis; the fly, Chrysomyia megacephala; the German roach, Blattella germanica; the cecropia moth larva, Platysaini a cecropia; Pari a cane 11a, var. gilvipes; the lady "beetle, Coccinella novemnotata; the cricket, Neomb ius fasciatus var. fasciatus. Sawamura (1906) lists Bacillus coli (Escherichia coli) as one of the organisms capable of experimentally producing flacherie in silkworms. White (1906) isolated Bacillus coli communis (E. coli) from the intestinal tract of the honey bee. Longfellow (1915) found that the cockroach carried Bacillus coli communis on its legs. Over 80 per- cent of the Chrysomyia megacephala caught in Peiping were found by Chow (19^0) to be infected with "Bact. coli. " In a survey of the natural bacterial flora of thirty spe- cies of insects, Steinhaus (19^1) isolated Escherichia coli from the alimentary tracts of the German roach, the Cecropia moth larva, the Pari a cane 11a var. gilvipes, the lady beetle, and the cricket. A complete description of Escherichia coli may be found in Bergey's Manual (1939? 5th ed. , page 389). Chow, C. Y. I9I+0 The common blue-bottle fly, Chrysomyia megacephala, as a carrier of pathogenic baGteria in Peiping, China. Chinese M. J. , 57, 1*1-5-153. Longfellow, R. C. 1913 The common house roach as a carrier of disease. Am. J. Public Health, 3, 58-61. Sawamura, S. I906 Note on bacteria pathogenic to silk- worm. Tokyo Imp. Univ. Coll. Agri. Bull. , 7, 105- Steinhaus, E. A. 19*1-1 A study of the bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact, k2, 757-790. White, G. F. 1906 The bacteria of the apiary with spe- cial reference to bee diseases. U. S. Dept. Agr. , Bur. Entomol., Tech. Bull. No. 1*+, 50 pp. Escher 1 CH 1 A ELL I NGER 1 Bergey et al. (See Coccobacillus ellingeri. ) 125 Escher I CH I A FREUND 1 I (Braak) Bergey et al. Insects concerned: The cecropia moth caterpillar, Platy- samia cecropia; Pari a cane 11a , var. gilvipes. Coliform "bacteria similar to Escherichia freundii were isolated from the alimentary tracts of the ahove-listed normal insects "by Steinhaus (19^1). For a complete description of this "bacterium see Ber- gey's Manual (1939, 5th ed. , page 39*0- Steinhaus, E. A. 19^1 A study of the "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , k2, 757-790. Escher I ch i a noctu ar I i Bergey et al. (See Bacillus nocturarum and Bacillus sphingidis. ) Escher ich i a sph i ng i d i s Bergey et al, (See Bacillus sphingidis. ) Genus: Klebsiella Klebs I ELLA CAPSULATA (Sternberg) Bergey et al. Insect concerned: The army worm, Barathra conf igurata. Munro (1936) studied an epidemic of septicemia among Bertha army worms in North Dakota in collaboration with Nelson, who isolated an organism which he identified as Klebsiella capsulata. Munro, J. A. 193^ Disease checks Bertha army worms. J. Econ. Ent., 2g, 218. KLEBS 1 ELLA paralyt I CA Cahn, Wallace and Thomas Tick concerned: The tick Derma centor alb ip ictus. In 1932, Thomas and Cahn described a disease among a species of moose (Alces americana americana) in north- eastern Minnesota and the adjacent region of Ontario, Canada. The moose in this area were heavily infested "by *the tick Dermacentor alhipictus , the final stage of the 126 tick appearing in the spring coincident with the appear- ance of the disease. Ticks taken from moose dying of the disease transmitted it to guinea pigs and rabbits in the laboratory. A "bacterium, which Cahn, Wallace, and Thomas (1932) named Klebsiella paralytica, was isolated from these ticks taken from diseased moose. When this "bacterium was injected into animals, symptoms were produced similar to those in the tick-infested laboratory animals and in the diseased moose. Summarizing their experiments, Wallace, Calm, and Thomas (1933) state, "while we have not proved that Klebsiella paralytica is the cause of moose disease, we have presented a series of observations which strongly indicate that it may "be the cause." See Bergey's Manual, pth ed. , p. lj-02, for a description of this organism. *Cahn, A. R. , Wallace, G. I., and Thomas, L. J. 1932 A new disease of moose. III. A new "bacterium. Science, j6_f 197^. Thomas, L. J., and Cahn, A. R. 1932 A new disease of moose. I. Preliminary report. J. Paras itol. , 18, 219- 231. Wallace, G. I., Calm, A. R. , and Thomas, L. J. 1933 Klebsiella paralytica a new pathogenic bacterium from "moose disease." J. Infectious Diseases, £2, 386-Ul^. Tribe: PROTEAE Genus : Proteus Proteus alve icola Serbinow Insect concerned: The honey bee, Apis mellifera. Serbinow (1915) attributed the cause of infectious diarrhoea of silkworms to be due to Proteus alve icola and Bacterium coli apium. Both organisms were infectious for mice by peritoneal inoculation. Serbinow, I. L. 1915 J* Microbiol. Petrograd, 2, 19. Proteus bombyc i s Bergey et al. (See Aerobacter bombyc is. ) Called Aerobacter bombycis in third and fourth editions of the Bergey Manual, though the fifth edition, 1939 , p. ^36, uses the name Proteus bombycis. 127 Proteus i nsect i colens Steinhaus Insect concerned: The milkweed "bug, Oncafreltus fasciatus. Steinhaua (19^1) isolated this species from the four stomachs of the milkweed hug. *Steinhaus, E. A. 19U1 A study of the "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , kg, 757-790. Proteus n 0 c t u a rum Bergey et al. See Bacillus noctuarum and Bacillus sphingidis. ) Proteus photur i s Brown Insect concerned: The firefly, Photur is pennsylranicus . Brown (1927) isolated this organism from the luminous organ of fireflies. He states that the organism appears to "be a normal symbiotic inhaMtant of that organ. A com- plete description of the organism has "been given "by Brown. *Brown, F. M. I927 Description of new species of "bacteria found in insects. Am. Mus. Novit. , No. 251, 11 pp. Proteus rect i colens Steinhaus Insect concerned: The milkweed "bug, Oncopeltus fasciatus. The pylorus and rectum of the milkweed "bug were found "by Steinhaus (19^1) to contain large numbers of this "bacterium as part of its normal flora. *Steinhaus, E. A. 19^-1 A. study of the "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact., k-2, 757-790. Proteus sph i ng 1 d i s Bergey et al. (See Bacillus sphingidis. ) Proteus vulgar i s Hauser Insect concerned: The cockroach, prohahly Periplaneta orientalis; the "bee moth, Galleria mellonella. 128 Longfellow (1913) found that cockroaches carried Proteus vulgaris on their legs. Metalnikov (1920) in carrying out a series of experi- ments to determine the immunity of the nun-moth to certain organisms, found that the insect larva offered no resist- ance at all to even small doses of Bacillus proteus (Proteus vulgaris.) However, Metalnikov and Gaschen (1921) found they could produce immunity "by injection of a vaccine, which carried over into the adult stage. A description of Proteus vulgaris may he found in Bergey' s Manual (5th ed. , p. hjl) . Longfellow, R. C. 1913 The common house roach as a car- rier of disease. Am. J. Public Health, 3, 58-61. Metalnikov, S. 1920 Immunite de la chenille contre divers microbes. Compt. rend. soc. "biol. , &3, 119-121. Metalnikov, S. and Gaschen, H. 1921 Compt. rend. soc. hiol. , 85, 22^. Tribe: Salmonelleae Genus : Eberthella EBERTHELLA 1 NSECT 1 COLA Steinhaus Insects concerned: The meadow grasshopper, Conocephalus fasciatus var. fasciatus; the milkweed "bug, OncopeltUs fasciatus; and the stink hug, prohahly Loxa variegata. Steinhaus (19^1) isolated Eberthella insecticola from the alimentary tracts of the above insects. Relatively large inocula of some of the strains were pathogenic to mice. *Steinhaus, E. A. 19^1 A study of the "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , k£, 757-790* Eberthella pyogenes (Migula) Bergey et al. Insect concerned: The cricket, Neombius fasciatus, var. fasciatus. An organism similar to Eberthella pyogenes was isolated "by Steinhaus (19^1) from the alimentary tract of specimens of the ahove cricket that had "been collected in nature. Eberthella pyogenes is described in Bergey 's Manual (5th ed. , p. k66)> 129 Steinhaus, E. A. 19*4-1 A study of "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , k2, 757-790. Eberthella typhosa (Zopf ) Weldin Insects concerned: The house fly, Musca domestica; the blue-bottle fly, Chrysomyia megacephala; the cockroach, Periplaneta americana; the mosquito, Aedes aegypti; and ants. A great deal has "been written concerning the trans- mission of Eberthella typhosa by insects. The most often incriminated insect is the common house fly, Musca domes- tica. The typhoid "bacilli may contaminate the "body and appendages of the fly or they may occur in the contents of the intestinal tract or in the feces of the insect, thereby contaminating food and drink. One of the earliest definite reports incriminating the house fly in this regard was made by the Army Commission appointed to investigate the cause of epidemics of enteric fever in the Army camps of the Southern United States dur- ing the Spanish -American War. This commission attributed about 15 per cent of the cases of typhoid fever to trans- mission by flies. Hamilton (1903) isolated typhoid bacilli from flies caught in houses in which were patients ill with typhoid fever. Ficker (I903) allowed flies to feed on pure cultures of Eberthella typhosa and was able to culture the bacilli from crushed flies 5 to 23 days afterwards. Faichnie (1909a, 1909b) concluded from his experiments that typhoid bacilli are not as readily transmitted via the legs of flies as by the excrement of flies. These examples represent the earlier work which incriminated the fly as a carrier of Eberthella typhosa. (See also Howard, 1911; and Graham-Smith, 1913)* Since these investigations, the evidence that flies, particularly Musca domestica, may transmit the typhoid bacillus has been fairly well com- pleted. Experimentally, Chow (19^0) found Eberthella typhosa as well as Shigella dysenteriae to survive for 5 or 6 days in or outside the body of Chrysomyia megacephala. However, he did not find E. typhosa associated with flies of this species which he caught in Peiping. Morischila and Tsuchimochi (Riley and Johannsen, 1932) found that E. typhosa passed through the cockroach intes- tine apparently unharmed. In 1922 Macfie (Riley and Johannsen, 1932) got negative results. Darling (Wheeler, 191*0 performed a series of experi- ments to determine whether ants carry E. typhosa on the 130 surfaces of their "bodies or in their intestinal tract with negative results. He concluded that the formation of formic acids killed and inhibited the "bacteria. Wheeler (191*0 thinks this was an erroneous conclusion, and that it is very likely that ants, "because of their hah its, do spread pathogenic "bacteria. The possible germicidal action of the gastro-intestinal secretions of the yellow fever mosquito (Aedes aegypti) on E. typhosa and Serratia marcescens was found to "be negative "by St. John, Simmons, and Reynolds (1930). A complete description of Eberthella typhosa may "be found in Bergey's Manual (1939, 5th ed. , page £63). Chow, C. Y. 19^0 The common blue-bottle fly, Chrysomyia megacephala, as a carrier of pathogenic "bacteria in Peiping, China. Chinese M. J., 57, 1^3-153- Faichnie, N. 1909a Fly-home enteric fever; the source of infection. J. Roy. ^Army Med. Corps, 13, 580-58^. Faichnie, N. 1909b Bacillus typhosus in flies. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, 13, 672. Ficker, M. 1903 Typhus und Fliegen. Arch, f . Hyg. , ^6, 27^-283. Graham-Smith, G-. S. 1913 Flies in relation to disease. 292 pp. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Hamilton, A. 1903 The fly as a carrier of typhoid; an inquiry into the part played "by the common house fly in the recent epidemic of typhoid fever in Chicago. J. Amer. Med. Assoc, kO, 576-583- Howard, L. 0. 1911 The house fly; disease carrier. 2d ed. , 312 pp. Frederick A. Stokes Company, New York. Riley, W. A. and Johannsen, 0. A. 1932 Medical Entomol- ogy. 1st Ed., V76 pp. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York. (See p. 121. ) St. John, J. H. , Simmons, J. S. , Reynolds, F. H. K. 1930 The survival of various microorganisms within the gas- tro-intestinal tract of Aedes aegypti. Amer. J. Trop. Med. , 10, 237-2^1. Wheeler, W. M. 191^ Ants and bees as carriers of patho- genic organisms. Am. J. Trop. Med. and Prev. Med., 2, 160. Genus : Salmonella Salmonella choleraesuis Weldin (See Bacillus cholerae suis. ) Insect concerned: The honey bee, Apis mellifera, 131 In 1906 White isolated Bacillus cholerae suis from the intestine of the honey "bee. Very prohahly this is the same organism which is now known "by the name Salmonella choleraesuis (Bergey's Manual, 1939* 5th ed. , p. kko. ) White, G-. F. I906 The "bacteria of the apiary with special reference to "bee diseases. U. S. Dept. Agr. , Bur. Ento- mol., Tech. Bull. No. 1^, 50 pp. Salmon ella enter 1 t I d l s (Gaertner) Castellani and Chalmers (See also Danysz "bacillus. ) Insect concerned: Louse. Huang, Chang, and Lieu (1937)* during their studies on 17 cases of systemic infection of Salmonella enteritidis not associated with food poisoning, found that finely ground lice from their patients gave a growth of Salmonella enteritidis when cultured on nutrient media. Huang, C. H. , Chang, H. C, and Lieu, V. T. 1937 Sal- monella infection. A study of 17 cases of S. enteritidis septicemia. Chinese Med. J. , 52, ^h^-^,66. Salmonella par aty ph 1 (Kayser) Bergey et al. (See Bacterium paratyphi . ) Salmonella schottmulleri var. alvei Hauduroy (See Bacillus paratyphi alvei. J G-enus : Shigella Sh 1 GELLA DYSENTER I AE ( Shiga) Castellani and Chalmers Insect concerned: The "blue-hottle fly, Chrysomyia mega- cephala. Chow (I9U0) found that 8 per cent of the hlue hottle flies (Chrysomyia megacephala) caught hy him in Peiping harhored Shigella dysenteriae. Experimentally hoth Shigella dysenteriae and Eberthella typhosa survived in or outside the fly's oody for 5 to 6 days. 132 Chow, C. Y. 19^0 The common blue-hottle fly, Chrysomyia megacephala , as a carrier of pathogenic "bacteria in Peiping, China. Chinese M. J., 57, 1^3-153. Tribe: Serrateae G-enus : Serratia Serrat I A FUCHS 1 NA (Boekhaus and DeVries) Bergey et al. (See Bacillus fuchsinus. ) Serrat i a marcescens Bizio (See Bacillus prodigiosus. ) Insects concerned: The silkworm, Bombyx mori; Pseudo coccus citri; the "bee moth, Galleria me Hone 11a; the corn horer, Pyrausta nubilalis; the gypsy moth, Porthetria (Lymantria) dispar; Schistocerca gregaria; Teneorio molitor; the roach, pro"ba"bly Periplaneta oriental is; the termite, Zootermopsis angusticollis; the mosquito, Aedes aegypti; the milkweed "bug, Oncopeltus fasciatus; the house fly, Musca domes tica; the stahle-fly, Stomoxys calci trans; and the Rocky Mountain wood tick, Dermacentor andersoni. The history of the associations between insects and Serratia marcescens is very interesting. In stating it "briefly we quote from DeBach and McOmie (1939): "Masera (1936a) in a comprehensive treatment of the subject states that as early as 1817 Rozier noticed a red coloration forming in the dead todies of silkworms. This was again noticed by Pollini and Vasco in 1819, Re and Ascolese in 1837, etc. However, the credit for the actual isolation in 1886 of Bacillus prodigiosus from a silkworm larvae is due to Perroncito. Bandelli ahout the same time isolated Bacillus prodigiosus from the exterior of silkworms ( Bombyx mori) and later stated that the red pigment did not appear until after the death of the larvae. "Metalnikov (1930) isolated a red-pigment former like Bacillus prodigiosus from the larvae of the gypsy moth, Lymantria dispar (L. ) which was very virulent. [Earlier (1920) this worker found the bee moth, Galleria mellonella, to offer no resistance to this "bacterium, dying from very small doses.] 133 "Zernhoff (1931) has reported that this hacillus is very virulent to the larvae of the wax moth, Galleria me Hone 11a (L. ), "by inoculation "but not "by ingestion, whereas "both methods result in infection in the larvae of the European corn "borer, Pyrausta nuMlalis (Hbn. ). "Mas era has recently (I93^a and h, 193°a, h, and c) published an extensive series of papers dealing with experimental studies of the pathogenicity of Bacillus prodigiosus. He found it to "be fatal to Pyrausta nubilalis hy inoculation and "by ingestion; while to Bombyx mori fatal when inoculated "but not necessarily fatal when ingested, depending particu- larly on the age of the larvae. In the case of Galleria mellonella he found it to "be fatal only "by inoculation, never "by ingestion, and finally he found it to "be nonpathogenic to the larvae of Tene- "brio molitor L. [According to Mas era, the immunity of the insects may he c due to their food which nor- mally contains microorganisms.] "Lepseme (1937a, 1937b) has reported the occur- rence of an epizootic in lahoratory-hred Schistocer- ca gregaria Forsk. caused "by Bacillus prodigiosus and has shown that inoculation produces death in one or two days with the usual red coloration occur- ring ( in this case mainly in the ahdomen) while ingestion produces death only occasionally." [This worker (1938) also found it to he a secondary invader to the infestation of -the fungus Aspergillus flavus in Schistocerca gregaria/] De Bach and McOmie (1939) found their laboratory stock of the termite, Zootermopsis angustioollis, to "be suffer- ing from two "bacterial diseases* One of these diseases was due to Bacterium sp. (which see); the other to Serratia marges cens. The latter organism causes the head and appendages of the dead termites to turn red, Longfellow (1913) ™as able to cultivate Bacillus prodigiosus from the feces of the common houseroach. Dun- can (1926) found "B. prodigiosus" several times in the gut contents of the Stomoxys calci trans. Pospelov (193^) isolated Bacterium prodigiosum from Pseudo coccus citri and found it to "be virulent for several species of^ the Pseudococcus. In 1927, Dr. Breed (19^0) received 32 cultures of Serratia mar ces cens from Professor E. Hiratsuka, Japan, which had he en isolated from silkworm larvae and cocoons. Metalnikov and Chorine (1928) found that an organism which 13^ Tateiwa had isolated from silkworms with "flacherie" and had called Bacterium prodigiosus (prohahly prodigiosum) produced 20-30 per cent mortality in corn "borers infected "by mouth. The writer (Steinhaus, 1939) attempted to establish Serratia marcescens as part of the "bacterial flora in the gut of the milkweed hug, Oncopeltus fasciatus, hy experi- mental feedings hut was unsuccessful. Later (19^1), he used this hacterium to demonstrate that the tick, Derma - centor andersoni, could acquire hacteria from the skins of experimental animals and pass these "bacteria from larvae to adults. The possible germicidal action of the gastrointestinal secretions of the yellow-fever mosquito, Aedes aegypti, on Serratia marcescens was found to he negative hy St. John, Simmons, and Reynolds (1930). It was further found that this "bacterium, as well as others, survived for at least 2k hours in the gut of the mosquito hut that it could not he demonstrated after an interval of seven or more days. For a complete description of Serratia marcescens, see Bergey Manual (5th ed. , p. k22) . Breed, R. S. 19^+0 Personal communication. DeBach, P. H. , and McOmie, W. A. 1939 New diseases of termites caused hy hacteria. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. , 32, 137-1^6. Duncan, J. T. 1926 On a "bactericidal principle present in the alimentary canal of insects and arachnids. Parasitol., 18, 238-252. Lepseme, P. 1937a Sur la presence du Bacillus prodigiosus chez le criquet pelerin (Schistocerca gregaria Forsk. ) Bull. Soc. Hist. Afr. N. , 28, ko6-kll. Lepseme, P. 1937h Action de Bacillus prodigiosus et Bacillus pyocyaneus sur le Criquet pelerin (Schistocerca gregaria Forsk. ). Compt. rend. soc. hiol. , 125, k^2-k^k. Lepseme,, P. 1938 Recherches sur une aspergillose des acridiens. Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afr. N. , 2£, 372-33^. Longfellow, R. C. 1913 The common house roach as a carrier of disease. Am. J. Puhlic Health. 3, 58-61. Masera, E. 193^+a II Bacterium prodigiosum L. et N. nella patologia del haco da seta. R. Staz. Bacologia Sper. di Padova. Ann. , kj_, 90-98. Masera, E. 193^h II Bacillus prodigiosus nella patologia del haco da seta. R. Staz. Bacologica Sper. di Padova. Ann. , k]_, 99-102. Masera, E. 1936a II Bacillus prodigiosus Fliigge nella patologia del haco da seta e degli insetti. R. Staz. Bacologia Sper. di Padova. Ann. , kQ, U09-^l6. 135 Masera, E. 1936b Compart erne nte del Bombyx mori L. alia Infezione sperimentale del Bacterium prod igio sum L. et. N. R. Staz. Bacologica Sper. di Padova. Ann. , kQ, U17-U22. Masera, E. 1936c Fenomeni de antagonismo et anti"biosi f ra Bacillus prodigiosus Flugge e Beauveria bassiana Vuill. R. Staz. Bacologica Sper. di Padova. Ann. , hiB, ^23-^58. Metalnikov, S. 1920 Immunite de la chenille contre divers microbes. Compt. rend. soc. biol. , 83, 119-121. Metalnikov, S. and Chorine, V. 1928 The infectious diseases of Pyrausta nubilalis lib. Internat. Corn Borer Invest., Sci. Repts. , 1, ^6-^9. Pospelov, V. P. 1936 Summary of the scientific research work of the institute of plant protection for the year 1935. ' In Russian. Roy. 8 vol. , 59& pp. Lenin Acad. Agri. Sci., pp. 318-321. Steinhaus, E. A. I939 and 19^1. In press. St. John, J. H. , Simmons, .J. S. , and Reynolds, F. H. K. 1930 The survival of various microorganisms within the gastrointestinal tract of Aedes aegypti. Am. J. Trop. Med. , 10, 237-2^1. Zernoff, V. 1931 Microbes virulents pour les chenilles (Galleria mellonella et Pyrausta nubilalis) . Compt. rend. soc. "biol. , 106, 5^3-5^6. Serrat I A PLYMOUTH ENS is (Migula) Bergey et al. Insect concerned: The cricket, Neombius fasciatus, var. fasciatus. The growth of Serrat ia plymouthensis is characterized "by a "bright red pigment similar to Serratia marcescens, "but is a visible gas producing type. (See Bergey 's Manual, 1939? 5th ed. , page U25, for a description of Serratia plymouthens is . ) This "bacterium was found by Steinhaus (19^1) to occur in the alimentary canal of nearly every specimen of the above-named cricket which he examined. The crickets were collected in nature in a meadow near Columbus, Ohio. Steinhaus, E. A. 19U1 A study of bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , h2, 757-790. 136 Family: LACTOBACTER IACEAE Trihe: Streptococceae Genus : Diplococcus D I PLOCOCCUS BOMBYC I s Paillot Insects concerned: The silkworm, Bombyx mori; Euproctis chrysorrhoea; the gypsy moth, Porthetria ( Lyman tria) dispar; Eriogaster lanestris ; and Vanessa urticae. Paillot isolated a coccohacillus, which he called Diplococcus tombycis, from the silkworm. He states (1933) that in this coccohacillus there are constantly present transverse, double "bands of " chroma tophiles. " Both the larvae of Porthetria dispar and Euproctis chrysorrhoea were found to he very resistant to infection with the organism, while the larvae of E. lanestris and Vanessa urticae were easily infected. Paillot, A. 1933 L' infection chez les insectes, 535 PP« Imprimerie de Trevoux, Paris. (See pp. 158, 182, and 303.) D 1 PLOCOCCU s L 1 p AR I s Paillot Insect concerned: The gypsy moth, Porthetria (Lymantria) dispar. Diplococcus liparis was isolated "by Paillot (1917) from larvae of the gypsy moth. This organism appeared to "be of little pathogenic importance. * Paillot, A. 1917 Microhes nouveaux parasites des chenilles de Lymantria dispar. Compt. rend, hehdom. Seances acad~ sci. , iSk , 525~527« Paillot, A. 1935 L' infection chez les insectes. 535 pp., Imprimerie de Trevoux, Paris. (See 299~300. ) D I PLOCOCCU S LYMANTR I AE Paillot (See Bacillus lymantria e and Coccohacillus lymantriae. ) Insect concerned: The gypsy moth, Porthetria (Lymantria) dispar. 137 Due to the confusion in the literature, it has "been rather difficult to determine whether Diplococcus lyman- triae, Bacillus lymantriae, and Coccohacillus lymantriae are the same organism. It appears likely, however, that Diplococcus lymantriae is distinct since Paillot (1917) states: "The microhes parasitic in the larvae of Porthetria (Lymantria) dispar here described are a cocco"bacillus pro- visionally identified as Bacillus lymantria, Diplococcus lymantria, sp. n. , which is only slightly pathogenic to the caterpillars, and Bacillus liparis sp. n. " One might assume that perhaps Coccobacillus lymantriae and Bacillus lymantriae are the same, Picard and Blanc using the generic name Coccohacillus, and Paillot, the generic name Bacillus. Paillot (1933) also refers to a "Bacillus (Bacterium) lymantriae. " *Paillot, A. 1917 Microhes nouveaux parasites des chenilles de Lymantria dispar. Compt. rend, hehdom. acad. sci., 164, 525^527. Paillot, A. 1933 L' infection chez les insectes. 535 PP« Imprimerie de Trevoux, Paris. (See p. 131. ) D 1 PLOCOCCUS MELOLONTHAE Paillot Insects concerned: The cockchafer, Melolontha melolontha; Vanessa urticae; the gypsy moth, Porthetria (Lymantria) dispar. Paillot (1917) found that a cocco"bacillus and Diplo- coccus melolonthae killed cockchafers in 2k hours, while the diplococcus alone was only slightly pathogenic. Paillot (1933) mentions Diplococcus melolonthae as an example of "bacterial variation. * Paillot, A. 1917 Microhes nouveaux, Parasites du Hanne- ton. Action pathogene sur Chenilles de Vanessa urticae, Lymantria dispar, et sur Vers a Goie. Compt. rend. soc. hiol. , 80, 56-58. Paillot, A. 1933 L' infection chez les insectes. 535 pp. Imprimerie de Trevoux, Paris. (See p. 139 . ) D I PLOCOCCU S PEMPHIGOCONTAG IOSUS Insect concerned: Lice. * Wardle (1939) refers to the transmission of Diplococcus pemphigocontagiosus hy lice. (See also MacGregor, 1917. ) 158 MacGregor, M. E. 1917 A summary of our knowledge of insect vectors of disease. Bull. Entomol. Ees. , 8, 155-163. Wardle, R A. 1929 The problems of applied entomology, 588 pp. lYfctnchester University Press, England. (See p. 106.) D 1 PLOCOCCUS p 1 er i s Paillot Insect concerned: The cahhage "butterfly, Pieris "brass icae. Paillot (1919) isolated Diplococcus pieris from larvae of diseased white caohage "butterflies. From the same source, he isolated 8 other "bacteria. (See Bacillus pieris fluorescens. ) He considered these "bacteria to "be second- ary invaders, the primary invader, Apanteles glome ratus , a parasitic wasp, "being the predisposing factor in the "bacterial infection of the white cahhage "butterfly. Paillot, A. 1919 Coccohacilles parasites des chenilles de Pieris "brass icae. Compt. rend. acad. sci. , 168, ^76-^78. Paillot, A. 192^ Sur une nouvelle maladie des chenilles de Pieris "brass icae et sur les maladies du noyau chez les insectes. Compt. rend. acad. sci., 179 > 1353' Dl PLOCOCCUS PLUTON Bergey et al. (See Bacillus pluton. ) Insect concerned: Honey "bee, Apis me 11 if era. In the second edition of Bergey 's Manual (1925? P- ^5) the name Diplococcus pluton was used for Bacillus pluton (which see). Genus : Streptococcus Streptococcus agalact I ae Lehmann and Neumann Insects concerned: The house fly, Musca domestica; and Hippelates flies. Saunders (19U0a, "b) concludes that the house fly and Hippelates flies serve as vectors of "bovine mastitis. 139 Since this worker failed to definitely state name of the microorganism concerned in his experiments , it is assumed he refers chiefly to Streptococcus agalactiae. Saunders, D. A. 19^0a Musca domes tica, a vector of "bovine mastitis (preliminary report). J. Amer. Vet. Med. Assoc. , 27, 120-123- Saunders, D. A. 19^0"b Hippelates flies as vectors of "bovine mastitis (preliminary report). J. Amer. Vet. Med. Assoc. , 97, 306-308. Streptococcu S apis Maassen (See also Bacillus alvei, Bacillus pluton, and Bacterium eurydice, and Streptococcus liquefaciens. ) Insect concerned: The honey "bee, Apis mellifera. Lassen (1908) "believed that the etiology of European fouTbrood is not uniform "but that the disease is caused chiefly "by Streptococcus apis and Bacillus alvei. Maassen (1908, I913) stated that the disease could not "be experi- mentally produced "by pure cultures of these organisms. When "bees were fed on triturated sick or dead larvae mixed with honey, they "became sick with a mild form of fouTbrood from which they ultimately recovered. Numerous attempts "by other workers to produce European fouTbrood "by inocula- tion with pure cultures of Streptococcus apis have "been largely unsuccessful. Concerning this organism, Burnside (193*0 states: "There seems to "be insufficient reason for assuming that the lancet-shaped "bacterial cell, B. pluton, found in late stages of infection in European fouTbrood, is of different genus and species from the similar form Strep- tococcus apis, which is readily obtained in culture from sick larvae. "The identity of Streptococcus apis and Bacillus pluton is suggested "by morphological similarity ..." Burnside goes on to suggest that Bacillus pluton and Streptococcus apis are variants, or stages in the life history of Bacillus alvei. Bergey's Manual (1939, 5th. ed. , page 339) lists Streptococcus apis as a synonym for Streptococcus lique- faciens. This is done on the has is of the work of Hucker (1932) who found these two gelatin- liquefying streptococci to "be culturally similar. 114-0 Burnside, C. E. 193^- Studies on the bacteria associated with European foulbrood. J. Econ. Entomol. , 27, 656- Hucker, G. J. 1932 Studies on the Coccaceae. XVII. Agglutination as a means of differentiating the species of Streptococcus and Leuconastoc. N. Y. State Agric. Expt. Station, Tech. Bull. Wo. 190, page 17. *Maassen, A. 1908 Zur Stiologie der sogenannten Faul"brut der Honigbienen. Arbeiten K. Biol. Anst. Land u. For- stev. , 6, 53-70. Maassen, A. 1913 Weitere Mitteilungen iiber die seuchen- haften Brutkrank heiten der Bienen ins"besondere iiber die Faulbrut. Mitt, aus der Kaiserl. Biolog. Anstalt fur Land--u. Forstev. 8th Ann. Rept. Pt. 1*4-, pp. U8-58. Streptococcus bomby c I s Sirtirana and Paccanaro (See also Streptococcus pastorianus. ) Insect concerned: The silkworm, Bombyx mori. Silkworms are susceptible to infection "by several pathogenic "bacteria. One of the worst of these plagues of sericulture is caused by Streptococcus bombycis (Sar- tirana and Paccanaro, 1906) , an^ is frequently known as "flacherie of the silkworm. " This gram^positive coccus forms chains from 5 "to 12 microns long, and is a faculta- tive anaerobe. According to Wardle (1929), Paillot states that the term "flacherie" represents a group of three distinct maladies, one of which appears to he associated with Streptococcus "bombycis. These are: (1) A disorder associated with an abnormal abund- ance, in the intestine of the silkworm, of a sporu- lating bacillus morphologically identical with that described by Pasteur (see Bacillus bombycis. ) (2) An acute form of "flacherie" or "flacherie typique" associated apparently 'with a filterable virus. (3) A chronic type of "flacherie," the "gattine" of French workers, and "macilenze" of Italian work- ers, probably associated with Streptococcus bombycis. In the last-mentioned disease, there is generally a swelling of the anterior body wall, which becomes more or less translucent. An organism, apparently Strepto- coccus bombycis, was isolated from the intestinal contents, (See Paillot, 1926. ) ]Al According to Paillot (1928) Streptococcus pastorianus (which see) is synonymous with Streptococcus hombycis. Paillot (1928) gives a complete description of Strepto- coccus "bomb yc is and Bergey's Manual lists it. (5th ed. , p. 353.) Paillot, A. 1926 Sur l'etiologie et 1' epidemiologic de la gattine du Ver a soie ou "maladie des tetes claires." Compt. rend. acad. sci. , 183, 251. Paillot, A. 1928 Les maladies du Ver a Soie, Grasserie et dysenteries. 328 pp. Editions du Service Photo- graphique, de 1 'Universite, Lyon. (See pages 171-172; 195-198. ) *Sartirana, S. , and Paccanaro, A. 1906 Cent, f . Bakt. , I abt. , Orig. , kO, 331. Wardle, P. A. 1929 The problems of applied entomology 587 PP. Manchester Univ. Press, England. (See page 101.) Streptococcus d i spar 1 s Glaser Insects concerned: The Japanese race of the gypsy moth, Porthetria ( Lyman tria) dispar; the silkworm, Bombyx mori; and the army worm, Cirphis unipuncta. In 1918, Glaser described an infectious disease of caterpillars of the Japanese race of the gypsy moth which spread to cultures of the American race. It is clinically, pathologically, and etiologically distinct from wilt (a filterahle virus disease). A streptococcus, which Glaser named Streptococcus disparis, was found to "be the cause of the disease. The streptococcus is ingested with contaminated food. During the latter stages of the disease and after death it invades practically all the tissues. The symptoms are diarrhoea, loss of appetite- and of muscular coordination. The skin of the dead insect does not rupture as in the case of wilt, though the larv^ hangs in a faccid condition "by its prolegs, and does have the appearance of a caterpillar dead from wilt. Streptococcus disparis is a gram positive, non-motile, encapsulated organism with a diameter of less than one micron. Successful field experiments were conducted with Streptococcus disparis in sections of the gypsy moth- infected territory in the United States. In two places severe epizootics were produced. The organism is not pathogenic to silkworms (Bombyx mori) nor to the army worm lk2 (Cirphis unipuncta) . It is not pathogenic to human beings, guinea pigs, or rabbits. The organism is listed in Bergey's Manual (5th ed. , p. 35M • Glaser, R. W. 1918 A new disease of gypsy-moth cater- pillars. J. Agric. Research, 13, 515~522. Streptococcus faecal i s Andrews and Horder Insects concerned: The German roach, Blattella germanica; and the web -worm, Hyhantria cunea, the milkweed bug, Oncopeltus fasciatus; the bagworm, Thyridopteryx ephemerae- f ormis; the cicada, Tibicen linnei. This streptococcus was isolated by Steinhaus (19^-1) from the alimentary tracts of the German roach, web -worm, and the milkweed bug. In this last insect the strain was somewhat atypical. See Bergey's Manual, 5th ed. , p. 337 , for a complete description. (See also the work of Duncan, 1926. ) Duncan, J. T. 1926 On a bactericidal principle present in the alimentary canal of insects and arachnids. Para- sitol. , 18, 238-252. Steinhaus, E. A. I9U1 A study of the bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , k2, 757-790. Streptococcus haemolyt 1 cus Roily (See Streptococcus pyogenes. ) STREPTOCOCCUS LI QUEFAC 1 ENS (Sternberg) Orla-Jensen (See Streptococcus apis. ) Insect concerned: The honey bee, Apis me 11 if era. Bergey's Manual (1939; 5th ed. , page 339) lists Streptococcus apis as a synonym for Streptococcus lique- faciens. Hucker (1932) found these two gelatinliquefying streptococci to be culturally almost identical. Streptococcus apis has been associated with European foulbrood of bees. Hucker, G. J. 1932 Studies on the coccaceae. XVII. 'Agglutination as a means of differentiating the species of Streptococcus and Leuconontoc. N. Y. State Agric. Expt. Station, Tech. Bull. No. 190, p. 17. 1*3 Streptococcu s d astor l anu s Krassilstschik (See Streptococcus bombycis. ) Insect concerned: The silkworm, Bombyx mori. This organism, was isolated in 1896 "by Krass lists chik. Paillot (1928) suggests that Streptococcus pastorianus may "be the same as Streptococcus "bonibycis. Bergey's Manual (5th ed. , p. 357) lists both of these organisms. -^Krass lists chik, I. 1896 Compt. rend. acad. Sci. , ^27. Paillot, A. 1928 Les maladies du Ver a Sole, Grasserie et dysenteries. 328 pp. Editions du Service Photo- graphique de 1 'Universite, Lyon. (See pages 171-172. ) Streptococcu s pity oc amp ae a lpha Dufrenoy Insect concerned: The process ionary moth caterpillar, Cnethocampa pityocampa. Dufrenoy (I919) found that three organisms attacked the process ionary moth caterpillar: Bacterium pityocampae, Streptococcus pityocampae alpha, and Streptococcus pityo- campae "beta. When the caterpillars are inoculated with Streptococcus pityocampae alpha, they die In two to four days, the muscles being infiltrated with the coccus and the fibers degenerating and losing their striation. Paillot (1933) states that he is surprised that the beta strain of this organism was given the same generic name as the alpha strain since the beta strain is gram negative. Furthermore, Paillot indicates that the alpha type is ill-placed in the Streptococcus genus because the alpha strain is motile. ^Dufrenoy, J. 1919 1©S formes de degenerescence des chenilles de Cnethocampa pityocampa paras itees. Compt. rend. soc. biol. , 82, 288-289. Paillot, A. 1933 L' Infection chez des Insectes. 535 pp. Imprimerie de Trevoux, Paris. (See pp. 125-126. ) Streptococcus pityocampae beta Dufrenoy (See Streptococcus pityocampae alpha. ) Streptococcus pyogenes Rosenbach Ticks concerned: Argas persicus; Ornithodoros moubata. ikh Duncan (1926) found Streptococcus haemolyticus (now known as Streptococcus pyogenes ) to be inhibited by the "bactericidal principle of the gut contents of Argas p_er- sicus but not by that of Ornithodoros moubata . Duncan, J. T. 1926 On a bactericidal principle present in the alimentary canal of insects and arachnids. Paras itol., 18, 238-252. Family: M I CROCOCCACEAE G-enus : Micrococcus M I CROCOCCU s ACR I D 1 C 1 DA Kuf f ernath (See Staphylococcus acridicida. ) M I CROCOCCU S AMY LOVORU S (See Erwinia amylovora • ) Micrococcus C. White Insect concerned: The honey bee, Apis mellifera. White (1906) isolated Micrococcus C. from the body of a healthy honey bee. He has given a complete description of this organism. White, G-. F. 1906 The bacteria of the apiary with spe- cial reference to bee diseases. U. S. Dept. Agr. , Bur. Entomol., Tech. Bull., No. ±h , 50 pp. M I CR0C0CCUS CATARRHAL I s Frosch and Kolle (See Neisseria catarrhal is. ) M 1 crococcu s chersones I A Corbet Insect concerned: An unidentified long-horned grass- hopper of the family Tettigonidae. During studies on the bacterial flora of normal insects, Steinhaus (19^1) isolated a gram- positive coccus from a long-horned grasshopper. The coccus at times appeared almost as a very short rod. This characteristic is shared by an organism which Bergey's Manual (1939; 5th ed. , page 258) describes under the name Micrococcus chersones ia, 1*4-5 isolated from the latex of a rubber tree. The growth of this organism is described as "being "dull" whereas that of the coccus isolated from the grasshopper is glistening. Otherwise the physiologic, morphologic and cultural char- acteristics of the two organisms agree fairly well. Steinhaus, E. A. I9U1 The study of the "bacteria asso- ciated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , k2, 757-790. M 1 CROCOCCU S CONGLOMERATU S Migula Insect concerned: The bedbug, Cimex lectularius L. An organism similar to Micrococcus conglomerate was isolated from the "bedhug by Steinhaus (19^1) . Steinhaus, E. A. I9U1 A study of the "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact., kg, 757-790. M 1 CROCOCCU s CURT I ss 1 Chorine Insects concerned: The corn borer, Pyrausta nubilalis; the flour moth, Ephestia kuhniella; the bee moth, Oalleria me Hone 11a. In July, 1928, Chorine (1929) observed a very high mortality among the young corn "borer larvae due to an organism which he called Micrococcus curtissi. The organ- ism also proved to be very virulent towards full grown "borers when injected, and to a less extent by mouth. By injection it was virulent toward the larvae of Ephestia kuhniella, though the larvae of Galleria me 11 one 11a proved to be more resistant. A complete description of the organism has been given by Chorine (1929). *Chorine, V. 1929 New bacteria pathogenic to the larvae of Pyrausta nubilalis Hb. Internat. Corn Borer Invest. , Sci. Rpts. , 2, 39-55. M 1 CROCOCCUS EPHESTR I AE Insect concerned: The flour moth, Ephestia kuhniella. ik6 According to Mattes (1927), Micrococcus ephestriae is apparently a nonpathogenic inhabitant of the intestinal tract of the flour moth larvae. It is an encapsulated organism. *Mattes, 0. 1927 Parasitare Krahkheiten der Mehlmatten- larven und Versuche uher ibre Verivendharkeit als "biologisches Bekampfrengsmittel. Sitzungsherichte der Gesellschaft zur Beforderung der gesamten Naturuvissen- schaften zu Marhurg, 62, 38l-1+17- M ICROCQCCUS EPI DERMI PI s (Kligler) Hucker Insect concerned: Gryllohlatta campodeiformis campodei- formis. Burroughs (19^1) isolated 3 strains of this coccus from the alimentary tract of the aoove gryllohlattid. (See Bergey's Manual, 5th edition, p. 255, for complete descrip- tion of this coccus.) Burroughs, A. L. 19^1 Bacterial flora of the alimentary tract of Gryllohlatta campodeiformis campodeiformis Walker. Montana State College, Master's Thesis. ?7 pp. M 1 CR0C0CCUS FLACC I D I FEX DANA I Brown (See also Gyrococcus flaccidifex. ) Insect concerned: The monarch "butterfly, Dana is archippus. Brown (1927) considered this organism to "be the cause of "wilt" disease in monarch hutterfly larvae. Smears- showed the "body fluid teaming with "motile cocci." Brown states, "One cannot "be certain from the meager cultural details given hy Glaser and Chapman (1912) of (Gyrococcus) flaccidifex whether the present organism is specifically distinct. On account of its pathological effect it seems to "be closely related to flaccidifex and I am naming it as a new suhspecies. I failed to find any undue gyrating of the cocci in the hanging drop upon which they erect their genus Gyrococcus. " A complete description of the organism has "been given hy Brown (1927). *Brown, F. M. 1927 Descriptions of new hacteria found in insects. Am. Mus. Novitates, Number 251, 11 pp. 1V7 G-laser, R. W. and Chapman, J. W. 1912 Studies on the wilt disease or "flacherie" of the gypsy moth. Science, 36, 219-22^. M 1 CROCOCCUS FLAVU s Lehmann and Neumann Insect concerned: The housefly, Musca domestica. Micrococcus f lavus , an air and milk organism, was isolated hy Torrey (1912) from the intestinal content, as well as the "body surface, of flies. Bergey's Manual, 5th edition, 1939 > P- 2^7, gives a complete description of the organism. Torrey, J. C. 1912 Jour. Infect. Diseases, 10, 169-176. M 1 CROCOCCUS FREU DENRE I CH 1 I Guilleheau Insect concerned: The "bag-worm, Thyr idopteryx ephemerae - for mis; Gryllohlatta campodeiformis campodeiformis Walker. Steinhaus (19^1) found Micrococcus f r eudenr e i chi i to "be part of the "bacterial flora of the alimentary canal of the larva of the "bag worm moth. Burroughs (19^1) isolated a strain of this micrococcus from the alimentary tract of a gryllohlattid. A description of this organism may "be found in Bergey's Manual (1939> 5th ed. , page 253 )• Burroughs, A. L. 19^1 Bacterial flors of the alimentary tract of Gryllo"blatta campodeiformis campodeiformis Walker. Montana State College Master's Thesis, ^7 PP« Steinhaus, E. A. 19^1 A study of the "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , k2, 757-790. M 1 CROCOCCU S 1 NSECTORUM Burrill (See Bacillus insectorum. ) Insect concerned: Chinch "bug, Blissus leucopterus. Forbes (1882) found a micrococcus in the chinch "bug which occurred primarily in the cecal organs. He conclud- ed they were normal to these organs, "being exceedingly ahundant in all those examined Burrill (1883) subsequent ■ ly made a technical study of this organism and gave the organism the name Micrococcus insectorum. 1U8 Smith (1933, p. 5*0 refers to "Bacillus insectorum Burrell [Burr ill] (Forces, 1895)" as a cause of a "bacterial disease of the chinch hug. Later (p. 59) he refers to Micrococcus insectorum Burr ill as being similar to organisms that cause the silk -worm diseases. He probably means the same organism. Burr ill, T. J. I883 New species of micrococcus. Am. Nat.j 1L 519. *Forbes, S. A. 1882 Bacterium a parasite of the chinch bug. Am. Nat. , l6, 82*4-825. Smith, R. C. 1935 Fungus and bacterial diseases in the control of grasshoppers and chinch bugs. 28th biennial Rpt. Kan. St. Bd. Agri. , M+-58. Micrococcus lardarius Krass lists chik Insect concerned: Silkworm, Bombyx mori. Krass i Is ts chik (1896) found this organism in the intestine and body cavity of si]kworms and thought it to be the cause of grasserie. He showed that the organism was distinctly different from Streptococcus bombycis. Krass ilstschik, M. J. I896 Sur les parasites des Vers a soie sains et malades. Contribution a 1' etude de la flacherie, de la grasserie et de la pebrine. (Communi- cation preliminaire). Memoires soc. zoo. de France., 9? 515-522. M I CROCOCCUS MAJOR Insects concerned: Nun moth, Lymantria monacha; and Hyponomenta sp. Eckstein (189*0 in working with bacteria associated with nun moth larvae, isolated Micrococcus major. He found it pathogenic also for Hyponomenta species. Eckstein, K. 189*4- Untersuchungen uber die in Raupen vonkommenden Bakterien. Z. F. Forst- und Jagdwesen, 26, 5-20, 228-2*4-1, 285-298, *4-15-*4-2*4-. M I CROCOCCUS NEUR0T0MAE Paillot Insects concerned: Neurotoma nemoralis; Agrotis segetum; Agrotis pronubana . Iks In 1922, Paillot (192*0 Isolated this bacterium from diseased Neurotoma nemoralis larvae, "but he did not find it of any great help in checking the insect in nature. He (1933) mentions the pathogenicity of the organism to Agrotis segetum and Agrotis pronubana . If the organism is gram- negative, as Paillot suggests, it should "be placed in the genus Neisseria. * Paillot, A. 192^ Sur deux bacteries parasites des larvae de Neurotoma nemoralis. Compt. rend, hebdom. acad. sci. , 178, 21+6-2i+9. Paillot, A. 1933 L' infection chez les insects. 535 pp. Imprimerie De Trevoux, Paris. (See p. 310). M 1 CROCOCCus nigrofaciens Northrup Insects concerned: Phvllophaga ( La chno sterna) spp. ; Allorrhina spp. ; American cockroach, Periplaneta americana; green June "beetle, Allorrhina (Cotini's) nitida; Malacosoma americana; cockchafer, Melolontha melolontha; the rhino- ceros "beetle, Strategus utanus ; May -"beetle, Phyllophaga ( La chno sterna ) vandinei. In 191^, Northrup (l91^a) described a "bacterial disease of June "beetle larvae, La chno sterna spp., caused "by Micro- coccus nigrofaciens. She found that this micrococcus was always accompanied "by a putrefactive organism, which she regarded as probably "being Bacillus septicus insectorum Krassilstschik. Northrup concluded from her observations that the organisms exist in the soil and that the diseased larvae "become infected through surface injury since ex- periments on the infection of soils showed that excessive moisture in the soil greatly favored the spread of the micrococcus. The common cockroach, Periplaneta americana, was also found to "be attacked "by the micrococcus, "but the infection apparently limited itself to the legs. She gave morphological and cultural characteristics of the organism (191^, b). Smyth (1917, 1920) reported a high mortality among the grubs of May-beetles and of the rhinoceros "beetles in experimental "boxes due to Micrococcus nigrofaciens. Du Porte (1915) reported it pathogenic for Malacosoma ameri- cana, and Davis and Luginbill (1921), for the green June beetle. Davis, J. J. and Luginbill, P. 192I The green June "beetle or Fig-eater. North Carolina Agr. Expt. St. Bull. 2^2, 35 PP. 150 Du Porte, E. M. 1915 TVo "bacterial diseases of injurious insect larvae. 7"th Ann. Kept. Quebec Soc. Prot. Plants from Insects and Fung. dis. (191I4--I915) . Quebec, 8I-85. Northrup, Zae. 191^a A "bacterial disease of the June "beetles, La chno sterna. Centr. f. Bakt. Parasit. u. Inf ekt. , kl, 321-339. * Northrup, Zae 191^b A "bacterial disease of June "beetle larvae, Lactinosterna spp. Tech. Bull. Mich. Agri. Exp. Sta., No. 18, 37 PP. Smyth, E. G-. 1917 The white grubs injuring sugar cane in Porto Rico. 1. Life Histories of May-beetle. Jl. Dept. Agr. , Porto Rico, 1, No. 3, lil-169. Smyth, E. G. 1920 The white grubs injuring sugar cane in Porto Rico. II. The rhinoceros beetles. Jl. Dept. Agr., Porto Rico, k, No. 2, 3"29- M 1CR0C0CCUS N I TR I F ICANS Bergey et al. Insect concerned: Lyreman cicada, Tibicen linnei. Steinhaus (19^1) isolated an organism similar to Micro- coccus nitrificans from the Lyreman cicada. See Bergey' s Manual for a description of this organism (5th ed. , p. 257) ■ Steinhaus, E. A. 19^+1 A study of the bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , kg, 757-790. M 1 CROCQCCUS NONFERMENTANS Steinhaus Insects concerned: The lyreman cicada, Tibicen linnei; and an unidentified damsel fly ( Coenagr ionidae ) . Micrococcus nonfermentans was isolated by Steinhaus (19^1) from the alimentary tracts of the above insects. *Steinhaus, E. A. 19I+I A study of the bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact., kg, 757-790. M 1 CROCQCCUS ochraceus Rosenthal Insects concerned: The imperial moth, Eacles imperialis; the nine -spotted lady-bug, Coccinella novemnotata. Micrococcus ochraceus was isolated from the two above - listed insects by Steinhaus (I9U1). 151 A description of the organisms may "be found in Bergey's Manual (5th ed. , page 2^2). Steinhaus, E. A. 19^1 A study of the "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , j+2, 757-790. Micrococcus ovatus Insect concerned: Silkworm, Bombyx mori. According to Northrup (191*0, Pehrine, now known to he caused "by a protozoan, was at one time supposed to he due to Micrococcus ovatus [Lehert, 1858]. Lehert, H. I858 Berliner Entomologische Zeitschr. (From Northrup, I91U. ) Northrup, Z. 191^ A hacterial disease of the June "beetles, Lachnosterna. Cent. f. Bakt. Parasit. u. Inf ekt. , kl, 321-339. M I CROCOCCU S PARVULU S Bergey et al. Insect concerned: The American roach, Periplaneta ameri- cana. Hatcher (1939.) isolated Micrococcus parvulus from the feces of the American roach. Veillon and Zuber originally isolated this "bacterium from human appendices, "buccol cavities, and lungs, and named it Staphylococcus parvulus . In the third edition of Bergey's Manual, 1930, p. 92, this "bacterium was called Micrococcus parvulus . In the 5th edition, p. 285, the name has "been changed to Yeillonella parvula . A complete description may "be found in Bergey's Manual. Hatcher, E. 1939 The consortes of certain North Carolina Blattids. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. , 55, 329. M 1 CROCOCCus p 1 er 1 p 1 s Burrill Insect concerned: The cahhage "butterfly, Pieris rapae . Chittenden (1926) states, "in some seasons the larvae are destroyed in large numbers "by a contagious hacterial diseased, caused "by Micrococcus pieridis. " However, as a rule the larvae are not very susceptible. 152 Chittenden, F. H. I926 The common cabbage worm and its control. U. S. Dept. Agr. Farmers' Bull., lk6l, 13 pp., 1926. Ml CROCOCCUS PYOGENES AUREUS Migula (See Staphylococcus aureus. ) M I CROCOCCUS RUSHMOR I Brown Insect concerned: Lucilia sericata. Brown (1927) found Micrococcus rushmori to he a second- ary invader in a disease of flies primarily caused by Bacillus lutzae. A complete description of the organism has been given by Brown. Brown, F. M. 1927 Description of new bacteria found in insects. Am. Mus. Novitates, No. 251, 11 pp. M 1 CROCOCCUS SUBFLAVUS Bumm Insect concerned: Grylloblatta campodeiformis campodeifor- mis. Micrococcus subflavus was the identification given by Burroughs ( 19^1 ) to a micrococcus he isolated from the alimentary tract of a grylloblattid. (A complete descrip- tion of this micrococcus is given in Bergey's Manual, 5th ed. , p. 2kQ.) Burroughs, A. L. 19^1 Bacterial flora of the alimentary tract of Grylloblatta campodeiformis campode i f ormi s Walker. Montana State College Master's Thesis, ^7 PP« M I CROCOCCUS VULGAR I S Insects concerned: Nun-moth, Lyman tria monacha; Vanessa urticae; Pieris brassicae; and Liparis salicis. Eckstein (189*0 isolated this organism from sick nun- moths and from experimentally dead larvae of Vanessa urticae, Pieris brassicae, and Liparis salicis. Eckstein, K. 189^ Untersuchungen uber die in Raupen vonkommenden Bakterien, Z. F. Forst- und Jagdwesen, 2.6, 3-20, 228-298, kl^-kzK. 153 Genus: Sarcina SARC 1 NA AURANT I ACA Flugge Insect concerned: The honey "bee, Apis mellifera. Serbinow (1912) found this organism together with Sarcina lutea and Bacillus me s enter icus in the dead larvae of honey "bees. A complete description of Sarcina aurantiaca may he found in Bergey* s Manual, 5th ed. , p. 273. Serbinow, I. L. 1912 Chernaia cherva. ("Black "brood" in "bees. ) Vestnik Russkavo Ohstschestva pchelovodstva, No. 11, Nov. 1912, ^26-1+29. SARC I NA FLAVA DeBary Insect concerned: Euxoa segetum; and the "bedhug, Cimex lectularius. Stutzer and Wsorow (I927) isolated Sarcina flava from the normal pupae of the Euxoa segetum. Steinhaus (19^1) on one occasion found this organism as a fortuitous asso- ciate of the "bedbug. A complete description may he found in the Bergey Manual, 5th ed. , p. 272. Steinhaus, E. A. 19^1 A study of the "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , kg, 757-790. Stutzer, M. J. and Wsorow, W. J. 1927 Tiber Infectionen der Raupen der Winter saateule (Euxoa segetum, Schiff . ) Centr. f. Bakt. u. Parasit. 71, 113-129. SARC I NA LDTEA Schroeter* Insect concerned: The honey "bee, Apis mellifera. Serbinow (1912) in trying to determine the cause of "Blackbrood" among "bees isolated Sarcina lutea from the dead larvae. A complete description may he found in the Bergey Manual (5th ed. , p. 272.) Serbinow, I. L. 1912 Chernaia Cherva. ("Black "brood" in "bees. ) Vestnik Russkavo Ohstschestva pchelovodstva, No. 11, Nov. 1912, J+26-U29. 15^ Genus : Staphylococcus Staphylococcus acridicida Kuf f ernath Associated insects: Locusts, Pieris rapae and Locus ta viridissima. In 1913, Kuf f ernath (1921) received locusts from Greece which had "been part of a disastrous invasion. He found the locusts infected with an organism which he isolated and named S taphy 1 o c o c cus acridicida, finding it to "be closely allied to Staphylococcus pyogenes ( S taphylo co c cus aureus ) . He described the organism in his paper. In the title of his paper (see below) he refers to the organism as Micrococcus (Staphylococcus ) acridicida. *Kuff ernath, H. Microbe pathogene pour les Sauterelles et d'autres insectes,- Micrococcus ( Staphylococcus ) acridicida, Kuff. Nov. spec. --Ann. Gembloux, Brussels, 27, 253-257. Staphylococcus albus Rosenbach Insects and ticks concerned: The oriental roach, Blatta oriental is; the croton "bug, Blattella germanica; the stable fly, Stomoxys calci trans; the bedbug, Cimex lectularius ; the house fly, Muse a domestica; the mosquitoes, Aedes cinereus and Anopheles bifurcatus; Rhodnius prolixus; and the ticks, Argas per si cus and Ornithodoros moubata. Tauber (19^0) found in- the hemolymph of the oriental roach, two organisms which were pathogenic for the insect. One was an unidentified rod, and the other was Staphylococ- cus albus . Just how the bacteria made their entrance into the hemolymph of normal roaches was not clear. He sug- gested, however, that after the insect molts, the exoskele- ton is very soft and is easily injured. Then the unin- fected roaches come in contact with the infected ones, and the bacteria penetrate the delicate newly exposed exoskeleton, or pass through breaks in the surfaces and so into the hemolymph. According to Herms (1939) Staphylococcus albus has "been isolated from the legs of the croton "bug, Blattella germanica. Duncan (1926) found the gut-contents of Argas per si cus, Ornithodoros moubata, and Stomoxys calci trans "but not 155 Cimex lectularius , Rhodnius prolixus, Musca domestica, Aedes cinereus, and Anopheles tifurcatus to he "bactericidal to Staphylococcus aj_hus. Staphylococcus alhus is descri"bed in the 5th edition of Bergey's Manual, p. 26l. Duncan, J. T. 1926 On a "bactericidal principle present in the alimentary canal of insects and arachnids. Paras itol., 18, 258-252. Herms, W. B. 1939 Medical Entomology, 5d ed. , 582 pp. (see p. 75) • MacMillan Co., New York. Tauher, 0. E. 19^0 Mitotic response of roach hemocytes to certain pathogenes in the hemolymph. Ann. Entomol. 33, 113-119. Staphy lococcus aureus Rosenhach Insects and ticks concerned: The silkworm, Bombyx mori; the roaches Blattella germanica, and Periplaneta orientalis; the stahle fly, Stomoxys calci trans; the hedhug, Cimex lectularius; the house fly, Musca domes tica; the mosqui- toes, Aedes cinereus, Aedes aegypti, and Anopheles hifur- catus ; Rhodnius prolixus; and the ticks, Argas persicus, Argas reflexus; and Ornithodoros moubata. Sawamura (1906) lists Micrococcus pyogenes aureus fs cap hy loco ecus aureus 1 as heing experimentally pathogenic to the silkworm. G-alli-Valerio (1907) refers to Staphylo- coccus pyogenes aureus as having heen spread "by the tick, Argas reflexus. Longfellow (1913) found that roaches, prohahly Periplaneta orientalis, carried Staphylo co c cus aureus on their legs. According to Herms (1939) this coccus also has heen isolated from the antennae of the croton hug (Blattella germanica) . Hindle and Duncan (1925") found Staphylococcus aureus to die out quickly after ingestion hy the tick, Argas persicus. Duncan (1926) supported these results hy the observation that this coccus was greatly inhibited hy the gut-contents of the tick. The same hactericidal effect against this organism was found hy Duncan to he character- istic of the gut-contents of Ornithodoros mouhata and Stomoxys calcitrans hut not "by Cimex lectularius, Rhodnius prolixus, Musca domes tica, Aedes cinereus , and Anopheles hifurcatus. St. John, Simmons, and Reynolds (1930) found Staphy- lococcus aureus to survive for at least 2k hours in the gut of the mosquito, Aedes aegypti, though it could not he demonstrated after an interval of seven or more days. 156 A complete description of Staphylococcus aureus may "be found in Bergey's Manual, 5th edition, p. 262. Duncan, J. T. 1926 On a "bactericidal principle present in the alimentary canal of insects and arachnids. Parasitol., 18, 238-252. G-alli-^Valerio, B. 1907 Les insects comme propagateurs , des maladies: Le role des arthropodes dans la dissemi- nation des maladies. Ber. ii. d. XIV Internat. Kongr. f. Hygiene u. Demogr. , Berlin, l89-19^« Herme, W. B. 1959 Medical Entomology. 3rd ed. , 582 pp. MacMillan Co. , New York. Hindle, E. , and Duncan, J. T. I925 The viability of "bacteria in Argas persicus. Parasitol. , 17, k^k—kk-6. Longfellow, R. C. 1913 The common house roach as a carrier of disease. Am. J. Pub. Health, $, 58-61. Sawamura, S. I906 Note on "bacteria pathogenic to silk- worm. Tokyo Imp. Univ. Coll. Agr. Bull., 1, 105- St. John, J. H. , Simmons, J. S. , and Reynolds, F. H. K. 1930 The survival of various microorganisms within the gas tro- intestinal tract of Aedes aegypti. Amer. J. Trop. Med. , 10, 237-?^l. Staphylococcus c i treus (Migula) Bergey et al. Insect concerned: The cockroach, Periplaneta orientalis, Longfellow (1913) found that cockroaches carried Staphylococcus ci treus on their legs. Longfellow, R. C. 1913 The common house roach as a car- rier of disease. Am. J, Pub. Health, 3> 58-6l. Staphylococcus insectorum Krassilstschik Insect concerned: The silkworm, Bombyx mori. Krassilstschik isolated and named Staphylococcus insectorum, and thought it was found normally in the in- testinal tract of the silkworm. (See Paillot, I928). Paillot, A. 1928 Les maladies du ver a soie G-rasserie et dysenteries. 328 pp. Editions du Service Photo- graphique d L'Universite Lyon. (See p. 171-172. 157 Staphylococcus muscae Glaser Insect concerned: The house . fly, Musca domes tica. Glaser (192*4-) isolated and named S taphy 1 o c o c cus muscae. He found it to "be the cause of a fatal infection in the house fly. The disease is rather sporadic and never assumes the form of an epidemic, only ahout 50 per cent of adult flies contracting the infection when experimentally infected. Males were more susceptible than females. A complete description of. the organism may he found in Bergey's Manual, 5"th ed. , p. 2.6k. *Glaser, R. W. 192^ A "bacterial disease of adult house flies. Am. J. Hyg. , k, ^11-^15. Staphylococcus paijvulus Veillon and Zuber (See Micrococcus parvulus . ) StAPHYLQCQCCLTS PYOGENES; AUREUS (See S taphy 1 o c o c cus aureus . ) Family: NEISSER IACEAE Genus : Neisseria Nea SSER1 A CATARRHAL! S (Frosch and Kolle) Holland Tick concerned: Argas persicus. Duncan (1926) found the gut-contents of Argas persicus possessed a "bactericidal principle active against Micro- coccus catarrhalis (Neisseria catarrhal i s ) and other "bacteria, (For complete description see Bergey's Manual, 5th edition, p. 280.) Duncan, J. T. 1926 On a "bactericidal principle present in the alimentary canal of insects and arachnids. Para- sitol., 18, 238-252. Ne 1 SSER j A LUC I L I ARUM Brown Insect concerned: The green fly, Luc ilia sericata. 158 Brown (1927) isolated this gram- negative, motile, coccus from dead Lucilia sericata which has been killed by Bacillus lutzae (which see). Taxonomically, according to Brown, this organism should he placed near Neisseria perflava Bergey et al. (See Bergey' s Manual, 1939? 5th ed. , p. 281. ) -*Brown, F. M. 1927 Descriptions of new "bacteria found in insects. Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 251, 11 pp. Genus : Veillonella Ve I LLONELLA parvula Bergey et al, (See Micrococcus parvulus . ) Family:, •PARVOBACTER I ACEAE Tribe: BRUCELLEAE Genus : Brucella Brucella ABORTUS (Schmidt and Weis) Meyer and Shaw insects concerned: The cockroach, Periplaneta americana; and the flies, Musca domestica, Muscina stabulans , Stomoxys calci trans, Caliphora sp. , and Lucilia sp. Ruhland and Huddleson (19^-1) in attempting to account for the appearance of brucellosis in non- infected herds kept under ideal conditions fed the above insects for two hours on a virulent strain of Brucella abortus after which the insects were examined bacteriologically. In the 110 cockroaches tested the "bacterium did not remain alive in their intestinal tract for more than 2h hours. "Data obtained from the flies indicate that the amount of growth obtained by culturing the droplets was heavier and more free from contamination kQ hours after exposure than at earlier periods. Although no flies were cultured later than 96 hours after exposure, it is possible that they carry the organism for a considerable period of time. " According to Patton (1931) Wollman found that flies kept in contact with Brucella abortus for U8 hours, and then placed in a tube containing culture medium, remained infective for 2h hours but not later. 159 Pattern, ¥. S. 1931 Insects, ticks, mites, and venomous animals of medical and veterinary importance. Part II. - Public. Health. 7^0 pp., H. P. Grubb, Ltd., Croydon. Ruhland, H. H. , and Huddleson, I. F. I9U1 The role of one species of cockroach and several species of flies in the dissemination of Brucella. Amer. J. Vet. Res. , 2, 371-372. Trihe: HEMOPHILEAE Genus : Hemophilus Hemoph 1 LUS duplex (Lehman and Neuman) comb, no v. Insect concerned: The house fly, Musca domestica. According to Patton-(r93l) , Wollman placed house flies in tubes containing cultures of Bacillus aegyptiu^ and the Morax-Axenfeld "bacillus ( Hemophilus duplex) of 'subacute conjunctivitis and observed that they became infective immediately afterwards, though they were not infective after three and one half hours. Patton, W. S. 1931 Insects, ticks, mites, and venomous animals of medical and veterinary importance. Part II. - Public Health. 7^0 pp. H. R. Grubb, Ltd., Croydon. Tribe: Pasteur elleae Genus : Pasteurella PASTEURELLA CUN 1 6ul I C I DA (Fliigge) Trevisan Insect concerned: The house fly, Musca domestica. Scott (1917) has reported the isolation of Bacillus (now Pasteurella) cuniculicida from the house fly. Scott, J. R. 1917 Studies upon the common house-fly (Musca domestica Linn. ) II. Isolation of B. cuniculi- cida, a hitherto unreported isolation. 37, 121-12^. i6o Pasteur ella pest 1 s (Lehmann and Neumann) Bergey et al. Insects concerned: Plague bacilli have "been cited as associated with an extensive number of arthropods. The species listed below are perhaps the most important and representative ones from the standpoint of plague trans- mission. Fleas : Xenopsylla cheopis; Xenopsylla astia; Xenopsylla "brasiliensis; Diamanus montanus ( Ceratophyllus acutus ) ; Nosopsyllus fasciatus (Ceratophyllus fasciatus) ; Monopsyllus anisus (Ceratophyllus anisus); Oropsylla silantiewi; Ceratophyllus tes quorum; Dinopsyllus lypusus ; Leptcpsylla musculi; Ctenophthalmus agyrtes; Pulex irritans; Cteno- phthalmus agyrtes ; Pulex irritans; Ctenocephalides canis; Ctenocephalides fells; Ceratophyllus gallinae. The reader is referred to the work of Eskey and Haas (19^0) for a list of , other species of fleas which are potential vectors of plague, especially among rodents. Lice: Haematopinus columbianus; Linognathoides citelli. The implications against many of the following have "been mainly of an incidental nature and are concerned largely with experimental findings : Ticks: Ixodes autumnalis; Rhipicephalus schulzei; Argas persicus; Hyalomma volgense; Derma centor silvarum. Flies: Musca domestica; Stomoxys calci trans. Beetles: Necrophorus dauricus and others. Mosquitoes : Culex pipiens, A&des aegypti. Ants, roaches, and mites have also "been suspected of carrying plague "bacilli. The plague "bacillus was discovered in 189^ independently by Kitasato and by Yersin. Three years later Ogata (1897) and soon thereafter Simond (1898) pointed out, on epidemiologic and experimen- tal ground, the role of the flea in the transmission of plague bacilli. However, it was the English Plague Re- search Commission that clarified and established the essen- tial part that fleas play in the spread of plague, especially among rodents. Although the number of fleas known to transmit the plague "bacillus is large and ever -increasing, the principal vector is the rat-flea Xenopsylla cheopis. It is present on wild rats in many parts of the world and is the pre- dominant species in India, Java, Egypt, and most parts of China. Besides its widespread occurrence, there are other factors which make this species an efficient vector. As stated by Eskey (1938); "When compared with all other l6i species studied, Xenopsylla cheopis are considered the most efficient transmitting agents "because they are more readily infected when fed on septicemic "blood, and they transmitted the disease to many more guinea pigs. They also tend to "become "blocked earlier and to remian in- fectious for a longer time than other fleas. Blocked cheopis are very persistent in their efforts to o"btain blood ..." According to Lien-teh, Chun, Pollitzer, and Wu (1936), Xenopsylla astia is not as important as X. cheopis in the transmission of plague though it may "be the responsible vector in certain circumscribed and isolated outbreaks. X. "brasiliensis is the predominant rat-flea of Uganda, Kenya and Nigeria, and has "been known to transmit plague from rat to rat and from rat to man. Nosopsyllus fasciatus, the so-called European rat-flea, attacks man less readily than X. cheopis and does not predominate on rats in plague areas. Leptopsylla musculi likewise does not readily "bite man and is of minor importance in the spread of the disease. In some parts of the world plague is harbored in ani- mals other than the rat. In such cases the ectoparasites of these animals are of importance in maintaining the disease. Chief of these are Diamanus montanus , found on the ground squirrels of California; Oropsylla silantiewi; found on the tarbagan of Mongolia; .Ceratophyllus tes quorum, carried by the suslik or marmot of Southeastern Russia; and Dinopsyllus lypusus found on the gerhille of Africa. As indicated in the list of arthropods above, "besides fleas, other insects including flies, ants, "beetles, mos- quitoes, and roaches have also "been suspected of carrying plague "bacilli. Data concerning the possible role of ticks in the trans- mission of plague is very meager. Skorodumoff, in 1928, (quoted "by Lien-teh, et al. , 1936) was among the first to o"btain positive experimental results. He infected a wild mouse and a guinea pig from crushed suspension of ixodid ticks. In 1929, Tikhomirova and Nikanoroff (Lien-teh, et al. , 1936) found three ticks (Ixodes autumnal is) upon the carcass of an experimentally infected tara"bagan. The tissues of these ticks yielded positive cultures of the plague "bacillus and was infective to guinea pigs. Faddeeva (1932) fed Ar gas persicus on infected guinea pigs when the "bacteremia was most marked. Both the inoculation and the culture experiments gave positive results. Borzenkov and *Donskov (1933) reported the finding of plague bacilli in Ixodes autumnal is and Rhipicephalus schulzei taken from animals infected with plague (see also Gaisky (I93I)). These workers also found that HyalomTna volgense, from 162 larval to adult stages, can "be infected with plague by feeding on infected animals. These authors also state that ""by the direct "bites the plague infected adults may cause an infection and death in healthy animals." Sassu- chin and Tichomirova (1936) have reported studies on the survival of plague "bacilli in the larvae and nymphae of Dermacentor silvarum. Over 60 per cent of "both nympahe and larvae died during the experiments, suggesting that Pasteurella pestis was pathogenic to them. For a "bacteriologic description of Pasteurella pestis see Bergey's Manual (5th ed. , page 29 4). Borzenkov, A. , Donskov, G-. 1933 The experimental infec- tion of the tick Hyalomma volgense P. Schulze et E. Schlottke, 1929> with plage. Rev. Microbiol. Epidermiol. et Parasitol. , 12, 30. Eskey, C. R. 1938 Fleas as vectors of plague. Am. J. Publ. Health, 28, 1305-1310. Eskey, C. R. , and Haas, V. H. 19^0 Plague in the western part of the United States. U. S. Public Health Bui. No. 25^, 83 pp. Faddeeva, T. 1932 The role of ticks in the transmission and preservation of plague virus. Rev. Microbiol. Epidemiol, et Parasitol., 12, 279- *Kitasato, S. 189^ Preliminary note on the "bacillus bubonic plague. Lancet, 2, ^28. Lien-teh, W. , Chun, J. ¥. , Pollitzer, R. , and Wu, C. Y. I936 Plague. A manual for medical and public health, workers. 5^7 PP' The Mercury Press, Shanghai. Ogata, M. 1897 Ueber der Pestepidemie in Formosa. Zbl. Bakt. , 21, 7^- Sassuchin, D. , and Tichomirova, M. 193^ De la conserva- tion des Pasteurella pestis dans les larves et les nymphes des tiques Dermacentor silvarum Olen. Rev. Microbiol., Peidemiol. et Parasitol. , 15, 3^2. Simond, P. L. 1898 La propagation de la peste. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, 12, 625. *Yersin, A. 189^ La peste bubonique a Hong Kong. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, 8, 662. Pasteurella tularens i s (McCoy and Chapin) Bergey et al.1 Explanatory note: Considerable disagreement persists as to the correct classification and naming of this bacterium. Serologically it is allied to the members of the genus Brucella and hence is called Brucella tularens is by Eng- lish writers. However, the importance of this as a • 163 taxonomlc criterion would mean little if the findings of Mailman (1930) concerning the common antigenicity of Brucella, Pasteurella, and Pfeifferella are correct. Although originally named Bacterium tularense "by McCoy and Chapin, more recent classifications have placed the organism in the genus Pasteurella "because of its similar- ities with other members of the genus , especially Pas- teurella pestis. These organisms agree to a large extent in pathogenicity, pathologic manifestations, morphology, fermentation reactions, selective affinity for rodent and human hosts, and in insect transmission. The tularaemia organism differs from other members of the genus in the difficulty in growing it on ordinary "bacteriologic media. Inasmuch as we have arbitrarily followed the systematics of the Bergey Manual, we have used the name Pasteurella tularensis for the sake of consistency. Insects concerned: The squirrel flea, Ceratophyllus acutus; the deer fly, Chrysops discalis; the ra"b"bit louse, Haemodipsus ventricosus; the mouse louse, Polyplax serra- tus; the "bedhug, Cimex lectularius; the fleas, Ctenophthal- mus pollex, C. assimilis, and C. oriental is; flies, Tahanus autumnalis; T. agrestis, T. "bromius , T. erheri, T. flavo- guttatus , T. solstitialis, T. peculiaris, T. karybenthinus , T. turkestanus, T. septentrionalis , T. rupestris, Chrysops noctifer, C . relictus, Chrysozona turkestanica, Simulium decorum katmai, Neohaematop inus laevius cuius , Stomoxys calci trans, Spilopsyllus cuniculi, Cediopsylla simplex; mites of the family Gamasidae; the ticks, Dermacentor andersoni , D. alhip ictus, D. occidentalis, D. variabilis, D. parumapertus (marginatus) , D. silvarum, Haemaphysalis leporis-palustris'; Ixodes ricinus californicus; Ornitho- doros turicata, 0. parkeri, 0. hermsi, 0. lahorensis, Rhipicephalus sanguineus ; Ambly omnia americanum; mosquitoes A^des nearcticus, A. vexans , A. dorsalis, A. stimulans, A. canadensis, A. aegypti , A. caspius , Theohaldia incidens, Culex tarsalis, C. apicalis, and Anopheles hyrcanus . In 1911 McCoy described a plague -like disease of ground squirrels (Citellus "beecheyi) of California. The follow- ing year McCoy and Chapin (1912) descrihed "Bacterium tularense" as the causative agent. The disease was later named "tularemia" "by Francis. During his original inves- tigations McCoy (1911) found it possible to reproduce the infection in guinea pigs "by the subcutaneous inoculation of crushed squirrel fleas ( Ceratophyllus acutus) which had "been removed from recently dead rodents. Ten years later, Francis and Mayne (1921) reported experimental transmission 16k of tularemia "by the blood-sucking deer fly, Chrysops discalis. This was followed lay similar reports "by Francis and Lake (1921, 1922a, 1922b) involving the rabbit louse, Haemodipsus ventricosus, the bedbug, Cimex lectularius, and the mouse louse, Polyplax serratus. During the years 1922 and 1923, Parker, Spencer, and Francis (192*0 made observations which indicated the spontaneous occurrence of the tularemia organism in the tick Dermacentor andersoni. They also demonstrated stage- to-stage transmission of the "bacterium from larva to adult tick. Later, Parker and Spencer (1926) proved the heredi- tary transmission of Pasteurella tularensis (Bacterium tularense) in Dermacentor andersoni. This appears to have been the first recorded instance of the hereditary trans- mission of a known pathogenic "bacterium "by an arthropod. Parker and his associates (Davis, Philip, and Jellison) have made numerous other studies regarding the association of arthropods and the tularemia "bacterium. As to their findings, we quote . from Parker (1933)-' "(a) The demonstration of the survival of Bact. tularense from the larvae through to the adults of "both H. leporis-palustris and D. variabilis, its transmission "by the successive stages involved, and generation-to-generation transmission from in- fected females to their progeny. (Id) Larval to adult survival in, and transmis- sion "by, the successive stages of the brown dog tick, R. sanguineus , and the lone-star tick, A. americanum, within a single generation. (c) Survival in, and later transmission "by adult rabbit dermacentor, D. parumapertus marginatus , and the Pacific Coast tick, D. occidentalis, that had previously ingested virus. (d) Mechanical transmission to guinea pigs "by Ta"banus septentrionalis , "by another species of horsefly tentatively identified as T. rupestris, and by Chrysops noctifer, and the survival of viable Bact. tularense in C. noctifer for a period of over a month. Survival only was also shown in an unde- termined species of Ceratopogonidae. [Philip, un- published experiments.] (e) Failure to transmit infection by species of fleas occurring in the native Montana fauna. (f ) Mechanical transmission by immediate inter- rupted feeding by the black fly, Simulium decorum katmai. [Philip, unpublished experiments.] (g) Transmission by the sucking louse, Neohae- matopinus laevius cuius, of the Columbian ground squirrel. 165 (h) The repeated recovery of Bact. tularense from specimens of H. leporis-palustris collected from rahhits and grouse in Morrison County, Minne- sota, in 1931 and 1932. (These tests were made in conjunction with Dr. R. G. Green of the University of Minnesota Medical School.)" According to other reports, Pasteurella tularensis has "been found spontaneously in Derma cent or occidentalis (Parker, Brooks, and Marsh, 1929), Ixodes ricinus call- fornicus (Davis and Kohls, 1937), and Derma cent or varia- bilis (Green, 1931). Kamil and Bilal (1938) have reported the transmission "by Ornithodoros lahorensis. Zasukhin (1936) mentions that in 193^ Golov showed that Dermacentor silvarum can "be infected with Pasteurella tularensis and that it does not lose the infection from one stage to the next. Davis (19^0) has found that the tularemia "bacterium may survive in the tissues of Ornithodoros turicata and Ornithodoros parkeri, ""but is not transmitted "by the ticks during feeding. Tolfrz, Kolpakova, and Flegontoff (193*0 have reported the survival of Pasteurella tularensis in mites of the family Gamasidae and in the fleas, Ctenophthalmus pollex and possibly Ctenophthalmus orientalis. Green and Evans (1938) isolated the hacterium of tularemia from fleas (Spilopsyllus cuniculi) removed from snowshoe hares and from cottontail rahhits. Waller (i9^0) recovered Pasteur- ella tularensis from Cediopsylla simplex collected from a sick cottontail rahhit. Philip, Davis, and Parker (1932) using Aeaes nearcticus, A. vexans , A. dorsalis, A. stimu- lans, A. aegypti, A. canadensis, Theohaldia incidens , and Culex tar sails, showed experimentally that the mosquito could he a significant factor in the epidemiology of tularemia "by infecting persons mechanically (l) "biting, (2) heing crushed on the skin, and (3) hy depositing excrement on the skin. Bozhenko (1936) demonstrated that Pasteurella tularensis may survive in Culex apicalis and in the feces of this insect. This worker (1935) has also found that transmission of tularemia "by the "bites of infected hedhugs was successful 15 hours after an infective feeding and that organisms remain virulent in the "bugs for as long as I36 days after feeding. In recent years Olsufiev and Golov, 1939; and Olsufiev, 1939a , "b, c; 19^+Oa, h, have gathered considerable data on the transmission of tularemia implicating horse flies, the stahle fly, the rain fly, mosquitoes, and other insects. For a description of Pasteurella tularensis see Bergey's Manual (5th ed. ). 166 Bozhenko, V. P. 1935 The role of "bed hugs (Cimex lectularius L. ) in transmission and preservation of tularaemia virus. (in Russian. ) Rev. MicroMol. , lk, Bozhenko, V. P. 1936 On the role of the mosquitoes, Culex apicalis Ad. , as carriers and transmitters of tularaemia. (In Russian. ) Rev. MicroMol., 15, kkj-kky. Davis, G. E. I9U0 Bacterium tularense : Its persistence in the tissues of the argasid ticks Ornithodoros turi- cata and 0. parkeri. Pub. Health Rep. , 55, 676-68O. Davis , G. E. , and Kohls , G. M. 1937 Ixodes ricinus californicus (Banks) as a possible vector of Bacterium tularense. Pub. Health Rep. , 52, 281-282. Francis, E. , and Lake, G. C. 1921 Experimental trans- mission of tularaemia in rahbits "by the rahMt louse, Haemodipsus ventricosus (Denny). Pub. Health Rep., 36, 171+7-1753. Francis, E. , and Lake, G. C. 1922a Transmission of tularaemia "by the "bedbug, Cimex lectularius. Pub. Health Rep., 21, 83-95. Francis E. , and Lake, G. C. 1922b Transmission of tular- aemia by the mouse louse Polyplax serratus (Burm. ). Pub. Health Rep./ 31, 96-IOI. Francis E. , and Mayne, B. 1921 Experimental transmission of tularaemia "by flies of the species Chrysops discalis. Pub. Health Rep., 36, 1738-17^6. Green, R. G. , and Evans, C. A. 1938 Role of fleas in the natural transmission of tularaemia. Minn. Wildlife Dis., Invest., April, 1938; pp. 25-28. Kamil, S. , and Bilal, S. 1938 Experimental research on the etiology of tularaemia in Turkey. Ann. de Paras it. , 16, 530-51+2. Mailman, W. L. 1930 J. Am. Vet. Med. Assoc, 77, ^6. McCoy, G. W. 1911 A plague-like disease of rodents. Pub. Health Bui. No. kj , pp. 53-71. *McCoy, G. W. , and Chap in, C. W. 1912 Bacterium tularense , the cause of a plaguelike disease of rodents. Bui. No. 53, Hyg. Lab., U.S.P.H.S. (January). (See also J. Infectious Diseases, 1912, 10, 6l. ) Olsuf iev, N. G. , and Golov, D. A. I936 Horse flies as transmitters and conservators of tularemia. Animaux pathogenes, 2, 187-226. (In Russian with English summary. ) Olsuf iev, N. G. 1939a The role of Stomoxys calci trans L. in the transmission and preservation of tularemia in- fection. Arkhiv. Mologicheskikh nauk. , 58, 25-31. (in Russian with English summary. ) 167 Olsufiev, N. G-. 1939b The role of mosquitoes in the transmission and retention of tularemia. Problems of regional parasitology, 3> 213-2^6. (In Russian with. English summary. ) Olsufiev, N. G-. 1939c The specific composition and seasonal dynamics of the "blood- sucking diptera numbers in the delta of the Volga and their possible role in the epidemiology of tularemia. Zoologichesku zhurnal, 18, 786-798. (In Russian with English summary.) Olsufiev, N. G-. 19^0a Nouvelles donnees experimentales sur la transmission de lf infection tulare'mique par les taons ( Tabanus ) . Meditsinskaia paras itologiia i para- zitariye bolezni, % 260-270. (in Russian with French summary. ) Olsufiev, N. G. 19^0b Results of studies of transmitters of tularemia in U.S.S.R. Proc. of the All-Union Congress of Microti. , Epidemiol., and Inf ectionists, 1939* Moscow, 19^0, pp. 2V7-253. Parker, R. R. 1933 Recent studies of tick -"borne diseases made at the United States Public Health Service Labora- tory at Hamilton, Montana. Proc. 5th Pacific Sci. Congress, 6, 3367-3371+. Parker, R. R. , Brooks, C. S. , and Marsh, H. 1929 The occurrence of Bacterium tularense in the wood tick, Derma centor occidental is in California. Pub. Health Rep., hk, 1299-1300. Parker, R. R. , and Spencer, R. R. 1926 Hereditary trans- mission of tularaemia infection "by the wood tick, Dermacentor andersoni Stiles. Pub. Health Rep., hi, 1^03-lI+07. Parker, R. R. , Spencer, R. R. , and Francis, E. 192^ Tularaemia infection in ticks of the species Dermacentor andersoni Stiles in the Bitterroot Valley, Mont. Pub. Health Rep. , 32, 1057 -1073- Philip, C. B. , Davis, G. E. , and Parker, R. R. 1932 Experimental transmission of tularaemia "by mosquitoes. Pub. Health Rep., ^7, 2077-2088. Volferz, A. A., Kolpakov, S. A., and Flegontoff , A. A. 193^ The role of ectoparasites in the tularaemic epizootic of the ground squirrels. Rev. Microbiol. Epidemiol, et Paras itol. , 1^, 103-116. Waller, E. F. 19^0 Tularemia in Iowa cottontail rabbits (Sylvilagus floridanus mearns i ) and in a dog. Vet. Student, 2, pp. 5k, 55, 73- Zasukhin, D. N. 1936 The ticks (Ixodidae) and their role ■ in epizootology and epidemiology of tularaemia in the south-east of the U.S.S.R. (in Russian. ) Rev. Micro- biol. , 15, ^61-^70. 168 Family: PSEUDOMONADACEAE Trite: Ps El) DOMONA DEAE Genus : Phytomonas Phytomonas campestr I S (Pammel) Bergey et al. Insect concerned: Plus ia brass icae; Agriolimax agrestis L. Pammel (l895) first isolated Bacillus ( Phytomonas ) campestr is from diseased rutabagas. Two years later Smith (1897) showed experimentally that this organisn, which causes "black rot of crucifers, could "be transmitted "by slugs, Agriolimax agrestis L. , and the cabbage worm, Plusia brass icae. No actual proof of the insect trans- mission of this disease in the field has, as yet, been forthcoming. For a description of this organism see Bergey's Manual (5th ed. , page 1^8). * Pammel, L. H. 1895 Bacteriosis of rutabaga (Bacillus campestr is, n. sp. ). Iowa Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. 27, 130-131+. Smith, E. F. 1897 Pseudomonas campestr is (Pammel), the cause of a brown rot in cruciferous plants. Zent. Bakt. II., 3, 28^-291, ^08-^15, 1^78-^86. Phytomonas medicaginis var. phaseol i cola (Burkholder) Insect concerned: The thrip, Heliothrips femoral is. This bacterium was isolated from leaves, pods, and stems of beans afflicted with halo blight. Buchanan (1932) showed that this bacterial disease of beans was transmitted by the thrip Heliothrips femoral is. The bacterial lesions on the plants are always associated with the feeding wounds of the insect. According to Leach (19^0), the transmission appears to be incidental and entirely mechanical and under field conditions the insect is probably of little importance as a vector of the disease For a description of this organism see Bergey's Manual (5th ed. , page 19*0- Buchanan, D. 1932 A bacterial disease of beans trans- mitted by Heliothrips femoral is Reut. J. Econ. Entomol. , 25, ^9-53. 169 Leach, J. G-. 19^+0 Insect transmission of plant diseases 6l5 pp. McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York. Phytomon as melophthora Allen and Riker Insect concerned: The apple maggot, Rhagoletis pomonella. This "bacterium is pathogenic for apples and is found associated with the apple maggot, Rhagoletis pomonella. Allen and Riker (1932) studied the decay of apples which frequently follows infestation "by the apple maggot. They associated the decay with a "bacterium which they named Phytomonas melophthora. Besides "being associated with the larvae, this "bacterium has "been found hoth in and on male and female flies. For a description of this organism see Bergey's Manual (5th ed., page 199). *Allen, T. C. , and Riker, A. J. 1932 A rot of apple fruit caused "by Phytomonas melophthora, n. sp. , follow- ing invasion "by the apple maggot. Phytopath. , 22, 557~ 571. Phytomonas pseudotsugae (Hansen and Smith) Insect concerned: Chermes cooleyi. Phytomonas pseudotsugae was isolated from galls on Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga taxifolia) in California. Hansen and Smith (1937) designated the causative agent Bacterium pseudotsugae, which has since "been placed in the genus Phytomonas. The infection depends on deep wounds which suggests transmission "by an insect vector. Strong circum- stantial evidence incriminates Chermes cooleyi, a sucking insect. See Bergey's Manual (5th ed. , page 209) for a descrip- tion of this organism. ^-Hansen, H. N. , and Smith, R. E. 1927 A hacterial gall disease of Douglas fir, Pseudotsuga taxifolia. Hilgardia, 10, 569-577. 170 Phytomonas saliciperda (Lindeijer) Magrou Insect concerned: The willow "borer , Cryptorrhynchus lapathl . Lindeijer (1932) descrl"bed a "bacterial disease of willows (Salix spp. ), caused "by Pseudomonas saliciperda, and since placed in genus Phytomonas . According to Leach (19^0), the disease causes a wilt of the "branches followed "by early defoliation and death of the affected limbs. Natural infections most frequently originate at the sight of wounds made "by the willow "borer, which, after having "been contaminated with the "bacteria, infects the tree. The disease has "been experimentally produced "by allowing infected insects to feed on willow twigs. For a description of this organism see Bergey's Manual (5th ed., p. 20*0. Leach, J. G-. 19^+0 Insect transmission of plant diseases. 6l5 pp. McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York. *Lindeijer, E. J. 1932 De "bacterie-ziekte van den wilg veroorzakt door Pseudomonas saliciperda n. sp. Thesis Univ. of Amsterdam, Baarn, pp. 1-82. Phytomonas savastano i (Smith) Bergey et al. Insect concerned: The olive fly, Dacus oleae. Phytomonas savastano i gives rise to a disease of olive tree on which "knots" or galls result from the infection. The disease is prevalent in Italy and other southern Euro- pean countries, although Smith isolated cultures from olive galls collected in California where the disease has "been known since 1898. In Italy there appears to "be a close association "between the olive fly, Dacus oleae, and the spread of the disease. Petri (1909, 1910) studied the relationships between this insect and "bacteria found in the intestinal tract of the insect. Ascohacterium luteum (which see) is one of the nonpathogenic "bacteria which Petri found occurring as a "symbiote" in the olive fly and from the four "blind appen- dages of the middle stomach of the larvae of Dacus oleae, he (1910) isolated Bacterium savastanoi ( Phytomonas savas - tanoi) . According to Buchner (1930) the latter organism is the real "symbiont" associated with the olive fly. The "bacteria are transmitted through the egg and persist in 171 the puparium. Petri suggested that the physiological role of the bacteria in the digestive tract is probably con- nected with the feeding hah it of the larva, which hores in olives, a food which is rich in fats. The larva has to ingest very large quantities of oil in order to extract enough nitrogenous substances necessary for its develop- ment. The "bacteria in the digestive tract may be useful in breaking down the fats and releasing the nitrogen. For a description of this organism see Bergey's Manual (5th ed. , page 207), and Bacterium savastanoi in Elliott (1930). Buchner, P. 1930 Tier und Pflanze in Symbiose. 900 pp. Borntraeger, Berlin. (See page 312. ) Elliott, C. 1930 Manual of bacterial plant pathogens. 3^-9 PP« Williams and Wilkins Company, Baltimore. (See page 198). Petri, L. 1909 Ricerche sapra i batter! intestinal! della Mosca olearia'. Memorie R. Staz. Patol. Veg. Roma, k, 1-130. Petri, L. 1910 Untersuchungen uber die Darmbakterien der Olivenflige. Zentrabl. Bakt. II, 26, 357-3^7- Phytomonas solan acearum (Smith) Bergey et al. Insect concerned: The potato beetle, Leptihotarsa decim- lineata. In warm, moist climates this bacterium attacks potatoes, tohacco, tomatoes, peppers, and other related plants. According to Leach (19^0), the bacteria are found first in the vascular bundles but eventually they enter the paren- chyma cells of the cortex and pith. After spreading through the vascular "bundles of the stolons they reach the tubers where they decay the storage tissues. Smith (1896) incriminated the Colorado potato beetle as a disseminator of the disease on the basis of greenhouse experiments. He named the bacterium Bacillus s plana cearum though it is now placed in the genus Phytomonas. For a description of this organism see Bergey's Manual (5th ed. , page 203). Leach, J. G-. 19^0 Insect transmission of plant diseases. 615 pp. McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York. 'Smith, E. F. I896 A bacterial disease of the tomato, eggplant, and Irish potato (Bacillus s plana cearum n. sp. ) U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Physiol, and Path. Bui. 12. 172 Phytomonas stewart I ( Smith) Bergey et al. Insects concerned: Phyllophaga sp. ; Chaetocnema denticu- lata; Chaetocnema pull car la; Dla"brotica duodecimpunctata; Diahrotica longicornis. Phytomonas stewarti Is a "bacterium which gives rise to a wilt in corn (Zea may_s ) . Sweet corn seems to he the most susceptible, although, according to Leach (19^0), teosinti ( Euchlaena mexicana) , and Tripsacum dactyloides are known to "be susceptible. The organism is essentially a vascular pathogen although other tissues are frequently affected. Rand (1923) was the first to prove that insects could disseminate the disease. He demonstrated that the "brassy flea "beetle, Chaetocnema pulicaria was responsible for the secondary spread of wilt in midsummer. For a description of this "bacterium see Bergey's Manual (1939) 5th ed. , page, 21*0. Leach, J. G. 19^+0 Insect transmission of plant diseases. 615 pp. McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York. Rand, F. V. 1923 Bacterial wilt or Stewart's disease of corn. The Canner, ^6, 16^-165. Phytomonas tumefac 1 ens (Smith and Townsend) Bergey et al. (See Bacterium tumefac i ens. ) Genus: Pseudomonas Pseudomonas aerug I NOSA (Schroster) Migula (See Bacillus pyocyaneus . ) Pseu domon AS FERMENTANS Von Wolzogen Kuhr (See Flavohacterium f ermentans . ) Pseu domonas fluorescens Migula (See Pseudomonas fluorescens liquefaciens. ) 173 PSEU DOMONAS FLUORESCENS L 1 QUEFAC I ENS Insect concerned: The honey "bee, Apis me 11 if era. White (1906) isolated Pseudomonas fluorescens lique- faciens from the intestine of the normal honey "bee. This organism is most likely Pseudomonas fluorescens. (See Bergey Manual, 5th ed. , p. 129 . ) "White, G-. F. 1906 The bacteria of the apiary, with special reference to "bee diseases. U. S. Dept. Agri. Bull. No. Ik, Bur. Entomol. , 50 pp. Pseu DOMONAS oval I S Chester Insect concerned: The Colorado potato "beetle, Leptinotarsa decemlineata. Steinhaus (19^0) found this "bacterium in the alimentary canal of the larvae of the Colorado potato "beetle. This organism is frequently, found in the soil and hence may easily "become associated with this insect. A description of Pseudomonas oval is may "be found in Bergey' s Manual (5th ed. , page 133). Steinhaus, E. A. I9U1 A study of the "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , h2, 757-790. Pseudomonas sal i c i perda Lindeijer (See Phytomonas saliciperda. ) Pseu domon as sept I ca Bergey et al. Insects concerned: Euxoa segetum Schiff . ; the firefly, Photinus pyralis; and in the potato "beetle, Leptinotarsa decemlineata. Stutzer and Wsorow (1927) isolated from Euxoa segetum an organism which they named Bacillus fluorescens septicus. They thought it was one of two agents that caused a "spring disease" among the caterpillars in 1925. Experimentally 0 they were ahle to produce the disease "by infecting the insects through the damaged integument. Thus, it was thought that the infection was "brought about in a similar manner when the caterpillars were in the earth. 17^ Steinhaus (19^-1) found an organism similar to Pseudomonas septica in normal fireflies and potato "beetles. It was the only organism he cultured from "both the alimentary tract and ground-up specimens of the firefly. It also occurred in the alimentary tract of the potato "beetle. See Bergey's Manual, 5"th ed. , p. 130, for a complete description. Steinhaus, E. A. 19^1 A study of the "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , kg, 757-790. Stutzer, ¥. J. and Wsorow, M. J. 1927 Cent. f. Bakt. , II Abt. , 71, 113 Tribe: Spirilleae Genus : Vibrio Vibrio comma (Schroeter) Bergey et al. Insects concerned: The house fly, Musca domestica; the "blue "bottle fly, Calliphora vomitoria; the sewer fly, Eristalis tenax; and cockroaches. The specific relationship of Vibrio comma to cholera was discovered "by Rohert Koch in 1883, when he isolated the organism from the intestinal contents of cholera patients. Two years later Maddox (1885) claimed to have found the cholera organisms in the feces of Eristalis tenax and Calliphora vomitoria after having fed the flies on cultures of the vihrios. During the following 25 years several investigators conducted similar experiments and in nearly every case they found the "bacteria to "be taken up "by flies ( including Musca domestica) . Graham-Smith (1910) found that flies fed on old laboratory cultures passed infected feces for 30 hours. However, the "bacteria soon died on the legs and wings and that after ^8 hours cultures made from the intestines of the flies were nega- tive. For a discussion of other early experiments on flies as vectors of cholera see Howard (1911) and Graham- Smith (1913). According to Herms (1939), Grill and Lai in 1931, found evidence that possibly one phase of the life cycle of the cholera vibrio is passed in the "body of the house fly. According to these workers, the "bacteria disappear from the hody of the fly after approximately 2h hours "but reappear ahout the fifth day when the fly is capahle of contaminating 175 food -with its feces. This work, however, has not heen definitely confirmed "by other workers. Barher (191*0 and Toda (1923) have shown that cock- roaches may he a factor in the spread of cholera. A description of Vibrio comma may he found in Bergey's Manual (1939, 5th ed. , page 105). Barber, M. A. I91I* Cockroaches and ants as carriers of the vibrio of Asiatic cholera. Philippine J. Sci. , Sec. B. , £, 1-1*. Graham- Smith, G. S. 1910 Ohservations on ways in which artificially infected flies ( Mus ca domestica) carry and distribute pathogenic and other "bacteria. Repts. to the Local Govern. Board on Pub. Health and Med. Sub- jects, New Series, No. 1+0, 1-1*0. Graham- Smith, G. S. 1913 Flies in relation to disease. 292 pp. , Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Herms, W. B. 1939 Medical entomology. 3d ed. , 582 pp. MacMillan Company,, New York. Howard, L. 0. 1911 The house fly; disease carrier. 3d ed. , 312 pp. Frederick A. Stockes Co. , New York. Maddox, R. L. I885 Experiments on feeding some insects with the curved or "comma" "bacillus, and also with another "bacillus (subtilis? ) . J. Roy. Microsc. Soc. , Ser. 2, 5, 602-607, 9^1-952. Toda, T. 1923 Cholera and the ship cockroach. J. Hyg. , 21, 359-361. Vibrio Leonard i Metalnikov and Chorine Insects concerned: The "bee moth, Galleria mellonella; the corn "borer, Pyrausta nuhilalis. Metalnikov and Chorine^ (1927, 1928) isolated Yihrio leonardi from diseased corn horer larvae, and found it to he very pathogenic to "both corn horer larvae and "bee moth larvae. They found the insects very susceptible to in- fection "by mouth, dying within 2k hours. These workers have given a description of the organism (1927), and one may also he found in Bergey's. Manual, 5~th ed. , 1929, p. 111. ^■Metalnikov, S. and Chorine, Y. 1927 The infectious diseases of Pyrausta nuhilalis Hb. Interna t. Corn Borer Invest. , Sci. Rpts. , 1, 1*1-69. ^■Metalnikov, S. and Chorine, Y. 1928 Maladies hacterien- nes chenilles de la pyrale du mais. (Pyrausta nuhilalis Hb.). Compt. rend. acad. sci. Fr. 186, 51+6-51*9. 176 Vibrio p i er i s Insect concerned: Pieris "brass icae. Paillot (1933) refers to this organism as having "been frequently encountered in the caterpillars of Pieris "brass icae which had "been parasitized "by larvae of Apanteles glome ratus . Paillot, A. 1933 L1 infection chez les insects, 535 PP» Imprimerie de Trevoux, Paris. (See p. 13k. ) Family: RHIZOBIACEAE Genus : Alcaligenes Alcal I genes AMV10N I AGENES Castellani and Chalmers Associated insects: The imperial moth, Eacles imperialis; the "blister "beetle, Epicauta pennsylvani ca ; and Urographies fasciata. Bacteria very similar to Alcaligenes ammoniagenes were found in the ahove-listed insects "by Steinhaus (19^1) • For a description of the organism see Bergey's Manual. (1939, 5th ed. , page 99). Steinhaus, E. A. 19^1 A study of the "bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J. Bact. , kg, 757-790. Alcal i g i nes stevensae Brown Insect concerned: Malacasoma americana. Brown (1927) isolated this organism from crushed egg masses of the moth, Malacosoma americana F. According to Brown, the organism is prohahly allied to Alcaligines "bronchisepticus . ' He has given a complete description of the organism. *Brown, F. M. 1927 Description of new "bacteria in insects. Am. Mus. Novit. , No. 251, 11 pp. 177 Genus : Chromo"bacterium Chromobacter 1 um v I olaceum (Schroeter) Bergonzini Insect concerned: The roach, Per ip lane ta orientalis. Longfellow (1913) was ahle to cultivate Bacillus vio- laceus phromohacterium violaceum^] from the feces of the common house roach. Longfellow, R. C. 1913 The common house roach as a carrier of disease. Am. J. Public Health, 3, 58'- 6l. 178 MISCELLANEOUS GENERA AND SPECIES ASCOBACTER I UM LUTEUM Babes Insect concerned: The olive fly, Dacus oleae. Petri (1910) found Ascobacterium lutem in the intestinal tract of the larva of the olive fly. He suggested that the presence of the "bacteria might "be quite favorable for the digestion of the olive oil since Dacus oleae larvae "bore into olives and necessarily ingest very large quantities of oil. This may "be especially true of Ascobacterium lutem which is found in large numbers of larvae living on ripe and therefore oily fruit. Just what organism Petri refers to would "be hard to judge. There is a Bacteridium luteum which was described about 1872, and is commonly found in air and water (see Bergey's Manual, 5th ed. , 1939? P- 2^0) and is now known as Micrococcus luteus.. Also there is a Bacterium lutem which Adametz described in 1885, and isolated from the stomach contents of sheep and from water. (See Bergey's Manual, 5th ed. , 1939? P- 633). Apparently, however, these have no relation to the organism which Petri iso- lated. Petri, L. 1910 Untersuchungen fiber die Darmbakterien der Oliven feiege. Centralbl. Bakt. , £ar. Inf. , II, 26, 557-376. CocCQBAC I LLU S ACR I D I ORUM d'Herelle Insects concerned: Schistocerca americana; Schistocerca peregrina; Schistocerca paranensis; Melanoplus femurrubrum; Melanoplus bivittatus; Melanoplus atlantis; Tmetis muri- catus ; Oedalens nigrofaciatus; Arcyptera flavicosta; Pachytylus (Locusta) migratoroides; Atta sexdens; Docio- staurus maroccanus, Pezomachus botrana; Stauronotus maroccanus; Solenopsis gemminata; Bombyx mori; Zonocerus elegans; Caloptenus sp. ; Tropidacris dux. Coccobacillus acridiorum was first isolated by d'Herelle (1911) in Yucatan, Mexico, from a species of locust, Schistocerca americana Drury. While in Mexico, d'Herelle noticed a heavy mortality occurring in the destructive South American migratory locust which had arrived from the borders of Guatemala. From 1909 to 19H the epizootic 179 occurred so extensively that "by 1912 it had reduced the number of locusts to such an extent that no invasion into Mexico occurred. D'Herelle succeeded in isolating the "bacterium responsible for the epizootic from the intestinal contents of dead locusts, the same organism not occurring in healthy specimens. D'Herelle found further that locusts artificially inoculated with this organism died with the characteristic symptoms. However, Mereshkovsky (1925), Pospolov (I926) and others have expressed the "belief that Coccobacillus acridiorum is a normal "symbiont" of the "blood of locusts, which can, under certain conditions of temperature and humidity, "become a dangerous parasite. Coccobacillus acridiorum is a pleomorphic "bacillus with coccoid forms (0.^ to 0.6 microns) and "bacillary forms (0.9 to 1.5 microns) appearing in the same culture. In young cultures and in the intestinal contents of the locust the coccoid forms are the most abundant. Many cultures have "been considered to "be Coccobacillus acridiorum when in reality they were^ not. This has "been "brought out "by Glaser (1918) in a systematic study of the organisms placed under the name of Coccobacillus acridiorum d'Herelle. Since d'Herelle' s early successes some investigators have "been able to confirm his results while others have not. For one thing, there seems to be a difference in - susceptibility of different locusts to the disease. The bacteria appear to be more effective against locusts belonging to the genus Schistocerca than against other genera of the Locustidae. Species of the genus Caloptenus in Argentina and Stauronotus maroccanus in Algeria have been found to be experimentally susceptible. D'Herelle apparently was successful in combating plagues of Schisto- cerca paranensis in Argentina. In 1915 d'Herelle controlled an outbreak of Schistocerca peregrina in Tunisia by a com- bination of mechanical methods and the use of his organism. Experimentally the organism was found to be pathogenic for Schistocerca paranensis and Tropidacris dux in Trinidad (Rorer, 1915) • Glaser (1918) found that a certain strain of Coccobacillus acridiorum ( "Souche cham*) was pathogenic to Melanoplus atlantis, and to Melanoplus bivittatus and Melanoplus femurrubrum to a lesser degree. Another strain ( "Souche Sidi" ) was less pathogenic to Melanoplus atlantis and Melanoplus bivittatus than the "Souche Cham" strain. Among the insects which were slightly or not at all susceptible to wholesale destruction by Coccobacillus acridiorum are: Pachytylus ( Locus ta) migratoroides (Mackie, 1913)7 Zonocerus elegans (Lounsbury, 1913)> and Oedalens nigrofasciatus (Barber and Jones, 1913)* 180 Among other insects susceptible to this "bacterium are several species of ants and crickets. Fowls, guinea pigs, rabbits, cows, sheep, and man are refractory to infection, "but the sewer rat dies in ~$-k days after a subcutaneous inoculation with Coccobacillus acridiorum. Barber, M. A., and Jones, 0. R. 1913 A test of Cocco- "bacillus acridiorum d'Herelle on locusts in the Philippines. Phil. Is. Sc. , 10, Ser. B. Glaser, E. W. 1918 A systematic study of the organisms distributed under the name of Coccobacillus acridiorum d'Herelle. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. , 11, 19-^2. *d'Herelle, F. 1911 Sur une epizootie de Nature Bac- terienne sevissant sur les Sauterelles an Mexique. Compt. rend. acad. sci. , 1^2, 1^13. d'Herelle, F. 1915 Sur le procede biologique de destruc- tion des Sauterelles. Compt. rend. acad. sci. , l6l, 503. Lounsbury, C. P. 1913 Locust "bacterial disease. Agr. J. Un. S. Africa, 5, 607-6H. Mackie, D. B. 1913 Philipp. Agric. Rev. , 6, 538. Mereshkovsky, S. 1925 Ann. State Inst. Exp. Agr on. , Leningr. , jj>, 7. Pospelov, V. P. 1926 The influence of temperature on the maturation and general health of Locus ta migratoria, L. Bull. Entomol. Research, l6, 363-367. Rorer, J. B. 1915 Report on the inoculation of Locusts with Coccobacillus acridiorum. Bull Dept. Agric. , Trinidad and Tobago, Port of Spain, lk, No. 6, 197-198. COCCOBAC I LLUS c A J A E Pi card and Blanc Insects concerned: Arctia caja; Poecilus koyi; Epacromia strep ens; the oriental roach, Periplaneta orientalis; Eurydema ornata; Cleonus mendicus; Chrysomela sanguinolenta ; Anoxia australis; Mel'olontha vulgaris; Opartum sabulosum; • Cretonia aurata ; Porthesia chrysorrhoea; the silkworm, Bombyx mori; Acridium aegyptium Hydrophilus; Dystiscus; Cvhister ; Notonecta; Nepa; ' Ranatra. The caterpillars of Arctia caja L. , which were extremely abundant in the vineyards of Southern France, were almost completely wiped out "by two diseases. One disease was caused "by the fungus, Empusa aulicae, the other "by a "bac- terium, Coccobacillus cajae. The organism, which is apparently allied to Coccobacillus acridiorum d'Herelle, was obtained "by Picard and Blanc (1913a) from the "blood of diseased caterpillars and the disease was experimentally reproduced. 181 Coccohacillus cajae is motile, gram- negative , and shows "bi -polar staining. Unlike Coccohacillus acridiorum, it is a parasite of the "blood of the caterpillar and not of the digestive tube. When caterpillars are given "by ingestion a f ev drops of a culture "by means of a pipette introduced into the pharynx, they die after a few hours from a septi- cemia. Besides the larvae of Arctia caja, Pi card and Blanc (19131)) found Coccohacillus cajae to "be pathogenic to the following insects: Coleoptera: Poecilus koyi, Opatrum sahulosum, Cetonia aurata , Melolontha vulgaris, Anoxis austral is, Chrysomela sanguinolenta , Cleonus mendicus; Hemiptera: Eurydema ornata; Orthoptera: Per ip lane ta orientalis, Epacromia strep ens, Acridium aegyptium; Lepi- doptera: Porthesia chrysorrhoea, and Bombyx mori. Accord- ing to Picard and Blanc, this list could probably "be ex- tended indefinitely since it is probable that the majority of insects are killed "by Coccobacillus cajae. It is interesting to note, 'however, that the aquatic "beetles are among those which are immune: Coleoptera: Hydrophilus , Dystiscus, Cybister; Hemiptera: No tone eta, Nepa, and Ranatra. While the whfte rat is immune, the tree frog, Syla arborea , dies of septicemia in about two days, its "blood containing numerous Coccobacilli. Various workers have referred to this "bacterium as "Bacillus cajae" (Marchal, I91U; Picard, 191^; Paillot, 1933). Marchall, P. 191^ Rapport phytopathologique pour l'annie 1913. Rev. Phytopath. App. , Nos. 18-19, pp. 9-13- Paillot, A. 1933 L' infectious chez les paris insectes, 533 PP« Imprimerie de Trevoux. , (see page 125). *Picard, F. , and Blanc, G. R. 1913a Sur une septicemie "bacillaire des chenilles d' Arctia caja, L. Compt. rend. acad. sci., 156, 133^-1336. Picard, F. , and Blanc, G. R. 1915b Les infections a coccobacilles chez les insectes. Compt. rend. hebd. acad. sci., 157, 79-81. Picard, F.7 and Blanc, G. R. 191^ Les Chelonies on Chenilles "baurrues. progres Agric. Vitic. , 31> 261-266. COCCOBAC I LLUS ELL I NGER I Metalnikov and Chorine (See also Escherichia ellingeri. ) Insects concerned: The European corn "borer, Pyrausta nubilalis; the "bee moth, Galleria mellonella; and Cera- titis capitata. 182 This organism was first isolated in November, 1927 "by Metalnikov and Chorine (1928) who found it repeatedly in diseased corn "borers. Larvae of Pyrausta nubilalis and G-alleria mellonella, inoculated with a "tiny dose" of Cocco"bacillus ellingeri died in the course of 2 to 12 hours. Corn "borer larvae were very susceptible to infec- tion through the intestinal tract, the hacteria passing through the wall of the intestine into the "blood where they were found in great numbers. The "bacterium has no pathogenic effect on guinea pigs or rabbits. According to its discoverers, "Coccohacillus ellingeri somewhat resembles Bacterium sphingidis White, Bacterium noctuarum White, and Bacterium melolonthae liquefaciens alpha Paillot. It differs, however, from these three spe- cies "by "being non-motile. There are also other minor dif- ferences. " Citrus fruits infested "by Ceratitis capitata in Sicily were found "by Ciferri (193*0 to tie "infected" Tdv a Toacter- ium, apparently Escherichia (Cocco"bacillus) ellingeri. It appeared to "be a "symbiont" "but could "become pathogenic to the larva under certain conditions. In the 3d edition of Bergey's Manual (1930, p. 330) this organism is referred to as Escherichia ellingeri Bergev et al. However, in the 5th edition (1939, P- 606) it was designated "by its original name, Cocco"bacillus ellingeri. Ciferri, R. 193^ Associazione tra larve della Mosca delle frutta (Ceratitis capitata) en un coccobacillo (Escherichia ellingeri). Lav. R. 1st. iDot. Palermo., k, 168-200. *Metalnikov, S. , and Chorine, V. 1928 The infectious diseases of Pyrausta nubilalis Hb. Inter. Corn Borer Invest., Sci. Repts. , 1, ^1-69. COCCOBAC 1 LLUS G I BSON I Chorine (See also Bacillus gibsoni. ) Insect concerned: The corn "borer, Pyrausta nubilalis. Chorine (1929a and "b) isolated this "bacterium from sick corn "borer larvae which he had received from Canada. He described this, organism as "being very polymorphous, motile, non- spore -forming, gram-negative "bacterium. The organism was extremely virulent for the corn "borer larvae. The borers could Tse infected "by injection and per os. Chorine (1929a) gave a complete description of the organism. 183 *Chorine, V. 1929a New "bacteria pathogenic to the larvae of Pyrausta nubilalis. Internat. Corn Borer Invest. , Sci. Repts. , 2, 39~53- *Chorine, V. 1929b Nouveaux microbes pathogenes pour les chenilles de la Pyrale du Mais. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, k^, 1657-1678. COCCOBAC ! LLUS INSECTORUM VAR. MALACOSOMAE Hollande and Vernier .Insects concerned: Malacosoma castrensis; Malacosoma neustria and Yanessa urticae. Hollande and Yernier (1920) found the "blood of 50 per cent of the caterpillars of Malacosoma castrensis examined to "be infected with a new organism which they named Cocco- "bacillus insectorum var. malacosomae. *Hollande, A. C., and Yernier, P. 1920 Coccobacillus insectorum, n. sp. , variete malacosomae, "bacille patho- gene, du Sang, de' la Chenille Malacosoma castrensis, L. Compt. rend, hebdom. acad. sci. , 171, 206-208. COCCOBAC I LLus LYMANTRIAE Picard and Blanc (See also Bacillus lymantriae and Diplococcus lymantriae. ) Insect concerned: The gypsy moth, Lymantria dispar. Picard and Blanc (1913) discovered, in the caterpillars of the gypsy moth, a fatal septicemia due to an organism they named Coccobacillus lymantriae. It is difficult to determine whether Bacillus (Bacterium) lymantriae , as mentioned "by Paillot (1917, 1953)? is a synonym for Coccobacillus lymantriae, "but it is probahle that they are the same. The latter is not a spore -former, hence the generic name Bacillus would not "be appropriate accord- ing to present-day nomenclature. Paillot, A. 1917 Microbes nouveaux parasites des chenilles de Lymantria dispar. Compt. rend, hebdom. acad. sci., Ibk, 525-527- Paillot, A. 1933 L' infections chez les insectes. 535 PP> Imprimerie de Trevoux, Paris. (See page 125. ) *Picard, F. , and Blanc, G. R. 1913 Les infections a coccobacilles chez les insectes. Compt. rend, hebdom. acad. sci., 157, 79-81. 181* D I PLOBAC I LLU S MELOLONTHAE Paillot Insects concerned: The cockchafer, Melolontha melolontha; the gypsy moth, Porthetria (Lymantria) dispar; Vanessa urticae. Diplobacillus melolonthae was isolated "by Paillot (1917) from the larvae of the cockchafers. *Paillot, A. 1917 Microbes nouveaux, parasites du Hanne- ton. Action pathogene sur chenilles de Vanessa urticae, Lymantria dispar et sur Vers a soie. C. R. Soc. biol. , Paris, 80, 56. Paillot, A. 1933 L' infection chez les insectes. 535 PP- Imprimerie de Trevoux, Paris. (See p. 299. ) DlPLOBACILLUS pieris Paillot Insect concerned: The cabbage white "butterfly, Pieris brassicae. Paillot (1919) isolated Diplobacillus pieris from the larvae of diseased white cabbage "butterflies. From the same source, he isolated 8 other bacteria. (See Bacillus pieris fluorescens. ) He considered these "bacteria to "be secondary invaders, the parasite, Apantelles glomeratus , "being the predisposing factor in the "bacterial infection of the white cabbage butterfly. * Paillot, A. 1919 Compt. rend. Acad. Sci. , 168, h"{6. DANYSZ BAC I LLUS Insect concerned: The bee moth, Galleria mellonella. Huff (19^0) refers to the work of Zernoff in which he used heated Danys z bacilli to produce an immunity in the bee moth. This organism is the same as Salmonella enteritidis. Huff, Clay G. 19^0 Immunity in Invertebrates. Physio. Rev., 20, 68-88. (See p. 73-) 185 Enterobac I LLU s LARVAE Stutzer and Wsorow (See Achromohacter larvae. ) Insect concerned: Euxoa s_egetum. Stutzer and Wsorow (1927) isolated Entero"bac illus larvae from the intestinal tract of normal larvae. Achromo~bacter larvae (Stutzer and Wsorow) Bergey et al. is the now accepted name for Entero"bac illus larvae . (See Bergey's Manual, 1939? 5th ed. , p. 517. ) Stutzer , M. J. and Wsorow, W. J. 1927 ITber Infectionen der Raupen der Winter saateule (Euxoa segetum Schiff . ) Cent, f . Bakt. U. Parasitenk. , Jl, 113-129. ENTEROCOCCUS CITREUS Stutzer and Wsorow Insect concerned: Euxoa segetum. Stutzer and Wsorow (I927) isolated this organism from normal pupae of Euxoa segetum. *Stutzer, M. J. , and Wsorow, W. J. 1927 Uber Infectionen der Raupen der Winter saateule ( Euxoa segetum Schiff. ) Centr. f . Bakt. U. Parasit. , 71, II3-I29. Gyrococcus FLACC I D 1 FEX Glaser and Chapman Insect concerned: The gypsy moth, Lymantria dispar. Glaser and Chapman (1912) isolated this organism from caterpillars of the gypsy moth during their studies on the cause and nature of the^wilt disease occurring in this insect. These investigators originally "believed that this organism was the cause of the wilt disease. It was later discovered, however, that nearly all of the insects used for experimentation had "become "accidentally infected" with this "bacterium. In 1913 > Glaser and Chapman (see Glaser, 1928) corrected their mistake and showed it to "be caused "by a filterable virus. Gyrococcus flaccidifex was described as a small (0.5- O.85 microns), gram-negative, encapsulated organism, resembling the pneumococcus more than any other form ex- cept that it was motile, progressing in a "gyrating" manner. It was from this latter characteristic that the generic name was derived. 186 Glaser, R. 1928 In Rivers, T. M. "Filterahle Viruses," ^27 pp. Williams and Wilkins Co. , Baltimore. Chapt. VIII. Virus diseases of insects, pp. 301-333 (see page 308). *Glaser, R. W. , and Chapman, J. W. 1912 Studies on the wilt disease, or "flacheria" of the gypsy moth. Science, 36, 219-221+. LEPTOTR 1 X BUCCAL I S Insect concerned: The mosquito, Anopheles maculipennis. According to Keilin (1921), who quoted Howard, Dyar and Knah (1912), Perroncito, in 1899/ discovered a "bacter- ial parasite of Anopheles maculipennis resembling "Lepto- trix "buccalis." "The parasite infests the larva, passes into the pupa, and destroys the imago soon after it emerges" (Keilin). From the information given, it is difficult to ascertain whether this organism is the same as the one now known as Leptotrichia "buccalis. Howard, L. 0., Dyar, H. G. , and Knah, F. 1912 The mos- quitoes of North and Central America and the West Indies, I. Carnegie Institution, Washington. (Quoted "by Keilin, 1921. ) KeilinVX). 1921 On a new type of fungus: Coleomomyces stegomyiae n. g. , n. sp. , parasitic in the "body cavity of the larva of Stegomyia scute liar is Walker (Siptera, Nematocera, Culicidae). Paras itol. , 13, 226-23^. Perroncito, E. 1899 Sopra una speciale forma di mi cos i delle Zanzare. Bolletino della R. Acad, di med. di Torino. (Not seen; taken from Keilin, 1921. ) Pneumococco Insect concerned: The flea, Pulex irritans. Pinto (1930) lists this organism as "being cultivated from the digestive tract of Pulex irritans "by da Silva (1916). Presumably the pneumococcus (Diplococcus pneu- moniae ) is meant "but since the original article was not available, this could not "be ascertained. Pinto, C. 1930 Arthropodes paras itos e transmissores de doencas. Vol. 1, 395 pp. (See page 367.) Silva, Pereira da. 1916 Exper. sur la trans, de la leishmaniose infantile par les puces (Pulex irritans). In Arq. do Inst. Camara Pestana. k, 26-27. (Not seen. ) INDEX TO AUTHORS 187 Allen, 11, 25, 169 Andre, 38 Aoki, 8^ Ark, 119 Arkwright, 7^ Ascolese, 132 Atkin, 12, 16, 25 Atkinson, 71, 72 Ba"bers, 51 Bacot, A., 7, 9, 12, 16, 25, 7*S 80 Baer, 23, 2^, 26 Bahr, 73 Bandelll, 132 Barber, 6, 12, l6, 26, 175, 179, 180 Baumberger, 18, 26 Benedek, 65 Bengtson, 91 Berliner, 87, 88 Bilal, 165, 166 Blanc, 52, 6k, 137, 180, 181, 183 Blynn, 7 Bogdanow, 17, 18, 26 Bollinger, kj Bonde, 120, 121 Borzenkov, l6l, 162 Bourne, 75 Bowers, 21, 26 Bozhenko, 165, 166 Breed, 57, 60, 123, 133, - 13k Brooks, 165, 167 Brown, 19, 26, 6l, 63, 127, lk6, 152, 158, 176 Buchanan, l68 Buchner, 170, 171 Burnside, 13, 26, kl, k2, 73, 77, 92, 93, 139, 1^0 Burr I, kS, k$ Burr ill, 119, 1^7, 1^8 Burroughs, 86, 87, lk6, ik'J , 152 Burrows , 113 Cahn, 125, 126 Cash, 122 Celli, 38 Chahovitch, 80 Chang, 131 Chapin, 163, 166 Chapman, 6, 26, U7, 66, lk6, 114-7, 185, 186 Chatton, 66 Cheshire, 13, 26, kl, k2 Cheyne, 13, 26, kl, k2 Chigasaki, 8^ Chittenden, 151, 152 Chorine, 50, 58, 72, 8^, 88, 95, 97, 99, 100, 107, 108, 110, ill, 113, 11^, 133, 135, 1^5, 175, 182, 183 Chow, 12^, 129, 130, 131, 132 Chun, l6l, 162 Ciferri, 182 Clark, k2 Couvreur, 80 Cowan, k9 Cox, 7, 26 Cuboni , 53 Currie, 37 Darling, 129 Davis, 1^9, ±6k, I65, 166 Dean, 11, 26 DeBach, 2, 9k, 106, 107, 132, 133, 13^ Delpy, kk Descazeaux, 98 Donskov, l6l, 162 Dougherty, 5U, 117, 118 Duboscq, 5k, 118 Dufrenoy, 109, HO, 1^3 Duggar, 55 Duncan, 6, 22, 23, 27, kj, kk, 68, 70, 80, 86, 87, 133, 13^, 1^2, ikk, 15k, 155, 156, 157 188 DuPorte, 1^9, 150 Dutky, 62, 78 Dyar, 186 Dyson, 17, 27 Eckstein, kl, ^5, k6, 50, 52, 5k, 56, 57, 63, 69, 70, 72, 85, Qh, 85, 87, 89, 105, 1^8, 152 Ellinger, 88, 99, H^ Elliott, 119, 121, 171 Engelhardt, 4-8 Ermolaev, 76, 96, 102, 105, HI Eskey, 160, 162 Evans, 165, l66 Faddeeva, l6l, 162 Faichnie, 129, 150 Ficker, 129, 130 Flegontoff, 165, 167 Fortes, 7, 27, 1^7, ^Q Foster, R. E. , 75 Francis, 163, l6k; 166, 167 Frost, 21, 27 Gaisky, l6l Galli-Valerio, 155, 156 Garbini, 55 Gas chen, 128 Ghosal, 15, 28 Gier, 33, 35, 53 Gillette, 113 Gjullin, 12, 27 Glaser, 18, 19, 27 > 33, . 35, 53, 77, 78, 123, 1^1, lk2, lh6, 1U7, 157, 179, 180, 185, 186 Glasgow, 8, 27 Glynn, 26 Golov, 165, 166 van der Goot, 58 Graham-Smith, 7, 27, 3^, 38, kk, 129, 130, 17^, 175 Grass e, 5k, 118 Green, 165, 166 Gunderson, 91 Guyenot , 27 Haas, 160, 162 Hamilton, 129, 130 Hansen, G. A. , 36 Hansen, H. N. , 169 Hatcher, Ul, 86, 87, 93, 151 Hauduroy , 73 Haushalter, 38, 39 Heim, kk d'Herelle, 178, 179, 180 Hering, 19, 27 Herms, 6, 21, 27, ^3, ^, 15^, 155, 156, Ilk, 175 Hertig, 5, 27, 53 Hewitt, 7, 27 Hindle, 22, 27, hk, 70, 86, 87, 155, 156 Hinman, 12, 13, l6, 28 Hitchcpck, 120 Hohson, 21, 28 Hoelling, 117, 118 Hofmann, 38, ^5, k6, 69, 70, 105 Hollande, 183 Honeij, 37 Hoskins, 21, 27 Howard, L. 0. , 129, 130, 186 Howard, ¥. R. , 68, 69, 17^, 175 Huang, 131 Hucker, 139, 1^0, 1^2 Huddleson, 158, 159 Huff, 3^, 18^ Huie, k Husz, 87, 89 Imms, 21, 28 Ischivata, 8^ Jackson, 6, 28 Jellison, l6k Jepson, 96 Johannsen, 37, 38, 39, 129, 130 Johnson, D. E. , 120, 121 189 Johnston, 120 Jones, L. R. , 120, 121 Jones, 0. R. , 179, 180 Jordan, 113 Kalinicker, 79, 80 Kamil, 165, 166 Kaweh, ^ Kelln, 186 King, 71, 72 Kitajima, 100 Kitasato, l60, l62 Kluyver, 9k, 106 Kna"b, 186 Koch, 14-3, 174 Kohls, 165, 166 Kolpakova, 165, 167 Kostritsky, 115 Krassllstschlk, 83, 89, -1^3, II48 Ksenjoposky, U3 Kuffernath, 15^ Kuhn, U3, 4 5 Kuskop, 8, 9, 28 Lake, l6*i-, 166 Lai, 15, 28 Larrey, 23 Leach, 7, 9, 10, 28, 119, 120, 121, 168, I69, 170, 171, 172 Lehert, 151 Lehmann, 57, 60, 123 Lepesme, 80, 133, I3U Lewis, 7, 26 Leydig, 8, 28 Lien-teh, l6l, 162 Lie.u, 131 Lindeijer, 170 Livingston, 23, 28 Lloyd, 17, 27 Lochhead, 77 Longfellow, 6, 28, jk , 12^, 128, 133, 13^, 155, 156, 177 Lounshury, 179, 180 lugiribill, 1^9 Maassen, 13, 28, kl, k2, 139, 1^0 Macalister, 25, 28 Macchiate, ^7 Macfie, 37, 38, 129 MacGregor, 138 Mackie, 179, 180 Mackimmon, 56 MacLeod, 6 Maddox, 17^, 175 Mailman, 163, l66 Marchal, l8l Marsh, 165, 167 Martinaglia, kk Masera, 132, 133, I3I+, 135 Mattes, kO, 60, 87, 88, 1U6 Mayne, 163, l66 McCay, 21, 26 McCoy, 163, 166 McCray, 73 McOmie, 2, 93, 106, 107, 132, 133, 13^ Melampy, 6, 28 Meng, 59, 101 Mercier, 53 Mereshkovsky, 179, 180 Metalnikov, S. , 3k, 38, 59, 7^, 80, 81, 8^, 86, 87, 91, 96, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 107, 110, 111, 112, 113, 11^, 115, 128, 132, 133, 135, 175, 182 Metalnikov, Jr. , S. , 3k , 38, 59, 7^, 76, 100, 101, 110, 112 Metchnikoff, 82 Miller, 17 Mitchell, 16, 28 Mitzmain, kj, kk Moris chila, 129 Morris, kj , kk Mukherji, 15, 28 Munro, 125 Needham, N. Y. , 6l, 62 Nelson, 125 Neumann, 57, 60, 123 Nicoll, 7, 29 van Niel, 9k, 106 Nieschulz, kj, kk, k^ Nohle, 7^ 190 Noguchi, 55, 79, 81 Northrup, 83, 1^9, 150, 151 Norwood , 6 Nut tall, 6, 23, A4.3 Ogata, 160, 162 Olsufiev, 165, 166, 167 Paccanaro, l4o, l4l Paillot, l4, 29, V7, 50, 53, 58, 59, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 71, 72, 75, 76, 79, 81, 82, 84, 104, 107, 109, 110, 136, 137, 138, l4o, l4i, 143, 149, 156, 176, 181, 183, 184 Pammel, l68 Pari, 23 Parker, 11, 29, 37, l£4> 165, 167 Pasteur, 47 Patton, 97, 158, 159 Perronclto, 186 Petri, 10, 18, 29, 170, 171, 178 • Pfeiffer, 99, 102, 103 Philip, 164, 165, 167 Picard, 51, 52, 64, 137, 180, 181, I83 Pierce, 39 Pinto, 186 . Pollini, 132 Pollitzer, l6l, 162 Ponce, 77 Portier, 19, 21, 29 Pospelov,. 40, 47, 76, 133, 135, 179, 180 Prince, 23, 28 Proust, 44 Raimbert, 43 Rand, 122, 172 Re, 132 Reynolds, 37, 38, 130, 134, 135, 155, 156 Rhoads, 17 Riker, 11, 25, 169 Riley, 37, 38, 39, 129, 130 Roberts, 82 RoMnson, 6, 25, 29 Rorer, 179, 180 Rosenau, 36 Rouhaud, 20, 29, 98 Rozehloom, 12, 16, 29 Rozier, 132 Ruhland, 158, 159 Sartirana, l4o, l4l Sassuchin, 162 Saunders, 138, 139 Sawamura, 55, 56, 57, 65, 70, 71, 80, 81, 82, 89, 124, 155, 156 Schaudinn, 49 Scheverdtfeger, 82, 83 S chub erg, 43, 45 Schutte, 20, 29 Scott, 159 Sheperd, 87, 89 Serhinow, 42, 48, 49, 68, 97, 126, 153 Shiperovich, 82, 83 Shul'gina, 79, 80 Silva, 186 Simmons, J. S. , 37, 38, 130, 134, 135, 155, 156 Simmons, S. W. , 19, 25, 29, 30 Simond, 160, 162 Skobaltzyn, 76, 96, 102, 103, 111 Smith, E. F. , 122, l68, 171 Smith, R. C, 113, l48 Smith, R. E. , 169 Smyth, E. G. , l49, 150 Specht, 65 Spencer, 11, 29, l64, 167 Spielman, 38, 39 St. John, 37, 38, 130, 134, 135, 155, 156 Stage, 12, 27 Stammer, 6, 11, 18, 30, 99, 102, 103 Statelov, 46 Steinhaus, 5, 15, 30, 34, 35, 4o, 51, 53, 60, 86, 191 87, 92, 91*, 101, 102, 103, 105, 106, 112, 113, 115, 116, 117, 122, 123, 12^, 125, 127, 128, 129, 13^, 135, 1^2, ikk, li+5, 1^7, 150, 151, 153, 173, 17^, 176 Stewart, 2k Stutzer, 93, 9k, 108, 109, 115, 122, 153, 173, 17^, 185 Sweetman, 1*5, 1*8, 111, 112 Tarr, 1+2 Tatum, 21, 22, 30 Tauter, 15^, 155 Tehhutt, 39, 90 Tejera, 38, 39 Thomas, 119, 125, 12-6 Thorpe, 6, 30 Tichomirova, 162 Tt>da, 175 Torrey, 7, 30, 1**7 Toumanoff, 115 Trager, 17, 30 Tsuchimochi, 129 von Tubeuf, kG , 69, 70, 105 Wallace, 126 Waller, 165, 167 Wardle, 137, I38, ll+0, ll*l We inland, 17, 18, 19, 30 Werner, 19, 20, 30, 91, 92 Wharton, 77 Wheeler, 129, 130 White, 5, 13, 30, 31, 39, 1*1, 1*2, 1*6, 1*8, 1*9, 51, 5k, 57, 61, 62, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 71*, 77, 85, 86, 87, 89, 90, 92, 93, 95, 98, 106, 123, 121*, .131, ±kk, 173 Wigglesvorth, 20, 21, 31 Wollman, 17, 18, 19, 31 von Wolzogen Kuhr, 17, 31, 116 Wsorow, 93, 9k, 108, 109, 115, 122, 153, 173, 171*, 185 Wu, l6l, 162 Yao, 1*, 31 Yates, 12, 27 Yersin, 160, l6l Yuan, k Vasco, 132 Vedder, 37 Vernier, 183 Volferz, I65, 167 Zasukhin, 165, 167 Zernhoff, 133, 135 Zorin, k2 Zorina, 1*2 Wahl, 105, 106 Waite, 119, 120 192 INDEX TO INSECTS AND TICKS acutus (Ceratophyllus) l6o, l6l, 163 aegypti (Aedes) [Stegomia] fasciata 12, 13, l6, 17, 25, 30, 36, 37, 38, 129, 130, 132, 13U, 135, 155, 156, 160, 163, 165 aegyptium (Acridium) 180, l8l agrestis (Agriolimax) 168 agrestis (Ta"banus) 163 Agrotis sp. 101 agyrtes (Ctenophthalmus) 160 arbipennis (Bi"blo) 118 al"blp ictus ( Derma centor) 125, 163 aldrichi (Aedes) 12 Allorrhina spp. , 1^9 amerlcana (Malacosoma) 6l, 1^9, 176 americana (Periplaneta) 33, 35, 36, 38, M, 93, 129, 3.1*9, 151, 158 americana (Schistocerca) 178 americanum (Amblyomma) 163, ±6k amplipennis (Isophya [Barbi- tistes]) k6 andersoni (Dermacentor) 11, 29, 30, 55, 79, 81, 132, 13k, 163, 16U, 167 angusticollis (Zootermopsis) 9k, 106, 132, 133 anisus (Monophyllus [Cerato- phyllus]) 160 annexa (Feltia) 71 Anthrenus sp. 118 ant i qua (Hylemyia) 118 Ants, 129, 130 anxia (Phyllophaga) 78 apicalis (Culex) 163, 165, 166 ar"boricola (Strigoderma) 78 archippus (Danais) 1^6 assimilis (Ctenophthalmus) 163 assimilis (Muscina) 118 astia (Xenopsylla) l6o, l6l atlantis (Melanoplus) 178, 179 atra (Orsodacne) 118 aurata (Cretonia) 180, l8l auriflua (Liparis) 1*5 auriflua (Porthesia) 63, 69, 83 austral is (Anoxia) 180, l8l austriaca (Anisoplia) 82 autumnalis (Ixodes) l6o, 161 autumnalis (Ta"banus) 163 avenae (Aphis) 118 "barbata (Sarcophage) 36, 37 hifurcatus (Anopheles) 22, 15^, 155 "bipartita (Phyllophaga) 78 "bivittatus (Melanoplus) 113, 178, 179 "borealis (Cyclocephala) 78 "botrana (Pezomachus) 178 "brasiliensis (Xenopsylla) 160, l6l "brass icae (Hylemyia) 10, 120 "brassicae (Pieris) 1^, 69, 75, 76, 79, 83, 87, 109, 111, 138, 152, 176, 18H "brassicae (Plusia) l68 "bromius (Tahanus) 163 "brunnea (Serica) 96 cadaver ina (Cynomyia) 118 caesar (Lucilia) 2k, 90, 9± caja (Arctia [CheloniaJ) 52, 59, 180, 181 calcitrans (Stomoxys) 22, 23, 36, 37, k$, kk, 68, 70, 80, 86, 98, 132, 133, 15k, 155, 158, 160, 163, 166 call crura (Hylemyia) 28 calif ornicus, ricinus (Ixodes) 163, 165, 166 Caloptenus sp. , 178, 179 calopus (Agdes) 25 193 calyptrata (Pegomyia) 118 campodeiformls camp ode i form! s (Gryllohlata) 86, 87, 1^6, 1^7, 152 canadensis (Aedes) 163, 165 canella var. gilvipes (Paria) 12U, 125 canis (Ctenocephalides) 160 capitata (Ceratitis) l8l, 182 cardui (Pyrameis) 8l caspius (ASdes) 163 castanea (Autos erica) 78 castrensis (Malacosoma) 183 catalpae (Ceratomia) 60, 85, 86, 117 cecropia (Platysamia) 51, 86, 12U, 125 cementarium (Sceliphron) 105 Chalifora sp. 158 cheopis (Xenopsylla) 160, l6l Chrysomelidae sp., 86, 102 chrysorrhoea (Euproctis) lk , 59, 6k, 65, 67, 10^, 109, 136 chrysorrhoea (Porthesia) 180, 181 cili crura (Hylemyia) 7, 9, 120 cinerea var. marginata (Epicauta) 123 cinereus (Aedes) 22, 15^, 155 citelli (Linognath.oid.es) l60 citri (Pseudococcus) 132, 133 Coccinellidae sp. 115 Coenagrionidae sp. , 150 columbianus (Haematopinus) 160 compressus (Adoretus) 58 configurata (Barathra) 125 confusum (Tribolium) 6, 26 conura (Tephritis) 6 convergens (Hippodamia) 118 cooleyi (Chermes) 169 corni (Lecanium) 65 cornutus (Echnocerus) 87, 89 co^tata (Elachiptera) 120 crataegi (Aporia) 95? Ill, 11^ Cryptocercus, 18 cunea (Hyhantria) 1^2 cuniculi (Spilopsyllus) 163, 165 cuprea (Potosia) 19, 30, 91, 92 Curculionidae, 86 Cybister sp. , 180, l8l cytus hasalis (Poecilo) 118 dauricus (Necrophorus) l60 decemlineata (Leptinotarsa) 62, 92, 115, 122, 171, 173 decoloratus (Boophilus) U3, kk decorum katmai (Simulium) I63, l6k Demodex sp. 36 denticulata (Chaetocnema) 172 depressa (Lipoptena) 30 diadema (Sinea) 86 discalis (Chrysops) 163, l6k, 166 d is par (Lymantria [Porthe- tria]) lk, k6, 59, 63, 6k, 65,. 66/67, 87, 95, 10^, 109, 111, 132, 136, 137, 1^1, 183, 18U, 185 domestica (Musca) 6, 7, 9, 15, 17, 22, 29, 33, 3k, 36, 37, 38, 39, 63, 80, 90, 97, 98, 118, 119, 129, 132, 138, 139, 1^7, 15U, 155, 157, 158, 159, 160, 17^, 175 Dorcus, 20 dorsalis (ASdes) 163, 165 Drosophila, 21, 22, 118, 119, 120 ducens (Feltia) 71 duodecimpunctata (Diahro- tica) 121, 172 dux (Tropidacris) 178, 179 Dystiscus sp. , 180, l8l egyptium (Acridium) See: aegyptium (Acridium) elegans (Zonocerus) 178, 179 19^ ephemerae formis (Thyridop- teryx) 35, 103, 1^2, ikf ephilida (Phyllophaga) 78 er"beri (TalDanus) 163 eridanis (Prodenia) 51 erythrocephala (Calliphora) Euxoa spp. (Noctuidae) 71 evonymella ( Hyponomenta ) 69, 72, 85 fasciata (Stegomia) See: aegypti (Aedes) fasciata (Urographus ) 9k, 122, 176 fasciatus (G-lischrochielus) 118 fasciatus (Nosopsyllus [Ceratophyllus ]) \&0K l6l fasciatus (Oncopeltus) 5, 127, 128, 132, 13k, lk2 fasciatus var. fasciatus ( Conocephalus ) 86, 11"5> 122, 128 fasciatus var. fasciatus (Neombius) 122, 12h, 128, 135 felis (Ctenocephalides) 160 femoralis (Heliothrips) 168 femorata (Diapheromera) 101, 117 femur -rub rum (Melanoplus) 77, 113, 178, 179 flavicosta (Arcyptera). 178 f lavidissimalis (Mimorista) 120 flavoguttatus (Tahanus) 163 flavosparsus ( Orthotylus ) 118 floricola (Cetonia) 96 fune"bris (Drosophila) 118 fusca ( La chno sterna) 55 fusca (Phyllophaga) 78 fusca var. subsericea (Formica) 118 fusiceps (Phor"bia) 120, 121 gallinae (Ceratophyllus) 160 Gamas idae , 163 gemminata (Solenopsis) 178 germanica (Blattella) 21, 31, 33, 35, 123, V2k, lte, 15^, 155 gossypiella (Pectinophora) 7^, 99 gossypiella (Platyedra [Gelechia]) 7^, 100, 101, 110, 112 graminum (Scaptomyza) 120 gregaria (Schistocera) 80, 132, 133, 13^ grissela (Achraca) 38 gryllotalpa (Gryllotalpa) 59, 101 hamiltoni (Enochrus) 90, 91 heiseri (Tephritis) 11 hermsi (Ornithodoros) 163 Hippelates flies, 138, 139 histrionica (Murgantia) 8 humanus (Pedi cuius) 7^ Hydrophilus sp., 180, l8l Hyponomenta sp. , 1^8 hyrcanus (Anopheles) 163 imparls (Prenolepis) 118 imperialis (Eacles) 102, 150, 176 incidens (Theohaldia) 27, 163, 165 iridipennis (Glyptotermes ) Calotermes 5k, 117, 118 irritans (Haematohia) ^3 irritans (Pulex) 160, 186 japonica (Popillia) 62, 78 junctoliniella (Olyca) 120 karybenthinus (Tahanus) 163 katmai, decorum (Simulium) 163, l6k koyi (Poecilus) 180, l8l kuhniella (Ephestia) kO, 87, 88, 89, 95, 99, 108, 111, 11^, 1^5 195 Lachnosterna spp. , IU9, 150 laeviusculus (Neohaematopinus) 163, l6h lahorensis (Ornithodoros) 163, 165 lanestris (Eriogaster) 136 lapathi ( Cryptorrhynchus ) 170 lectularius (Cimex) 6, 22, 3k, 36, 43, ^5, 68, 70, 86, 113, ll+5, 153, 155, 163, 166 leporis-palustris (Haemaphy- salis) 163, 161J-, I65 leprae (Chlorops [Musca]) 36 leucopterus (Blissus) 55? 1^7 Lice, 131, 137 lineata (Deilephila) 55 lineatum (Hypoderma) 19, 30 lirmei (Tihicen) 15, 103, 106, 1U2, 150 lips la (Hylemyia) 118 litura (Prodenia) 7I+, 100, 110, 112 livens (Hydromyza) 20 longicornis (Dia"brotica) 172 Lucilia sp. , 19, 21, 36, 158 lypusus (Dinopsyllus) l60, 161 maculipennis (Anopheles) 186 malella (Nepticula) 19 mall (Empoasca) 118 mancus (Agriotes) 6, 28 maroccanus (Dociostaurus) 178 mar o c canus ( S taur onotus ) 178 , 179 megacephala (Chrysomyia) 12)+, 129,- 130, 131, 132 melanogaster (Dro soph ilia) 118, 119 mellifera (Apis) 39, 1+1, 1+3, ^5, h6, 1+8, 1+9, 51, 5I+, 57, 60, 68, 70, 72, 73, 77, 85, 90, 92, 95, >97, 98, 106, 107, 123, 12*+, 126, 130, 138, 139, l>+2, ikk, 153, 155, 156, 173 mellonella (Galleria) 18, 33, 3^, 38, 80, 86, 91, 95, 99, 100, 108, 115, 127, 132, 133, 135, 1^5, 175, 181, 182, 181+ melolontha (Melolontha) 59, 66, 67, 83, 89, 10^, 137, l*+9, 18^ mendicus (Cleonus) 51, 180, 181 mendi cus ( Conorrhynchus ) 51 mendicus ( Temnorrhinus ) 51, 52 migrator ia ( Locus ta) 79, 180 migratoroides (Pachytylus [Locusta]) 178, 179 molitor (Tenehrio) 99, 101, 103, 132, 133 monacha (Lymantria Liparis ) 1+1, 1+5, h6, 50, 52, 63, 69, 70, 83, 85, 87, 89, 105, lJ+8 Moneilema spp. , 120 montanus (Diamanus) [C.erato- phyllus acutus] 160, l6l mori (Bombyx) 19, ^7, ^8, 53, 5^, 56, 57, 65, 66, 70, 80, 82, Qk, 85, 90, 10l+, 123, 121+, 132, 133, 135, 136, l>+0 lUl, ll+3, 1^+8, 151, 178, 180 181 mori (Sericaria) 6k moubata (Ornithodoros) 6, 22, 68, 70, 86, ll+3, 1^, 15^, 155 muricatus (Tmetis) 178 musculi (Leptopsylla) 160, 161 museorum (Anthrenus) 1+3 near cti cus (ASdes) 163, 165 nemoralis (Neurotoma) 15, 71, 107, l*+8, li+9 Nepa sp. , 180, 181 neustria (Malacosoma) 59, 1^3 niger var. americanus (Lasius) 118 nigrofaciatus (Oedalens) 178, 179 nigrovittatus (Ta"banus) 1+3 196 nigrum (Desmometopam) 18 nitida (Allorrhina [Cotinis]) 78, 1U9 noctifer (Chrysops) 163, l6k Notonecta sp. , 180, l8l novemnotata (Coccinella) ll6, 12^, 150 nu"ba (Wohlfahrtia) 2k nubilalis (Pyrausta) 50, 58, 72, 76, Qh, 87, 88, 95, 96, 97, 99, 100, 102, 103, 108, 110, 111, 113, uh, 132, 133, 135, 1^5, 175, 181, 182, 183 o"besa (Volucella) 36, 37 occidentalls (Derma cent or) 163, 16U, 165, 167 ochracea (Gortyna) 58 ochrogaster (Euxoa) 7l, 72 oleae (Dacus) 5, 10, 11, 18, 170, 178 oleracea (Mamestra) 101, 102 oleracea (Polia) kl, h2 oregonensls (Melanotus) 118 orientalls (Anomala) 78 orlentalls (Blatta [Peri- planeta]) 33, ^9, 53, 12^, 127, 132, 15^, 155, 156, 163, 165, 177, 180, 181 orientalls (Ctenophthalmus) 163, 165 ornata (Eurydema) 180, l8l ornithogallis (Prodenia) 71 orthogonia (Porosagrotis) 71 Osmoderma, 20 pallidefulva subsp. schau- fussi var. incerta (Formica) 118 pallinervis (Sarcophaga) 36, 37 paranensis (Schistocerca) 178, 179 parkeri (Ornithodoros) I63, I65, 166 parumapertus [ marginatus ] (Dermacentor) 163, l6h peculiaris (Ta"banus) 163 pellio (Attagenus) ^3 pennsylvanica (Epicauta) 123, 176 perms ylvanicus ( Photuris ) 127 Pentatomidae sp. , 122 peregrina (Schistocerca) 178, 179 persicus (Argas) 6, 22, 23, 27, h3, kk, 68, 70, 86, 87, 1^3, 1^, 15^, 155, 157, 160, 161 petroli (Psilopa) 6 phaeorrhea (Nygmia) 59 Phyllophaga [ La chno sterna ] spp., 11*9, 172 piceus (Attagenus) 118 Pieris spp., 76 piniperda (Trachea) 69 pip lens (Culex) 160 pityocampa (Cnethocampa) 109, HO, 1^3 plumosus (Chironomus) 17, 116 Polls tes sp. , 118 politus ( Plagiognathus ) 118 pollex ( Ctenophthalmus ) 163, 165 polychlorus (Vanessa) 1^, 1*5, 56, 109 pomi (Aphis) 118 pomonella (Carpocapsa) 118 pomonella (Rhagoletis) 11, 26, I69 Potosia, 20 pratensis (Lygus) 86, 112, 118 prodenialis (Melitara) 120 prolixus (Rhodnius) 21, 22, 31, ^>, 70, 86, 151+, 155 pronubana (Agrotia) 1^8, 1U9 Protoparce sp. 55 Ptinus, k-3 pudihunda (Orgyia) 70, 89 pulicaria (Chaetocnema) 172 punctiventris (Bothynoderes) ^7 197 punctulatus (Crytocercus) 86 pyralis (Photinus) 173 quinquefasciatus (Culex) 12, 16 quinquemaculata (Protoparce [Phlegothontius]) 85 Ranatra sp. , 180, l8l rapae (Pier is) 1*0, 101, 115, 122, 125, 151, 15^ rapidus (Adelphocoris ) 118 reflexus (Argas) 155 regina (Phormia) 2k relictus (Chrysops) 163 ricinus californicus (Ixodes) 163, 165, 166 rubidus (Ta"banus) 1*3 rugosa (Phyllophaga) -78" rugulosus (Scolytus) 118 rumicis (Aphis) 6l, 62 rupestris (Tahanus) 163, l6k sahulosum (Opartum) 180, 181 salicls (Stilpnotia [Liparis ]) **5, 63, 68, 95, 111, 11^, 152 sanguineus (Rhipicephalus) I63, l6k sanguinolenta (Chrysomela) 180, 181 sayi (Psorophora [janthino- soma]) 1+3 sca"bei (Sarcoptes) 36 schaufussi var. incerta, pallidefulva (Formica) 118 schulzei (Rhipicephalus) 160, 161 segetum (Euxoa [Agrotisl) 1^, **0, 93, 9^, 10^, 107, 108, 109, 115, 122, 11*8, ll*9, 153, 173, 185 s eptentrionalis ( Ta"banus ) I63, 16I4- sericata (Lucilia) -6, 21, 2k, 63, 118, 119, 157, 158 serratus (Polyplax) 163, 16U , 166 sertifer (Diprion) 82, 83 sexdens (Atta) 178 sexta (Protoparce [Phlegothontius]) 85 silantievi (Oropsylla [Ceratophyllus]) 160, l6l silvarum (Dermacentor) 160, 161, 162, I63, 165 simplex (Cediopsylla) 163, 165 smith i (Lachnosterna [Phytalus]) lk, 75 sollicitans (ASdes) 12 solstitialis (Tahanus) 163 sordidus (Encoptolopus) 77 soror (Diahrotica) 118 stahulans (Muscina) 118, 158 stimulans (Agdes) 163, 165 strepens (Epacromia) 180, l8l striatus (Tahanus) 1*3 subspinosus (Macrodactylus) 78 sylvestris (Agdes) 1*3 syringella (Gracilaria) 19 Tahanus sp. near nigrovit- tatus , 1*3 tarsalis (Culex) 163, 165 tenax (Eristalis) Yjk Termites, 8l, 82, 117 tes quorum ( Ceratophyllus ) 160, l6l Tettigonidae sp. , ll+l* Tipula sp. , 56 trichodactyla (Hylemyia) 120 tristis (Anasa) 8, 55 trivittatus (Leptocoris) 55 turicata (Ornithodoros) 163, I65, 166 turkes tallica (Chrysozona) 163 turkestanus (Tahanus) 163 unipuncta (Cirphis) ll*l, ll*2 urticae (Vanessa) ll*, 1*5, 51*, 198 57, 59, 63, 6k, 65, 66, 69, 83, 87, 95, l(*, 109, ill, 11^, 136, 137, 152, 183, 18U utanus (Strategus) 1^9 vandinei (Laciinosterna) Phyllophaga, 1^9 variabilis (Dermacentor) 163, 165 variegata (Loxa) 122, 128 ventricosus (Haemodlpsus) 163, l6k, 166 verbasci (Campyloimria) 118 Vespula sp. , 118 vexans (Agdes) 12, 163, I65 viridissima (Locusta) 15^ vlttata (Dia"brotica) 121, 122 volgense ( Hyalomma ) 160, 162 vomitoria (Calllphora) 17, 18, 26, 17U vomitorla (Chlorops) 36 vulgaris (Melolontha) 10^, 180, 181 vulplnus (Dermestes) kj , kk 199 INDEX TO BACTERIA A (Bacillus) Ledingham, 39 A (Bacillus) White, 5, 39 abortus (Brucella) 22, 158 Achromobacter, 92 acidificum (Flavobacterium) 115 acidiformans (Bacterium.) 95 acridicida (Micrococcus) l*+*i- acridicida (Staphylococcus) ikk, l^k acridiorum (Coccobacillus ) 66, 77, 78, 79, 178, 179, 180 acridiorum "Souchi Cham" (Coccobacillus) 179 acridiorum "Souchi Sidi" (Coccobacillus) 179 adiposus, lymantricola (Bacillus) 6k adiposus, lymantricola (Bac- terium) Ik, 10*+ aegyptius, (Bacillus) ko, 97, 159 aerifaciens (Bacillus) ko Aerobacter, 122 aerogenes (Aerobacter) 17, 60, 122 .- - aerogenes, lactis (Bacillus) 122 aeruginosa (Pseudomonas ) 7, 9, 17, 80, 172 agalactiae (Streptococcus) 138, 139 agilis (Bacillus) ko, 60 agilis, pieris (Bacillus) 75 agrotidis typhoides (Bacil- lus) ko alacer (Bacillus) kl albolactis (Bacillus) kl albus (Staphylococcus) 9, 22, 15^, 155 Alcaligenes, 176 alvei (Bacillus) 13, 2.6, kl, * k2, k9, 68, 69, 77, 92, 93, 139 alveicola (Proteus) 97, 126 alvei, paratyphi (Bacillus) alveolaris (Bacillus) *+3 ammoniagenes (Alcaligenes) 176 amylovora (Erwinia) 118, 119, Ikk amylovorus (Micrococcus) 119, Ikk anthracis (Bacillus) 7, 22, M, ^ apis (Streptococcus) 13, kl, k2, 77, 93, 139, lte apiseptious (Bacillus) *+5 apium, coli (Bacterium) 97, 126 aroideae (Erwinia) 120 Ascobacterium, 178 aurantiaca (Sarcina) 153 aureus (Bacillus) kj aureus (Staphylococcus) 9, 22, 25, 152, 15^, 155, 156, 157 B (Bacillus) Hofmann, k^, 69, 105 B (Bacillus) White, k6 Bacillus', 39 Bacterium, 9*1- Bacterium sp. , 9k "barMtistes (Bacillus) k6 "blattelae (Corynebacterium) 33 bombycis (Aerobacter) 95, 123, 126 "bombycis (Bacillus) Chatton, u7 "bombycis (Bacillus) Macchiate, k"( "bombycis (Bacillus) Pasteur, ki "bombycis (Bacterium) *J-7, 95 "bombycis (Diplococcus) 136 bombycis (Proteus) 123, 126 bombycis (Streptococcus) 1*1-0, 1*1-1, 1*1-3, 1*1-8 bombycis non-liquefaciens (Bacillus) *i-7 bombycivorum (Bacterium) 95, 123 200 "bombysepticus (Bacillus) h& "botulinum Type C (Clostridium) 90, 91 "brandenburgiensis (Bacillus) kS, 60, 61 "bronchi sept icus (Alcaligenes) 176 Brucella, 158 huccalis (Leptotrichia) 33, 186 "buccalis (Leptotrix) 33, 186 "burri (Bacillus) U8, 60, 6l hutlerovii (Bacillus) kg hutschlii (Bacillus) U9 C (Micrococcus) White 5, 1^ cacticida (Erwinia) ^9? 120 cacticidus (Bacillus) U9, 120 cajae (Bacillus) ^9, 52, l8l cajae (Coccohacillus) k% 180, 181 campestris (Bacillus) 50, l68 campestris (Phytomonas) 50, 168 canadensis (Bacillus) 50 canadensis (Bacterium) 50, 95 canus (Bacillus) 50 capsulata (Klebsiella) 125 carotovora (Erwinia) 9? 10, 50, 120, 121 carotovorus (Bacillus) 50, 120, 121 catarrhalis (Micrococcus) 1^, 157 catarrhalis (Neisseria) 22, lM, 157 cazauoon (Bacterium) 95? 9^ cazaubon I (Bacterium) 96 cazaubon II (Bacterium) 96 cellulosum (Bacterium) 96 cellulosam fermentans (Bacillus) 20, 50, 91, 92 cereus (Bacillus) hi, 51? 55 chersonesia (Micrococcus) ikk chlorum ( Flavohacterium) 116 cholerae suis (Bacillus) 51? 130, 131 cholerae suis (Salmonella) 51, 130, 131 christiei (Bacterium) 96 Chromohacterium, 177 circulans (Bacillus) 51 citreus ( Enter o co c cus ) 185 citreus ( Staphylococcus ) 156 cleoni (Bacillus) 51? 52 cloacae (Aerohacter) 52, 123 cloacae (Bacillus) 52, 123 Clostridium, 90 Coccohacillus , 178 coeruleus (Bacillus) 52 coli (Bacillus) 21, 29? 52 coli (Bacterium) 97? 12k coli (Escherichia) 17, 21, 52, 97? 12^ coli apium (Bacterium) 97? 126 coli communis (Bacillus) 52, 12k comma (Vihrio) 15? Ilk, 175 conglomeratus (Micrococcus) 1^5 conjunctivitidis (Bacterium) k0, 97 Corynehacterium, 33 Corynehacterium sp. , 33 cubonianus (Bacillus) 53 cuenoti (Bacillus) 53 cuniculicida (Bacillus) 53? 159 cuniculicida (Pasteurella) 53? 159 curtissi (Micrococcus) 1^5 cyaneus (Bacterium) 5? 98 D (Bacterium) White, 98 Danysz "bacillus, 18^ decolor (Bacillus) ^k delendae-muscae (Bacterium) 98 delicatulum (Achromohacter) 92, 93 devorans (Flavohacterium) 116 diphtheriae (Corynehacterium) 33? 3k Diplohacillus, Ijk 201 Diplococcus, 136 disparis (Streptococcus) 1^1 dohelli (Bacillus) 5^ dohelli (Flexilis) 5^ duplex (Hemophilus) 97, 159 duttoni (Spirochaeta) 23 dysenteriae (Shigella) 7, 9, 131 E (Bacillus) 51* Eherthella, 128 elhvihrionen (Bacterium) 99 Ellenbachi (Bacillus) 51, 5^+, 55 ellingeri (Coccohacillus) 107, 113, 12U, 181, 182 ellingeri (Escherichia) 12^, 181, 182 enter it idis (Salmonella) 7, 9, 131, 18^ Enter ohacillus, 185 Enterococcus, 185 entomotoxicon (Bacillus) 55 ephestiae No. 1 (Bacterium) 99 ephestiae No. 2 (Bacterium) 99 ephestriae (Micrococcus) epidermidis (Micrococcus) lk6 equidistans (Bacillus) 55 Erwinia, 118 Escherichia, 12^ eurydice (Achromohacter) 13, Ul, te, 77, 92, 93 eurydice (Bacterium) 13, ^1, k2, 77, 92, 93, 139 faecalis (Streptococcus) 5, 22, 1^2 fecalis (Streptococcus) see faecalis fermentans (Flavohacterium) U6, 172 fermentans (Pseudomonas) 17? 116, 172 fermentans, cellulosam (Bacil- lus) 20, 50, 91, 92 ferrugenus (Bacillus) 56 f errugineus (Bacillus ) 56 flaccidifex (Gyro coccus) 1A6, 185 flaccidifex danai (Micro- coccus) 1^6 . flava (Sarcina) 153 Flavohacterium, 115 flavus (Bacillus) 56 flavus (Micrococcus) 1^7 Flexilis, 5^ flexilis (Bacillus) 56 f luor es cens ( Ps eudomonas ) 10, 17, 172, 173 fluorescens liquefaciens (Bacillus) 79 fluorescens liquefaciens (Pseudomonas) 172, 173 fluorescens, pieris (Bacillus) 75, 79, 18U fluorescens septicus (Bacillus) 56, 173 foetidus (Bacillus) 57, 89 freudenreichii (Micro- coccus) 1^7 freundii (Escherichia) 125 fuchsina (Serratia) 57, 132 fuchsinus (Bacillus) 57, 132 Fusiformis, 117 Fusohacterium, 117 galleriae (Bacterium) 99, 100 galleriae No. 2 (Bacterium) 100 gastricus (Bacillus) 57 gaytoni (Bacillus) 57 gelechiae No. 1 (Bacterium) 100, 101 gelechiae No. 2 (Bacterium) 100, 101 gelechiae No. 5 (Bacterium) 101 gihsoni (Bacillus) 58, 182 gibsoni (Coccohacillus) 58, 182 gigas (Bacillus) 58 gortynae (Bacillus) 58 202 graphitosis (Bacillus) 58 graphitosis, tracheitis sive (Bacillus) 59, 89 gryllotalpae (Bacillus) 59 gryllotalpae (Bacterium) 101 G-yrococcus, 185 haemolyticus (Streptococcus) 22, lte, 1^ he"betisiccus (Bacterium) 101 Hemophilus, 159 hemophosphoreum (Bacterium) 101 hilli (Fusiformis) 118 hoplosternus (Bacillus) 59 hyalinum (Achromohacter) 95 hyalinum (Acromohacter) 95 hyalinus (Bacillus) 95 immohilis (Bacillus) 60 imperiale (Bacterium) 102 incertum (Bacterium) 105 insecticola (Eberthella) 5, 128 insecticolens (Proteus) 127 insectiphilium (Bacterium) 105 insectorum (Bacillus) 60, 1^7, 1^8 insectorum (Micrococcus) 60, 1^7, 1^8 insectorum (Staphylococcus) 156 insectorum var. malacosomae ( Cocco"bac illus ) 185 insectorum, septicus (Bacillus) 85, 1^9 intrinsectum (Bacterium) 102 italicum No. 2 (Bacterium) 102 Klebsiella, 125 knipowitchii (Bacterium) 105 lactis aerogenes (Bacillus) 60, 122 lanceolatus (Bacillus) 60 lardarius (Micrococcus) ibQ larvae (Achromohacter) 95, 185 larvae (Bacillus) ^8, 60, 61, 90 larvae (Entero -"bacillus) 95, 185 lasiocampa (Bacillus) 6l lathyri (Bacillus) 6l, 62, 121 lathyri (Erwinia) 6l, 62, 121 lentimorbus (Bacillus) 62, 78 leonardi (Vibrio) 175 leprae (Mycobacterium) 56, 57 leptinotarse (Bacillus) 62 Leptotrichia, 55 Leptotrix, 55 lineatus (Bacillus) 57, 65 liparis (Bacillus) 15, 65 liparis (Diplococcus) 156 liquefaciens (Streptoccus) 159, lte liquefaciens, fluorescens (Pseudomonas) 172, 175 Listerella, 105 Listeria, 105 lophyri, septicaemiae (Bacillus) 82 luciliae (Clostridium) 91 luciliarum (Neisseria) 65, 157 lutea (Sarcina) 17, 155 luteum (Ascohacterium) 10, 170, 178 luteum (Bacteridium) 178 luteum (Bacterium) 178 luteus (Micrococcus) 178 lutzae (Bacillus) 65, 152, 158 lymantriae (Bacillus) 6b, ic*, 156, 157, 185 lymantriae alpha (Bacillus) 6b lymantriae Id eta (Bacillus) 6k lymantriae (Bacterium) 6b, 10U, 157, 185 203 lymantriae (Coccohacillus) 6k, 136, 137, 183 lymantriae (Diplococcus) 136, 137, 183 lymantricola adiposus (Bacillus) 6k lymantricola adiposus (Bacterium) Ik, 10U major (Micrococcus) 1^8 marcescens (Serratia) 7, 22, 78, 9*S HO, 130, 132, 133, 13^, 135 maris (Flavohacterium) 117 medicaginis var. phaseolicola ( Phytomonas ) 168 megatherium (Bacillus) 65, 83, 95 megaterium hombycis (Bacillus) 65 melolonthae (Bacillus) 66 melolonthae ( Diplo"bacillus ) 137, 18^ melolonthae liquefaciens alpha (Bacillus) 66, 67 melolonthae liquefaciens "beta (Bacillus) 66, 67 melolonthae liquefaciens gamma (Bacillus) 66, 67 melolonthae liquefaciens (Bacterium) 10U melolonthae liquefaciens alpha (Bacterium) 182 melolonthae liquefaciens gamma (Bacterium) ik, lOk^ melolonthae non-liquefaciens alpha (Bacillus) 67, 68 melolonthae non-liquefaciens "beta (Bacillus) 67 melolonthae non-liquefaciens gamma (Bacillus) 67 melolonthae non-liquefaciens delta (Bacillus) 68 melolonthae non-liquefaciens epsilon (Bacillus) 68 melophthora (Phytomonas) 25, 169 mes enter icus (Bacillus) 22, 39, 68, 90, 153 Micrococcus, ikk millii (Bacillus) 68, 69 minimus (Bacillus) 69 minutiferula (Bacterium) 10^ monachae (Bacillus) 69, 105 monachae (Bacterium) ^5, k6, 69, 105 monocytogenes (Listerella) 103 muscae (Staphylococcus) 157 mutahile (Bacterium) 15, 106 Mycobacterium, 36 mycoides (Bacillus) 17, 22, 70, 106 mycoides (Bacterium) 70, 106 Neisseria, 157 neopolitanum (Bacterium) 9k, 106 neurotomae (Bacillus) 71, 107 neurotomae (Bacterium) 15, 71, 107 neurotomae (Micrococcus) nigrofaciens (Micrococcus) 83, 1^9 nitrificans (Micrococcus) 150 noctuarii (Escherichia) 71, 125 noctuarum (Bacillus) 62, 71, 85, 107, 125, 127 noctuarum (Bacterium) 107, 182 noctuarum (Proteus) 71, 127 nonfermentans (Micrococcus) 150 non-liquefaciens (Bacillus) 67, 75 non-liquefaciens (Pseudomonas) 10 ohlongus (Bacillus) 72 ochraceum (Bacillus) 72, 108 ochraceum (Bacterium) 72, 107, 108, 117 ochraceum (Flavohacterium) 108, 117 ochraceus (Micrococcus) 150 20*+ ontarioni (Bacillus) 72, 108 ontarioni (Bacterium) 72, 97, 108 orpheus (Bacillus) 72 ovalis (Pseudomonas) 173 ovatus (Micrococcus) 151 Pasteurella, 159 paracoli (Bacterium) 108 paralvei (Bacillus) 72 paralytica (Klebsiella) 125, 126 paratyphi (Bacterium) 109, 131 paratyphi ( Salmonella ) 73, 109, 131 paratyphi alvei (Bacillus) 73, 131 parvula (Veillonella) 151, ' 158 parvulus (Micrococcus) 151, 157 parvulus (Staphylococcus) 151, 157 ■ pastorianus (Streptococcus) 1*K), ll+l, llj-3 paurometaholum (Coryne- "bacterium) jk , 35 pectinophorae (Bacillus) 7^ pediculi (Bacillus) 7*4- pemphigocontagiosus (Diplo- coccus) 137 p erf lava (Neisseria) 158 periplantae var. americana (Coryne"bacterium) 33, 35 pestis (Bacillus) 7*+, 75, 160 pestis (Pasteurella) 22, 75, 160, l6l, 162 photuris (Proteus) 127 Phytomonas, 168 pieridis (Micrococcus) 151 pieris (Diplococcus) 75, 138 pieris (Diplobacillus) 75, UQk pieris (Vi"brio) 176 pieris agilis (Bacillus) 75 pieris fluorescens (Bacillus) 75, 79, 18*+ pieris liquefaciens alpha (Bacillus) 75, 76 pieris liquefaciens "beta (Bacillus) 75, 76 pieris liquefaciens alpha (Bacterium) Ik, 15, 109 pieris non- liquefaciens alpha (Bacillus) 75, 76 pieris non-liquefaciens beta (Bacillus) 75, 76 pirenei (Bacillus) 76 pityocampae (Bacterium) 109, l*+2 pityocampae alpha (Strep- tococcus) 109, 1^2 pityocampae beta (Streptococcus) 109, 1^2 pluton (Bacillus) 13, kl, k2} 11, 90, 92, 93, 138, 139 pluton (Diplococcus) 138 plymouthens is (Serratia) 135 Pneumococco, 186 pneumoniae (Diplococcus) 186 poncei (Bacillus) 77 popilliae (Bacillus) 78 prodeniae (Bacterium) 110 prodigiosum (Bacterium) 110, 133, 13^, 135 prodigiosus (Bacillus) 78, 80, 132, 133, 135 prodigiosus (Bacterium) 110, 13k proteidis (Bacillus) 75, 79 Proteus, 126 proteus (Bacillus) 79 pseudotsugae (Bacterium) 110, 169 pseudotsugae ( Phytomonas ) 110, 169 pseudoxerosis (Bacillus) 79 Pseudomonas, 172 punctatus (Bacillus) 79 pyocyaneus (Bacillus) 80, 172 pyogenes (Eberthella) 128 pyogenes ( Staphylococcus ) 15}+ pyogenes (Streptococcus) 1^2, 1^3, 1^ pyogenes aureus (Micro- coccus) 152, 155 205 pyogenes aureus (Staphylococ- cus) 155, 157 pyramels I (Bacillus) 8l pyramels II (Bacillus) 8l pyraustae Nos. 1-7 (Bacterium) 110 pyrenel (Bacterium) 76, 111 pyrenel No. 1 (Bacterium) 111, 112 pyrenei No. 2 (Bacterium) 111, 112 pyrenei No. 3 (Bacterium) 111, 112 qualis (Bacterium) 112 recticolens (Proteus) 5? 127 rheni (Flavabacterium) 117 rickettsiformis (Bacillus) 81 rotans (Bacillus) 8l, 82 rubefacient (Bacillus) 82 rubrum (Bacterium) 112 rushmori (Micrococcus) 63, 152 saliciperda (Phytomonas) 170, 173 saliciperda (Pseudomonas) 170, 173 Salmonella, 130 salutarius (Bacillus) 82 Sarcina, 153 savastanoi (Bacterium) 112, 170, 171 s avas tano i ( Phytomonas ) 10, 112, 170, 171 schSttmulleri var. alvei (Salmonella) 73, 131 septica (Pseudomonas) 56, 173, Hh septicaemiae lophyri (Bacillus) 82 septicus, fluorescens (Bacillus) 56, 173 septicus insectorum (Bacillus) 83, 1^9 Serratia, 132 Shigella, 131 similis (Bacillus) 57, 83 solanacearum (Bacillus) 8^, 171 solanacearum (Phytomonas) Qk, 171 sotto (Bacillus) 8^, 112 sotto (Bacterium) 8^, 112 spermatozoides (Bacillus) 85 sphingidis (Bacillus) 62, 71, 85, 113, 125, 127 sphingidis (Bacterium) 107, 113, 182 sphingidis (Escherichia) 125 sphingidis (Proteus) 127 Staphylococcus, 15^ stevensae (Alcaligenes) 6l, 176 stewart i (Phytomonas) 172 Streptococcus , 138 subflavus (Micrococcus) 152 subgastricus (Bacillus) 57, 85, 86 subtilis (Bacillus) 17, 22, 70, 86 superficiale (Achromobacter) 9h tegumenticola (Bacterium) 113 tenax (Bacillus) 87 termitidis (Fusiformis) 117, 118 termo (Bacterium) 113 tetani (Clostridium) 91 thuringiensis (Bacillus) 87, - 88, 95, 99, H1*- thuringiensis (Bacterium) 88, 89, 11^ thuringiensis No. 1 (Bacterium) 88, 11^ thuringiensis No. 2 (Bacterium) 88, 111*- tingens (Bacillus) 89 tracheiphila (Erwinia) 89, 121 tracheiphilus (Bacillus) 89, 122 tracheitis sive graphitosis (Bacillus) 59, 89 tuberculosis (Mycobacterium) 38 206 tularense (Bacterium) 11^, 163, 165, 166, I67 tularensis (Brucella) 162 tularensis (Pasteurella) 11, 11^, 162, I63, 16k, I65, 166, 167 tumefaciens (Bacterium) 115, 172 tumef ac iens ( Phytomonas ) 115, 172 typhosa (Eberthella) 7, 9, 22, 129, 130, 131 Veillonella, 158 verrucosus (Bacillus) 57? 89 viscosum non-liquefaciens (Bacterium) 115 Vibrio, 17^ violaceum (Chromohacterium) 90, 177 violaceus (Bacillus) 90, 177 viridans (Bacillus) 90 vulgaris (Micrococcus) 152 vulgaris (Proteus) 79 > 113* 127, 128 vulgatus (Bacillus) 22, 68, 90 welchii (Clostridium) 25 werneri (Clostridium) 50, 91 X (Bacillus) White, 6l, 90 Y (Bacillus) White 90